Full text of "The book of Enoch"

Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project

to make the world's books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the

publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

at |http: //books .google .com/I

1 ■

*'"S''

J, Google

Di.itradb, Google

THE BOOK OF ENOCH

R. H. CHARLES

Di.itradb, Google

Bonbon

HENRY FROWDE

UACKtLLAN k CO., Ill FOUBTU AVBHUC

Digitized by GtXlglc

THE

BOOK OF ENOCH

TRANSLATSD FROM , ,* ' ■ -

PROFESSOR DILLMANN'S ETHIOPIC TEXT

EMENDED AND REVISED IN ACCORDANCE WITH HITHERTO

UNCOLLATED ETHIOPIC MSS. AND WITH THE GKEH

AND OTHER GREEK AND LATIN FRAGMENTS

WHICH ARE HERE PUBLISHED IN FULL

fV/T/f INTRODUCTION, NOTES, APPENDICES, AND INDICES

R. H. CHARLES, M.A.

Ojtfot6

AT THE CLARENDON PRESS
1893

Di.itradb, Google

RIMTEC AT THE CLARENDOK ]

■T BOIUCB HAIT. fUKTHR TO THH

Di.itradb, Google

IN MUCH GRATITUDE
TO

THE REV. T. K. CHEYNE, D. D.

ORIEL PROFESSOR OF INTERPRETATION

CANON OF ROCHESTER

AND TO

THE REV. W. SANDAY, D.D.

IRELAND PROFESSOR OF EXEGESIS

425949

Dninadb, Google

J, Google

PREFACE

It ifl tinnecessary to apologize for the sppe&ranca of this
book, as Bome each work has long been a desideratam to
ficbolan. A knowledge of £noch is iodiapensable to New
Teetament stndente.

It would be beet perhapa, at the onteet, to mention
briefiy the features in which this edition diifers from
previooa editions of EuooL

I. First, the Translation is made, in the main, from a
British Mnseum MS. which is incomparably better than
those on whieh Professor Dillmann's Ethioplo text is based.
Bat as this MS., which I designate Q, is still unpublished,
I have followed Dillmaim'B text, and, in every instance in
whieh I have deviated from it in deference to or other
British Maseum MSS., I have given in my Critical Notes
the Ethiopic reading adopted, and Uiat as a rule as it
stands in the MS. followed, though it may be vieione
alike in orthography and syntax. These instances are in
all about six hundred. It will be remarked tiiat on p. 4
they are said to be three hundred and twenty-two. The
explanation of this disorepanoy is to be found in the fact
that the bulk of this book was already in type when the
Qizeh MS. was published by M. Bouriant, and that I have
allowed the Introduction to remain as it already stood
before the publication of this Greek fragment. But as the
examination of this fragment speedily made it olear that
I had nndovestimated the value of these new Ethiopic

;d by Google

viii The Book of Enoch.

USS., I waa obliged to follow their aathority in three
hundred additional inatancea against DiUmann's text.
However, as I could introduce only a limited number of
these new readings into the Critical Notes already in type,
the reader will not unfrequently have to consult Ap-
pendix C for the text followed in the Translation in the
earlier chapters. In addition to the new readings incor-
poiwted in the Translation, a number of others are proposed
in Appendices C, D, and £. These are preceded by the
readings they are intended to displace, and are always
printed in italics. I might add that the Oizeh fragment,
which, through the kindness of the Delegates of the Press,
is added on pp. 32(5-370, will bo found to be firee from the
serious blemishes of M. Booriant's edition.

To the kindness of the Kev. M. R. James, King's Coll^,
Cambridge, I owe the Latin fragment in Appendix E.
This fragment was lately discovered by Mr. James in the
British Museum. It will be seen that it helps to emend
the Ethiopic test in a few points.

n. Of late years the criticism of Enoch has reached
certiun assured results. From these duly given and sub-
stantiated a fresh departure in criticism is made. The
so-called Grundschrifi is shown to proceed from at least
four different autdiors. The book thus becomes intelligible,
(md much light is thereby thrown on the internal his-
tory, and thought-developement of the Jews in the two
centuries preceding Hie Christian era. The present writer
is convinced that until this plurality of authorship is
recognized, no true or adequate interpretation of Enoch
is possible. In the book of Enoch we have a typical
example of the Oriental method of editing. Lees important
books were constantiy rescued from oblivion by incorpora-
tion in larger books. Plagiarism and literaiy property
were ideas alike foreign to the Palestinian consciousness
of the time. As the name of David attracted diOerent col-
lections of the Psalms, and the name of Solomon successive

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

Preface, ix

collections of proverbB, bo the name of Enoch atiracted
varions treatments of celeetial and terreatrial phenomena
as well OS of the prohlem of the suffering righteous.

m. The history of important conceptions which appear
frequently in Euodi, such as that of Hades, the Resurrection,
tjie Messiah, fto., is traced hut briefly, as the present writer
hopes to issue later an independest work on the Eschatology
of pre-Christian Apocryphal and Apocalyptic literature.

IV. An attempt is made to give some account of the
influence of Enoch <m subsequent literatore, especially that
of l^e New Testament.

The Slavonic Enoch, which is mentioned occasionally in
the following pages, I hope to publish shortly. This
Apocryph, which is critically revised and translated by
my friend Mr. Morfill, the Reader in Russian and the other
Slavonic Languages, will be furnished with an Introduction
and Notes.

The many changes introduced into the text when already
in type, as well as the incorporation of much fresh material,
have made, I fear, the presence of occasional errors inevit-
able. I shall be grateful for any oorreotions.

My best thanks are due to Dr. Sanday, to whom I am under
manifold obligations, and in connexion with whose Seminar
this work was primarily undertaken ; to Dr. Neuhauer,
whom I have consulted witii advantage in season and out
of season : to Professor Margoliouth, for his courteous and
ever-ready help in questions affecting the Ethiopic text:
and finally and chiefly to my wife, whose constant sympathy
and unwearied labour in the verificotJon of references and the
formation of indices have materially lightened the burthen
of my work.

R. H: CHARLES.
Ann., 1S93

Digitized by Google

J, Google

CONTENTS

Oknkkai. iMTEOBDOnOir

i i. SlwTt Aooonnt of the Book (pp. t, »). f 3. Tha Ethic^ic
MS8. (pp. l-f). f 3. OnA VerdoD (p. 5). f 4. Emend*-
tiont(pp.5, 6). {5. £<UtioiuoftliBGtlilopicTexl — laaxtace,
Dillmum (p. 6). | 6. lYuialkliDii* — iMoeaaa, HoAoann,
IMlIiiiaim,8cho<lde(i^. 6-9). 1 7. CriUoftl InqDiriee—Lttoke,
HofiDBnii, Dillnuui, Jelliuek, Gildemdat«r, Evkld, Weisw,
KoMUd, HilgBiife1d,ydlkiiitf , Geiger, I^ugen, Sieffert, Eoltc-
manii, HkllJTi, Fhllippi, Wittiohen, Q«blurdt, Aj^er, Venee,
Euenen, lldemui, Dnmuncmd, Haontti, Upanx, Weitoott,
Sehodde, WiegaJer, Sohiirer, Stenton, Beiui, Holtmnum,
PfleideniT, Baldeiupeiger, Salmon, Peter, Deane, llioDuon,
dMrfne, De Faje (pp. 9-11). f B. From a BsImw Origliial
through (he Hediium ot a Greek TruiilaUoii (pp. ai, ai).
I 9. The Objeot of Apocalyptia Utemtnre (pp. 11-14).
I 10. The diffennt Elemeiiti in the Book of Enoeh, with
thHT reipeotire (SkarMteriatica and Datei. Thia book a
fragmentarj iorviTal of an Enoohio literature witll large
additiona tram an ApooaljpM of Noah, deriTed tttoD at UMt
b[z aathon. Fart I (pp. 15, »S), t-xxxvi, before 170 B.C.,
mainly from the prophetic itandpoint of aneh ohaptera at
la. IzT, IxTJ, bat irith a more developed eaohatolngy. Part II
(pp. a6-i8),Iii»iii-io, written between 166-1618.0., mainly
from the lama atuidpoint a> Daniel. An immsnae advance
oo the naive andaeninons oonoeptioni of i-ixxvi. The king-
dom to be intnidnoed by the warlike efforta of Jndaa Uaooa-
baena and to laat for ever on earth. Part in (pp. aS, 19),
in-dv, written betweeo 134-94 >.ci., introdueea a worid of
new conoepttooa in which the oentre of intcnreat haa pMied
from the material world to the ituritaal ; the MnMianifT king-
dom haa beoomo merely of temporary duration, and heaven
itaeUI not the Mewianio kingdun, haa beoome the goal of the
hopea of the righteoiia. Part IV (pp. ig, 30], die Similitadea
xxivii-lzz, written between 94-79 B.o. or 70-64 B.o. The
varying relationa in whkJitlmMaacabeea itood to theOhaaid

iiized by Google - —

The Book of Enoch.

party raflwted In (he booki of Enoch (p. 30). The TmtTing
oomx^oDi of the Meadah in Uiea« IkwIib aorreipondtug to the
hiitmical gventa of the timea (pp. 30, 31). The teaohing of
th« Siiulitudea atanda in diear conbut with xd-cdv (p. 31).
Part V (p. 31). Um Bode of CeUttial Ph;tiot baU-Uxriu,
Ixxzil, Iziix; date nnoertain. Part VI (pp. 31, 33),
Noaohiao and olhar inteipohttions ; incorporated in the
main bef«re the CbriBUM era. f 11. The Influvnoe of
Kuwh on Jewiih Uterature — ^the Svtk oj Jubiltet, the
Jpoealjip»e ^ Baruck, IV.Ssra, Ttttameutt o/the TWIva
Pa<n'areA« (pp. 33-38). The Influmoeof EnochonPatiutio
liitentnre — the SpittU of Samabat, Jii»ti» Martj/r, It«-
MMtti, AlkoMogoTOM, TertulUoik, CUmuM AUa^ Origtn,
AmaMimt, SHary, CJtry^Mloa, JeroBU, Atiguiiiat, Apot-
iolie Coiutituiitnu, Sywcelliu (pp. 38-41). Inflneuce of
Enoch cm the New Testatneot — tiia Qeneral EpirtUe, Book
of BmtlaUotk, Pauline EpittUt, S^IU to Ua Hdirewt,
AaU of tie Apottla, Gotpeb (pp. 41-49]. On Sew
Teatament doctrine of tha Ueadania Kingdom, the Ueaaiah,
Shed and the BesDirection, Demonology (pp. 50-53).

Thb Book or Ehocb. — Spbciai' Intboddctjohs,

TSAHaLATIOlT, CBTnCAI. Alls JElZBOBnCAL

Notes 55-3o8

81011O8 I (chtqitera i-ixxvi) SS'iOf

iKTBODiTonos. — A. CrtOtal Strvotura. B. JUIoMon qf
tkU Saettoit to (o) IzziUzxiii; (b) Ixiziii-ic; (0) ^-
ciT. C. lU Date. D. The Problem aai tfi Solutioit . 55-57

Tkanblatios and CtitiiM, amd Exmitioal Notm , 57-105

SMTIOtr IL— Thb BuuUTums (chattel* lurii-lni) 106-1 S6

iRTBODUOnoa.— A. CHtieal Btruetnre. B. Btlation of
nzvii-lixi to fla ra«f 0/ <ia book. C. Bale. D. The

Problain a»d itt Sobuio» 106-109

Tbuislatioh AMU Cbithux akd Euoitioal Notm . 110-186
Sboiioh m. — Teb Book or Cslbstiai, Pstbiob (cluf)terB

liiU-lzizii) 137-119

iHTsODDonoH. — A. lu Crilieal atrvetitre and Ohjetl.
B. It* IttfU^aadmew of I-xxxtL C. iia Calatdar and

tie KmmUdfft tierein implied 187-191

Tkahblatioii avd OBmoAi. AHD ExaomoAi, Nona igi-119

SiOTiON IV.— Tei Dbum-Tuioxs (ohapten Izxsiii-xc) )io-35!>

IvnosuonoN. — A. CritietU Siruehtre. B. £alatJa» qf

tUiSeetion to (a) 1-xxzvi; (b) xd-dr. C. Tie BaU.

D. Tha PriAUm and iU SoMio» .... lao-iij

TuvSLAiiOK AMD Camau. axd BitaxncAL Noru 133-159

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

SvmOM T (ohftptan sd-^r) i60'3oS

IxTBODnonoa. — A. Critieal Strueitrt. B. MAaUoti of
id-dv U (o) t-mri ; (6) Ixzxiii-zo. C. AaOtorAip
and Zinfc. D. Tke ProNem and (b ^oIuMon . 160-165

Tkuiblitioh AMD CBincu um BiiamoAi Nons . 165-308

Afpbhdix a, — Additionitl Biblit^frephy — Bonriant,
Migne, Ooldachinidt, Loda, BiaaeU, Sohwftlly,
Zockler, Battiffol, DiUmann, Chorlea

Afpeitdix B. — 'The Son of Man'

Apfekdix C. — The Qizeh Greek Fragment (i— xzxii]
with Introduction and I^'otee

Afpeksix D. — Additional Notes on xxxrii-cviii

Appbnbiz £. — The New Latin Fragment, cvi. 1-18,
with Introdaction and Kotee

309-311
312-317

37a-37S

Zhdbx I. — PassogeB from the Bcriptoree and other

ancient hooka 377-383

Ihvbx H. — Names and Subjects .... 385-391

Digitized by GtXlglC

CONTRACTIONS

Din. B DOlmtnn.

A,B,C,Aw. refer to Ethiopia MSS. Seep. l.

Sjn. Gk. — the Greek Eragmenta preHtrred In Sjnoellui

Oil. Ok. - the GKzeb Greek tngmeat.

The matiaing oontraotioni ire for the moit part bmiliar.

Di.itradb, Google

ERRATA

Pig* g, lino lo from t<^ /or b.o. rtad A.D.

•• S^t •> '3 » />r (hrae timet Bad twice read twioa uid ohm

.. 38, „ 17. iS „ erow Ep. Bam, «vi. 6. Cf . En. id. i j.

„ 66, „ 8 „ for ejebrowi read ejelidi

„ «6, „ ai „ /or Qk. ri arlxe*!!' rtad Gil. Qk. 9tW"

„ 70, „ 16 „ fbr which read of thon who

« T'. .. H .. /or fll^'rt' "od ftl¥At

„ 73, eratt CriL Note on i. 7.

.. 74. .> «S .. /bf hJhW Mai IHMO*

» 76, .. 4 fron bottoD, /or Pspiu> raod PqoM

„ 80, » $ bom top, fwmoM eontnui o^er forth

„ 81, „ 6 „ /ar th« walU of the home mad Its walli

» 81, „ )3 „ /or therecm read (thflreon)

„ 64, Ust line, /or Ok. rrad Bjb. Gk.

„ 93, line ai from top, J^ (0}L read IDA.

„ 98, „ 16 „ />r Ik (*«*!«) read H" (hptm)

„ 98, „ 18 „ fi>r „ „ rtad „ „

» 99i » 17 » /o** ^'"s ''^O'' there

„ 101, „ 14 „ for then read ftnd thenoe

,, loi, „ 13 „ /itr then rtad thare

„ 104, „ 16 „ /or one of then blowi read they blow

.. '05. .. '5 « /or In read H"

„ 116, „ 11 „ btfore The arigin»l odd Afe beantUtallT' n

■plenddUt.

„ lao, „ 19 „ /or Vuiael read Bnfkel

„ IM, „ 19 „ /orkMAread^^Kii. (^ thii futuoe U

reading of GU is oorrnpt.)

„ HI, „ »t „ /orGMreodQ

„ 114, „ 19-30 „ for Tftkm over into the Intarpolatiotu reo

from whenoa it waa boirowed : of. alia

.. >8o, „ »9 n /orlttO-readtnO-

„ 348, oroM ategetical not« on so. 3.

„ 1S6, liat line, for land reiui Uw

Digitized by GtXlglC

Di.itradb, Google

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

§ I. Shobt Account of the Book.

In Gen. t. 24 it is said of EoocIl that he walked wiUt Qoi.
This eipreeBion was taken in later times to mean not only
that he led a godjy life, hat also that he was the recipient oE
saperhnman knowled^ It was not onnataisl, th^efore,
that an Apocalyptic literature b^an to circulate under his
nune in the centories when sntdi literature was rife. Id the
|ffesfflit hook, translated from the Ethiopic, we have large
fra^^eots of such a literature, proceeding from a rariety
of aatliors. Additional portions of this literature may be
diflcoTered in the coming years. Only recently two Slavonic
MSS., which belong to this literature, bat are qaite inde-
pendent of the preeeot book, have been printed in Rossia.

The present book from the Ethiopic belongn to the second
»id fiiBt centuries b.c. All the writers of the New Testa-
ment were familiar with it, and were more or less influenced
by it in thought and diction^. It is quoted as a genuine
production of Enoch by S. Jude, and as Scripture by
S. Barnabas. The authors of the Book of Jabileee, the
Apocalypse of Bamcb and IV Ezra, laid it andw con-
tribation. With the earlier Fathers and Apologists it had
all the weight of a canonical book, bat towards the close
of the third and the b^^inning of the fourth centuries it
b^an to be discredited, and finally fell under the ban of the

■ For > fall uoonDt of iti influanoe tur«, lee the doaiiig Cluq>t«r of tUa
fin mller Jcwbb uid Chrntlaa lileni- iDtrodaotiun.

Di.itradb, Google

2 The Book of Enoch,

Churcb. Almost the latest reference to it in the Early
Church is made by George Syncdlus in his Chronography
about 800 A. D., who has preserved for as some long passages
in Greek. The book was then lost sight of till 1775, when
an Ethiopic version of it was found in Abyssinia by Bruce.
This traveller brought home three copies of it, two old MSS.
and a transcript from one of them. From one of these
Laurence made the first modem translation of Enoch in 1821.

§ a. The Ethiopic MSS.

There are seventeen MSS. of this book in Europe. Of
these one is in Paris, a transcript of B in the Bodleian.
Another is in the Vatican Library, but of this MS. I know
nothing further. The remaining fifteen are designated by
the letters A B C D, &c. Of these Laurence based his text
on A, and Din. on A B C D E. For a description of these five
MSS. see Dln.'s Liher Henoch, Aeihiopke, Annotal. pp. 1,3.

Of the remaining MSS., all of which are in the British
Museum, two were obtained by purchase, F, L in 1861 and
1862, and the rest fell into the hands of the expedition
against King Theodore at Magdala,

These MSS. with their Nos. in the British Museum Cata*
logue are as follows:

F. Add. 24185 J9th cent. Divided into 106 cbs.

G. Orient. 485 Beginning of i6th cent. Without usual division

and nambering of cbs.
G*. „ „ Consiatsonlyof xcvii.e"^

cviii. 10.
See Crit. Note on xci. 6.
t8tb cent. Divided into 108 chs.

„ Chs. i-lx. la* wanting.

„ Divided into 107 cbs.

„ Witbontusoal numbering

and division into cbs.
„ Divided into 87 chs.

„ Divided into 106 chs.

Orient. 484

., 486

,. 490

Add. 94990

M. Orient. 491

.. 49"

•> 499

Di.itradb, Google

General IniroduciioH. 3

I collated these MSS. with DId/b Ethiopic text on more
than three hundred paeea^. The result of this test was
so favourable to G and G' that I made a complete collation
of these MSS. and have given the hulk of their variants in
my critdcsl notes.

The superiority of G to all other MSS. will be evident
from the following seventeen passages. Id these I have adopted
a different text from Din. in accordance with the Ethiopic
MSS. which were supported by the independent testimony of
the Greek of S. Jude 15, of the Greek fragments of Enoch
in G. Syncellus, andof theGreekfr^mentof Enoch published
by Mai in Patrum Nova Bibliotheca, vol. ii. These passages
and the MSS. that support the reading adopted are —

Bnoch i 9 GM Eupportedby S. Jade 15.

vi. 3

Greek of Syncellus.

» .1

viiL 3

GKM

ix. 4

„

^ 3

„

GM
GKM
FGHL

XV. 8

„

G
M

xvi. I

EN
AEFGHKLMNO

uiz. 43

„ fragment of Mai

„

For the evidence of the above MSS. on these passages see
Crit. Notes in loc. It will be remarked that G agrees four-
teoi times oat of the seventeen with the Gk., and M eleven
times, E three times, E F H L N twice, and ADO once
each. Hence it would appear that the five MSS. ABODE
ou which DId/b t«xt is founded aud in a somewhat less degree
F H I K. L N O rest on a recension which did not affect G

ilizedbyGoOC^Ic

4 The Book of Enoch.

at all and was probably sabseqoeat to it and only partiaUy
affected M. Tbia probable conolosioQ becomes a ceitainty
when we examine the i«at of the book. The following list
of paseagos in which we have departed from Dln.'s text, in
deference to the better readings of the British Mosenm MSS.,
shows that G- represents an qnciatt nnievised text, and that
6' M are nearly related to G ; bat that all the rest belong
more or less closely to another type of text, of which we may
r^ard Dln.'s text aa a partially adequate representation.
This latter type of text ^ves an inferior meaning, frequently
when opposed to G alone, and nearly always when opposed
to GM, G G', or G G*M, or these supported by one, two, or
more of the other MSS. Thus I have followed against Din,

G ftlone 103 time^

G withoneormore of CDEFHKLNO .

GM 13

G M with une or more of ABCDEFHIK.LNO 3

GO' I

GG^withENandlLO

GG'M I

G'M

H alone or with Greek or with other MSS. i

D with Greek

EN with Greek

FI .

Thns in 522 instances I have followed the above MSS.
against Din. In every instance, however, I have also given
Dln.'s text with its translation that the reader may form his
own judgment.

Before passing from this subject I will give a few passages
to show how weakly at times Dln.'s text is supported even by
inferior MSS. See Crit. Notes on xxxix, 7 where G K and
seven other MSS. are against him; liii, 7 where G M and
nine other MSS. ; Ixvii. 3 where G M and eight other MSS. ;
Ixvii. 13 where G M and all MSS. but B C; xc. lil where

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

General Introdttction. 5

O M Euid nine MSS. ; zo. 19 where G M and eight MSS. ;
xciii. 10 where G M and seven MSS,

I wiU adduce one more point under this head. On xcriii. 2
alt MSS. bat G G' M agrree in giving a vox nnUa. The
agreement of these later MSS. in presenting a coimterfeit
word points either to a recension or to the same ancestrf .

§ 3. Gbeik Tebsion.

Only fragments of this version have come down to as pre-
served in the chronograph^ of Geoige Syncellus (about
800 B.C.). These are vi-ix. 4; viii. 4-x. 14; iv. 8-ivi. 1 j
and in a Vatican MS. (Cod. Gr. 1809) published by Mai in
the Patrum Nova Bibliotheca, vol. iL Only Ixxxix. 42—49
is found in this MS. I have printed these fragments in
parallel colnmuB with the translation from the Ethiopic,

The Greek version has, no doubt, undergone corruption in
the process of transmission ; yet in many respects it presents
a more faithful text than the Ethiopic. This we might infer
to some extent from what has gone before, and the following
instances where it undoubtedly preserves the truer reading
will more than confirm this view: — vi. iS; viii. i ; ix. 6, 10;
X. 14; XV. 11; Izxxix. 45, 48. In these instancee we have
followed the Greek version against all the Ethiopic MSS.
The Greek version is by no means free from corruptions.

As the Greek fragment which has lately been discovered at
Cairo has not yet been published^ I have not been able to
avail myself of it.

§ 4. Eheiojatiohs.
The text presented by the best MSS, is still far from
perfect, and contains muiy primitive errors. Some of these
have been emended successfully by Din. and Hatl^vi. I have
introduced into the text emendations of Dlu. in the following
pasB^es : — Ivi. 7 ; Ixii. 2 ; xc. 38 ; and emendations of Hall^vl
in Ixvii. 13; Ixxvii 1-3; ci. 4, 9; and emendations of my
own in xvL i ; lU. 9 ; xlvi a ; Ix. (S, 1 9, 24 ; Ixiii. 7 ;

Digitized by GOOC^IC

6 The Book of Enoch.

Ixxvi. 6, lo; xc. ao, ai. For the reaeouB Bee Crit. Notes
in loe.

There are still manj passages which are undoubtedly
corrupt. On many of them I have given sn^esttons of
Hallgvi and of my own. See Crit. Notes on Ixv. lo ; Iziz.
I, 13, fcc.

$ 5. Editions of the Ethiopig Text.
L&CKENCE, lAhri Enoch Vertio Aethiopica, Oxoniae, 1838.
DiLLftUHN, Liber Henoch, Aetkiopice, ad guinqve codieum fdem
editttt, cum vanii lectionibut, Lipsiae, 1S51. For an account ■
of the MSS. see pp. 2-5.

$ 6. Tbanslations.

Four translations with introductions and commentary have
already appeared. The latter two of them we shall criticise
shortly.

Ladkemce, The Sook <^ Enoch, an apocri/phal production, now
first Iratulafed from an Ethiopie MS. iW the BodUioJi Library,
Oxford, i8ai.

HoFTMANN (A. G.), Bai Buck Henoch in volUidndiger Vber-
xeizung mil fortlavfendem Commeniar, auifUhrUcher Einleitung
vnd eridvtemdeti Excurien, 3 vols. Jenaj 1833-38.

DiLiUANN, Das Buch Henoch vbersetzt vnd erklSrt, Leipzig,
1853. This splendid edition at once displaced the two that
preceded it, corrected their many ungrammatical renderings^
and furnished an almost perfect translation of a text based on
live MSS. So much however has been done in the criticism
of Enoch since 1853 that the need of a new edition is im-
perative alike in respect of the text, translation, interpretation,
and criticism of the book. For a criticism of the Ethiopie
text of Din. see pp. 3-4. As for the translation some of the
renderings are grammatically impossible. See, for instance,
^ Crit. Notes on xv. 11 ; lii. 10; Ixxxis. 7; xcii. 16; cvi. 13.
Many other inaccuracies in the trartslatioD are silently corrected
in his Lexicon. For some of these see Crit. Notes on viii, i ;

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

General Introduction. 7

xxxvii. a, 5; xxxviii. 2; xli. 5; Ixxxiii. 5; Ixxxv. %; xeii. 5.
Further he h&s omitted to translate the opening words of
xzzrii. I and a clause in xci. 6. As for the interpretation of
the book, this has been pressed and stnuned in order to sup-
port the critical views which Dhi. then held but which he has
long since abandoned. His critical views indeed have undeigone
many changes, but these undoubtedly are in the right direction.

In his edition of 1 853 Din. insisted that the book proceeded
from one author with the exception of certain historical addi-
tions, vi-xvi; xci. la-i? ; xciiij cvi-vii, and of certain
Noachic interpolations, liv. 7-Iv. 2 ; Ix ; Ixv-lxix. 25 ; and
also cf . XX ; Ixx ; Ixxv. 5 ; Itttii 9-20 ; cviii.

In i860 in Heizog's U.E., Ed. i, vol. xii. 308-310, and in
1871 in Scbenkel's {Bihel-Lex^ iii. 10-13, ^^ rec<^nised the
separate authorship of xxxvii-lxxi and a6Bert«d with Ewald
its priority to the rest of the boot.

In 1883 in Herzog's R. E., Ed. 2, vol. xii. 350-353 he
abandons his original standpoint so far as to describe the book
of Enoch as a mere 'combination of the Enoch and Koah
writings,' and concedes that xxxvii-lxxi are later than the rest
of the book. His final analysis is as follows. (1) i-xxxvi ;
Ixxii-cv, with the exception of certain interpolations, form the
ground-work and were composed in the time of J. Hyrcanus.
{2) xxxvii-lxxi together probably with xvii-xix were written
at latest before 64 b. c. (3) The Noachic fragments vi. 3-8 ;
viii. 1-3 ; ix. 7 ; x, 1, 1 1 ; xx ; xxxix. i, a * ; liv. 7-lv. 2 ; Ix ;
Ixv-lxix. 25 ; cvi-cvii, (4) cviii.

Yet despite every defect, Dln.'s edition will always maintain
a unique position in the Enoch literature.

ScHODDB. The Book of Enoch trandated with Introdueiion
and Note*, Andover, 1882. The introduction is interesting and
the account of the bibliography though incomplete is helpful,
hut the arrangement of the text and notes in this edition
is most inconvenient. The translation is made from Dbt's
Ethiopic text. But the work as a whole is unsatisfactoty.
All Dln.'s slips and inaccuracies, with one 01 two exceptions,

ilizedbyGoOglt.

8 The Book of Enoch.

are perpetastedj even Uiose which have been corrected in his
Leiicoii, and to these Br. Schodde has added a good]y
niunber of his own. At times he transIateB directly from the
Gterman instead of the Ethiopic As for ingtance in xxxvi.
3 he translates 9*^Ml wrongly 'every evening' instead of
'to the west.' The ezphination of this strange mistake ie
fonnd in Dln.'s rendering 'gegen Abend,' which may be
translated either way. Again in Ixii. 4 he gives the extra-
ordinary rendering ' when tlifl son enters the month of the
mother,' instead of the obvioos translation ' enters the month
of the womb.' Here again Dln.'B * Wann sein Sohn in den
Mnttermnnd tritt,' explains Dr. Sohodde'a error. It is pos-
sible that t^ error ehoold be set down to an imperfect know*
ledge of English, such as he displays in xxi. 3 where the
words ' tied together to it ' represent some stars as tied to a
void I whereas the literal translation is ' bonnd together in
it*; or in xxv. 5 where he renders *it will be planted
towards the north ' instead of ' it will be transplanted to the
north,'

At other times Dr. Schodde confounds words that in the
Ethiopic closely resemble each other, as in ixvii. 2 'here
will be their judgment ' instead of ' here will be the place
of their punishment ' ; in szxii. 3 * of attractive beanty '
instead of 'of goodly fiagnmce'i in Ixxxix. 18 'abode'
instead of 'assembly,' Again in Izxiii. 8 he commaits
rightly in the notes on the waxing moon, but his translation
wrongly refers to the waning moon. On the other hand the
notes on the astronomical Chs. are often misleading and
uuintdligible : cf. Izxii. 3, 35: Ixxiv. 6; Ixxv. i. A more
thorough study of Dln.'s conomentary would have saved him
from such misconceptione.

It will be sufficient to point to one or two more mistransla-
tions in this book.

xix. I ' On the day whrai the great judgment . . . shall be
consnounated,' instead of ' on the day of the great jndgmoit
... till they are consummated.'

Digitized by GtXlglC

General fntrodttctton. 9

Ixxir. 14 * To l^e sum of these are added sixty-two days'
instead of ' an addition is made to the sixty-two days.'

Ixzvi. 10 ' After these northerly winds From the seventh
portal,' instead of 'Aft» these are tiie north winds: from the
sereith portal,' &&

In the face of such a listas the above, and it is by no means
ezhaugtive, it is hard to congratolate Dr. Schodde, and yet
we are g^teful to him for the good service he has rendered
in introducing the knowledge of Enoch to the Western world.

I ehonld add that Dr. Sohodde's analysis of Enoch is : —

i. The groundwork i-zxzvi ; Ixzii-cv, before the death of
Jodas Maccahee.

ii The Similitades xxxvii-lzxi, between 37-4 b. c.

iii, Noachic interpolations liv. 7-lr. a ; Iz ; Izv-lziz. 25 ;
evi-cvii.

He thinks it probable that xz ; Ixx ; Ixxv. 5 ; Ixxxii. 9-
20; zciii. 1 1-14 are also interpolations.

§ 7. CSITICAL InQCIBIEB.

I had intended to give a critical histoiy of all the work
done on Enoch since 1850, and had collected almost sufficient
mat^ials for that purpose, when I found that my space
would not pennit of such a large addition to the book. I shall
therefore content myself with enumerating these inquiries and
adding occasional notes.

Lttcxi, EinleUung m die Ofenianmg det Jokanneg (3nd
^Ed. iSja), pp. 89-144: 1071-1073. Liicke regards the
book as consistiag of two parts; the first embiaces i-xxxt ;
)xxi-cT, written at the bcfpinning of t^ Maccabaean revolt
(p. 142), or according to his- later view in the reign of J.
HyrcanuB (p. 1072); the second consiBtA of the Similitudes
and was written in the early years of Herod the Great (p. 142).
lix. 7—14 and Iziv-lxvii. i are interpolations of an uncertain
date. In his fint edition Liicke maintained the Christian
authorship of tfae whole book.

HoFHANir (J. Chr. E.), ■ Ueber die Entstehungszeit dee

Digitized by GOOC^IC

lo The Book of Enoch.

Buch Henoch (^^aaff. L.M. G.vi. 1852, pp. 87-91) ; Scirijf-
heweu (and Ed.), i. 430-43; IHe heil. Sckrift N.T.'i zu»am-
mmhangmd untertueht, vii. z, p. 205 sqq. Hofmann regards
Enoch as the work of a Christian writer of the eecond century
A. D. His chief contribution to the understanding of Enoch is
his correct interpretation of the seven tj shepherds in lxxxiz~xc.

DiLLUAjnt. See above under editions ; also ZeiUckr.
D.M.G., 1 861, pp. 126-13], This is a criticism of Volkmar's
theory.

Jellinek, Zeitichr. 2). M. G., 1853, p. 249.

GiLDEHEiSTER, Zeittcir. J). M. 0,, 1855, pp. 621-624, gives
the Greek fragment of Enoch from the Codex Vaticanus
(Cod. Gr. 1809) and discusses the relative merits of the
Greek and Ethiopic versions.

EwALD, Abhandlung iber det aihiopitcheit Bnchet Henokh
Enistehung, Sinn und Zutammemetzung, 1855; Hittory of
Israel, v. 345-349 (transl. from the Germ.). It was the merit
of Ewald first to discern that Enoch was composed of several
originally independent books. It is, in fact, as he declares,
' the precipitate of a literature once very active which revolved
. . . round Enoch ' Hitt. (v. 349). Though this view was at
once assailed by Kostlin and nearly every other critic since,
its truth can do longer be denied, and Holtzmann's declara-
tion that 'the so-called groundwork (i. e. i-zzzvii ; Ixxii-cv)
is composed of a ^riiole series of sections, some of Pharisaic
and others of Essene origin' [Theol. Ziteraturzeitung, 1890,
p. 497), is a notable sign of the return to Ewald's view. Bat
though future criticism must confirm Ewald's general judg-
ment of the hook, it will just as surely reject his detailed
analysis of its parts. His scheme is —

(i) Book I, xxzvii-lxxi (with the exception of certain in-
terpolations), circ, 144 B. c.

{2) Bookllji-xvijlixxi. i-4;liniv; xei-cv, circ 135 b.c.

{3) Book III, xx-xxxvi ; Ixxii-xc ; cvi-cvii, circ. 1 28 B. c.j
cviii later,

jdbyGooc^lc

General Introduction. 1 1

(4) Book IV, the Noah book. vi. 3-8 ; viii. 1-3 ; ix. 7 ;
I. 1-3, II, 32 '; xrii-iii; liv. 7-lv. a; Ix. i-io, 24, 25;
Ixiv-Ixiz. 16. Somewhat later than the former.

(5) Finally the editing, compressiiig, and enlarging of the
former books into one vol.

Weisse, Hie 'Evangelie^-Wrage, 1856, pp. 314-334. Weisse
agrees with Hofmann and Fhilippi in maintaining a Christian
authorship of the book, but his advocacy of this view sprbgs
from the dogmatic principle that the entire idea of Christianity
was in its pure originality derived from the self-consciousness
of Christ.

KoBTLiH, ' TJeber die Entstehung des Buchs Henoch ' {Theot.
Jakrb., 1856, pp. 340-279; 370-386). KSatlin, as we have
already remarked, contended against Ewald that the book of
Enoch did not arise through the editing of independent works,
but that by far the larger part of Enoch was the work of one
author which through subsequent accretions became the
present book. Though this view must be speedily abandoned,
it must be confessed that the Articles in which it is advocated
are masterly performances, and possess a permanent value for
the student of Enoch.

HiLOENFELD, Die jMUche Apokalyptik, 1857, pp. 91-
1 84. This work like that of Kostlin is of lasting worth and
indispensable in the study of Enoch. We cannot, however,
say so much for the conclusions arrived at. Many of these
are, in fact, demonstrably wrong. According to Hilgenfeld,
the groundwork consists of i-ivi; xx-xxxvi; Ixsii-cv written
not later than 98 B. c. The later additions, i e. zvii—
xix; zzzvii-lxxi ; evi-cviii are the work of a Christian
Gnostic about the time between Satuminos and Marcion.
There are no Noachic interpolations.

There is no occasion to enter on the, for the most part,
barren polemic between Hilgenfeld and Volkmar on the inter-
pretation and date of Enoch, to which we owe the following
writings of Hilgenfdd : — ' Die jiidische Apokalyptik und die

Digitized byCoOglc

12 The Book of Enoch.

Qeaeeten Forschungen ' {ZeittcAr. /. wiaieiuciaflL TAeoL, iii.
iStio, pp. 319-334 : ' Die Entatehungszeit des urBpriinglichen
Bucha Heaoch' {Z. f. «. TAeol., iv. 1861, pp. 212-122):
' Noch ein Wort ttb^ dae Buoh Henoch.* {Z.f. w. TAeol., v.
i86a, pp. 216-221). In Z.f. to. TAeol., it. 1871, pp. 584-587,
tiiere is a rqoinder to Ctebhardt (see below).

VoLKUAB, ' Beitr&ge zur Erk^rong des Buches Henocli.'
{ZsiUeAr. D. M, 0., xiv. 1 860, pp. 87-134, 296}: 'Einige Bemer-
knngea liber Apokalyptik' (ZeiiicAr. Jl w. TAeol., iv. 1861,
pp. Ill— 136 : ' Ueber die katholisdiai Briefe tmd Henocb,'
iv. 1861, pp. 421-436; v. 1863, pp. 46-75. As HUgenfeld
reckoned the periods of the seveDty shepherds at seven years
eaeh, starting from 588 b. 0., and thus arrived at 98B.C.,
Volkmar started from the same anterior limit and reckoned
each p»iod at ten years. He thus found the entire mie of
the shepherds to last 700 years or, through certain refine-
mratfl, peculiarly Yolkmarian, 720 years, and so arrived at
the year of Baicochab's rebellion 133 a. d, — a year which has
exercised a sttange fascination over him and has been fatal to
bis reputation as a critic. Thus Enoch was written 132 b. c.
It was the work of a disciple of Akiba, and was designed to
announce the final victoiy of Barcochab. Yolkmar restated
his theory in an essay : Eine Neutestamentliche Entdeckung,
Zurich, 1863. His views have received more attention thwa
they deserved through the rejoinders of Hilgenfeld, Dillmann,
Langen, SiefEert, Gebhardt, Drummond, and Stanton.

Gbiobk, JaditcAe ZeittcAr,/. WutetucA. mtd Leben, 1864-
65, pp. 196-204. This article deals mainly with the calendar
in Enoch. I have adopted one of his suggestions in x, 4.

liANeEN, Dot JudentAurn in Paldatina, 1866, pp. 35-64.
Langen regards Enoch as an early but highly composite work
put together in its present form about 160 b. 0. (pp. 56, 64),
and emanating from orthodox and patriotic Judaism as a
protest against heathen religion and philosophy.

SlBr?EBT, Be apoerypAi lilri HettoeAi origine ei argumeiUo,

ilizedbyGoOglt.

General Introduction. 13

R^imonti, 1867. Bieffert (p. 3) takes the groundwork to be
i-ivi ; xx-nivi ; Ixxii-lxxxii ; lei-cT, written by a Chasid
in the age of Simon the Maccabee (p. 11-13): Ixxxiii-zc is a
later addition aboat the year 108 b, c., and xrii-zix ; xxxvii-
iiii; cvi-cviii are of Essene ori^ and composed before 64
B. c. (pp. 27-39).

HoLTZMANN, Getehtckte det Voliea Iwael, 1867, vol. ii, pp.
201, 202.

Hall^i, ' Becherohee ear U langue de la redaction primitive
da livre d'£noch' {Journal Anaiique, 1867, pp. 352—39 j).
Thiij most interesting essay proves beyond doubt that Enoch
was ori^nally written in Hebrew. Unhappily the writer has
lost much time over passages wbicb better MSS, show to be
mere corruptions of the text. There axe many errors in the
Ethiopic part of this essay, but these are most likely due
to the press. I have given the most probable of Hall^vi's
Bu^eatioBs in my Critical Notes, and have adopted several of
them in my translation.

Philippi, Das Buck Henoch, tein ZeitalUr und lein Ver-
iallnitt zwm Juda^ri^e, Stuttg. 1868. This writer ^rees
with HoFmann, Weisse and Volkmar, in r^arding the book
as post-Christian. He thinks it was written in Greek by one
author, a Christian, about 100 a. d. It is notable that all the
four writers, who assign a post-Christian origin to the book,
have done for dogmatic reasons.

WiTTiCHiH, Die Idee de» MengeAen, 1868, pp. 63-71 ; Die
Idee de» Seieket Goiiet, 1872, pp. 118-133, 145-150.

These books I have not been able to see.

Gbbhasdt, 'Die 70 Hirten des Buches Henoch und ihro
Deutongen mit besonderer Btioksicht auf die Barkochba-
Hypotheee' (Men' ArcAivfUr loiitentchifti. Erfor»ehnng det
.i4.2'.i872,vol.ii.HeftiL pp. 163-246). In this most trenchant
crittcism of the different explanations of cbs. Ixxzix-ze the
writer carefully refraina from advancing any theory of his
own. Nay more, be holds it impossibie with our present

Digitized byCoOglc

14 The Book of Enoch.

text to arrive at a troe interpretation of the author's
meaning. But this writer's despair of a true interpretation
is orerhasty and his condemnation of the text is unwar-
rantable.

Angee, Yorlesungea Hher die Geichichtt der Me»siani»che»
Idee, 1873, pp. 83-84.

Veenes, ffiitoW de* Idett Megtianiquei, 1874, pp. 66-117;
264—271. These sections are composed mainly of a French
translation of Dln.'s German version. Vemes thinks that the
earliest part of Enoch was written ia Aramaic by a con-
temporary of J. Hyrcanus ; and that the Similitudes spring
from a Christian and Gnostic circle about the dose of the
first cAituiy A. D. (pp. 264 sqq.).

'K.wsss, Religion of Itrael, 1874-1875, iii. 265, 266 (trans-
lated frtan the Dutch Edition of 1869-70).

TiDBKAH, ' De Apocalypee van Henoch et het Eeeenisme/
[TAeol, Tijdtchrifl, 1875, pp. i6i~%<j6). Tideman regards the
book as proceeding from different authors living at different
periods. His analysis is as follows : —

(i) The oldest book: i-xvi ; n-xixvi; Ltxii-lEmi; xciii;
zci. 12-19 '> ^<^ i xeiv-cv from the band of a Pharisee in the
early times of the Maccabees 153-135 b. c.

(2) The second book : Ixzxiii-zci. 10 from an Eesene wtit&c
who added it to the older book 134-106 b. c.

(3) The Apocalypse of Noah : xvii-xii ; xli. 3-9 ; xUii, 1,
2; xliv; liv. 7-lv. 2; lii-li ; liv-lxix. 25; Ixi; evi-evii,
from an author versed in Jewish QnoBttcism 80 a. d.

(4) The Similitudes (with the exception of the Noachic in-
terpolations) written by a Christian in the days of Domitiao
or Trajan when the Christiana were persecuted and the Romans
were at war with the Farthians 90—100 a. d.

(5) Ch. cviii by the final editor of the book, a Christian
Gnostic of the type of Satnminus, 125 a. d.

Christian interpolations are found in zc. 38; cv.
Tidemui thinks that we have in the Similitudes a comhina-

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

General Introduction. 15

tion of the fihought that the Meseiali is to be a man m the
cloodB (Daniel), and of the doctrine that he was to proceed
from the commaoitf . En. xc. 37, 38.

DauHHOND, The Jevnth MemaA, 1877, pp. 17-73. I*niin-
mond givee a conciBe and able review of the work of former
critics on £noch. He rightly approves and farther enforces
Hofmann's interpretation of the seventy shepherds as angels.
He agrees with the limits assigned by Tideman to the oldest
book in Enoch ; but eoncludes, against Hilgenfeld and Tide-
man, that the Similitudes conld not entirely be the work of a
Christian ; for if they were such, there wonld undoubtedly
have been some reference to the crucified and risen Christ such
sa we find in Test. xii. Patriarch. Levi, 4. The di£Seulties of
the case are met, he believes, by supposing that a Christian
Apocalypse has been worked into the tissue of an earlier
Jewish production, and that all the Messiah passages are due
to the former. His chief arguments are : (i) the title ' son of
a woman ' conld not have been applied by a pre-Christian Jew
to a snpematural Messi^ ; (ii) a consistent text is possible by
an omission of the Messiah passages, a teztalso which answers -
to the title placed at the beginning of eaoh Similitude ; (iii)
the closing ch. Ixzi confirms this view where in the descrip-
tion of a Theopbany there is no mention of the Messiah and
the title ' Son of Man' is applied to Enoch ; (iv) the Book
of Jubilees though using Enoch extensively does not cite the
Messiah passages.

This theory is as untenable as that of Hilgenfeld and
Tideman. As for (i) the title in question is not found in the
oldest MS. ; (ii) in itself will have no weight if we bear in
mind the want of logical sequence and the frequent re-
dundancy characteristic of Semitic writings generally and of
Jewish apocalypses in particular. Moreover in no instance
that I am aware of does any superscription in Enoch give
an exact account of the Chs. it introduces, (iii) This argument
not only fails to testify against the genuineness of the
Messiah passages but also famishes one of the strongest

ilizedbyGoOC^Ic

i6 The Book of Enoch.

proofs of their being original constituentB of the text. It Ja
first to be obeeired that Izxi must be te^^arded as ui int«r-
poktion CD quite other groonds (see notes in loe.). la the next
place what sigikificanee are we to attach to the ajqiearanee of
the title 'The Son of Man' ia the interpolations and as
api^ied there to Enoch, Ix. 10 ; Ixxi. 14? We owi only ander-
stand this by studying the method of the interpolator. In
the Noachic interpolations we find that the interpolator seeks
to adapt his additions to their new contexts by incorpoiating
technical terms from these contexts. Thus the following
technical terms and phrases among otheis are taken over into
his inta^lations ; ' Lord of Spirits,' see xxxviL 2 (note) ;
' Head of Days/ xlvi. 1 (note) ; ' Angels of Punishm^t,'
Ivi. I (note); "Those who dwell on the Earth,^ xxxvii. 5
(note); but either through ignorance or of set purpose the
technical phrases are misused. At the same time the pre-
sence of many such misused technical terms in the inter-
polation over against the technical terms in their adjoining
eontezte is demonstrative evidence ss to the genuineness of
the latter. Srery copy or caricature preeapposes an originaL
And this is exactly what we find in connexion with the title,
' The Son of Man.* It is found repeatedly thronghoat the
Similitudes in the technical sense of a supernatural Messiah
and Judge of the World, and accordingly it would be sur-
prising in the extreme if it escaped the &te of the other
technical designations. But the interpolator has not dis-
appointed ns; the inevitable 'caricature' appears in Ix, 10
and Ixxi. 14, and therein we have the best evidence we could
desire for the genuineness of the technical designation in the
Similitodes.

The Similitudes, therefore, are neither of ChrigtiaD author-
ship as Hilgenfeld supposes nor of Jewish authorship worked
over by a Christian, All evidence internal and external will,
as we shall see presently, prove not only that they are Jewish
but also pre^hristian. (iv) It would be most unreasonable
to expect the Book of Jobilees to quote or refer to the Messiah

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

General Introduction. 1 7

passages, seeing that tbroughout it tKere is not even the
Eaintest allusioD to a Messiah.

Hauseath, Neulettamentlieie Zeifgttehichte, Erster Theil,
3td ed., 1879, pp. 185-189; 191-193. The oldest book,
i-xxxvi J Ixxii-CT, is referred to the time of J. Hyrcanus.
The Similitndes, with the exception of the Noachic inter-
polations, were probahly composed in the reign of Herod the
Great. Hausrath thinks that the Messiah-passages may have
won somewhat of a Christian colooring in the process of
transhition from Hebrew to Greek and Greek to Ethiopic
by Christian hands.

Lipsics, art. 'Enoch' in Smith and Wace's Dictionary of
CAriitian Bioffrapiy,\o\.u. 1880, pp. 124-128. (i)The oldest
book dealt with celestial physics, xvii-xiz ; xxi-xxxvi ; Ixxii-
Ixxiz; Ixxxii, in which Enoch appears as a teacher of such
higher wisdom. This however is an unhappy synthesis; forthe
demonic doctrine of xvii— xix connects it peculiarly with the
Noachic interpolations, while its Greek colouring as strongly
disconnects itwiUi the nltra-Jewish Ixxii— Ixxix; Ixxxii. (2}
In the second book i-xvi; Ixxx—lxxxi; Ixxxiii-cr which
never existed independently but only as an expansion of the
former, Enoch is represented as a preacher o£ righteousness.
This book belongs to the reign of J. Hyrcanus. (3) The
Similitndes written nnder the later Maccabeans or the Herods.
(4) Noachic interpolations liv. 7-lv. a; Ix. 7-35; Ixv-lxviii.
I and probably x. 1-3; 22''; xli. 2-9; xliii-xliv; lixj liix.
2, 3 ; cn-cvii. Other interpolations and additions xx ; cviii.

This article forms a valuable contribution to the criticism
of Enoch, and I welcome it all the more gladly as I arrived
at many of its results before I was acquainted with it.

WxSTCOTT, Iniroduelion to tie Study of ike GotpeU, 1881,
6th ed., pp. 99-109; Gotpel of St, Join, 1882, p. 34. In
the former work this writer recognises the probability of the
different sections of the book as proceeding from different
authors, yet he essays the impossible task of moulding their

Digitized by GOOC^IC —

iS The Book of Enoch.

conflicting features into one coneiatent whole. In the latter
work Dr. Westcott asserts tliat the title in Enoch is ' A Son
of Man'; bnt wrongly; for it is as definitely 'The Son of
Man ' as the language and sense can make it. The being so
named, further, is gnperhuman, and not merely human as
Dr. Westcott states.

ScHODDE. See above (pp. 7-8).

■WiESELBB, 'Ueber die Form dee judischen Jabres um die
Zeit Jesu ' {Beitrage zur riehiigen WUrdigung der SmHgelieH,
1869). We hare here an interesting and valuable discaseion
of the Calendar in Enoch.

' Znr Abfassnngszeit des Budis Henoch' (Zeiitcir. S.M.Q.,
i88a, pp. 185-193). Wieseler sssigns the Similitudes no less
than the rest of the book to the reign of J. Hyrcanus.

ScHUBBK, A Biitoty of the Jeioitk People in the Time of
Jetu* Ckritt (traDslated from the second and Revised Ed. of
the German), vol. iii. div. ii. pp. 54-73, 1886. This is a
most judicious statement of the results already attained by
criticism. In accordance with these Schiirer divides the
book into three parts: (i) 'the original writing' i-xxzvi;
!xxii-cv, written in the reign of J. Hyrcanus; (3) the Simi-
litudes written in the time of Herod the Great ; (3) the
Noacbian Fragments, liv. 7-lv. 2; Iz; Izr-lxix. 25, and
probably cvi-cvii. cviii is a later addition. He is careful,
however, to remind us that the ' original writing is composed
of very heterogeneous elements.' While he rightly dismisses
as idle all attempts to introduce chronological exactness into
the interpretation of the sevenfy Shepherds, he thinks there
can be no doubt as to where the different periods are intended
to begin and end. It was Schurer who was the first to
recognise the validity of Hoffmann's interpretatdon of the
Shepherds and to give it currency. This article oonclndes
with a very full list of patristic passages referring to Enoch
and with an excellent bibliography of the literature.

Stanton, The Jewiih and the Chrittian Meitiah, 1886, pp.

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

General Introduction, 19

44-64, 139-140, 142, 153. ^70-i75» 286, 305, 311-315, 33a,

The analyBiB of the book given in Schiirer is adopted also
here. Dr. Stanton agrees likewise with the generality of
criticfl in assigning the first part, i. e. i-sxsTi ; Ixxii-cVj to
the reign of J. Hyrcanus. The Similitadee must, he thinks,
be ascribed to a Jewish Christian or to a Jew influenced by
Christian ideas. The fntgments of a lost Apocalypse of Noah
are probably xxxix. i, a' ; liv. 7-lv. 2 ; Ix ; Ixv-lxix. 25, It
is to be hoped that the aathor of this admirable book will
add to onr indebtedness, and give to the book o£ Enoch the
fuller luid profonnder treatment it deserves.

Riuss, GtKh. der heil. Sciriffen A. T'» §5 498-500.

HoLTZMANir, EiiUeitung i»dat N. T., 1886, 109, no.

P7i:.BiDEBEB, i>fl* Urciritlentiim, 1887, pp. 310-318. This
writer accepts the traditional view with regard to the ground-
work, and approves of Crommond's theory as to the origin of
the Messiah-passages in the Similitudes. This theory he
seeks further to substantiate, but without success.

Bau>ensfkeqeb,, Btu SelbttbetoiMttteiu Jaii, 1888, pp. 7-16.
This writer assents to the traditional view and date of the
ground-work. The Similitude* he assigns to the years im-
mediately following on the death of Herod the Great. He
believes there are many references to the Romans in the
' Similitudes, and that Augustas and Herod are designed
under the phrase ' the kings and the mighty.'

Salhon, Introdvction io the N. T,, 4th ed., 1889, m*. 537,

FxTXB, Le Livre ^Henoch. Set Id4ea Memaniquet et ton
Euhatologie, Geneve, 1890. This is an interesting little
treatise, but by no means free from blemishes. The Simili'
tudes are pre-Christian, and the traditional view and date of
the ground-work are here reproduced.

DbanBj The Ptendeptgrapka, 1891, pp. 49-94- This is a
c z

Digitized by GOOC^IC

20 . The Book of Enoch,

praiseworthy attempt to populariee a knowledge of these
works. The writer assigns the traditional ground-work to
the years 153-130 B.C.]Biid r^ards the Similitudes as written
a few years later. Many of thb writer's statements on the
theology and influence of Enoch are to be taken with extreme
caution.

Thohsok, Booh thai influenced our Lord and Ria Apoillet,
1891, pp. 95, 103, 108, 125-348, 389-411. Mr, Thomson's
analysis is as follows ; —

(i) Book of the Similitudes and the Book of the Weeks,
xzzvii-lxxi; xci. 12-xcix, written about the year 2io B.C.

(2) Noachic Fragments, Ix; Ixv-lxix. 24.

(3) Book of the Fall of the Angels and of the Luminaries,
i-xxxvi; Ixxii-xci. 1 1 ; c-cvii, written not later than 160 B.C.

(4) cviii. Mr. Thomson's chief ground for r^arding
xsxvii-lxxi as the oldest section is derived from the presence
of the Noachic interpolations. As he believes that these
interpolations are confined to this section, be infers that
xxxvii-lxxi is therefore the oldest and that i-xsivi ; Ixxii-xci
were not yet in existence. Even if Mr. Thomson were right
in his facts, quite another conclusion would be possible. But
this writer's premises are without foundation. Interpolations
are found in every section in Enoch and numerously in the
sections which Mr. ThomBon regards as free from them. It
cannot be said that this book contributes much to the better .
interpretation of Enoch, luid this is all the more to be deplored
as Its author obviously possesses abundant ability for the task .

Chktne, Origin of the Ptalter, 1891, pp. 22, 375, 412-
414, 423-434, 448-449, and about fifty references besides.
'Possible Zoroastrian Influences on the Religion of Israel,"^
Eiepoiitory Timet, 1891, p. 207. Dr. Cheyne accf^ts pro-
visionally the traditional division of Enoch into the ground-
work, Sinuhtudes and Noachic fragments, and r^ards the
Similitudes as pre-Christian. He deals mainly with the
dogmatic teaching of the book and its place in the devel(^-

ilizedbyGoOglc

General Inirodttciion. 2 1

•taeot of Jewish religious thought, and points to the Essene
and Zoroastrian elements which have found a place io it.

Db Fayb, Let apocalypaet juivei, Paris, 189a, pp. 38-315,
3o5-ai6.

§ 8. Feou a Hebkew OfiiaiNAL through thb Medium
OF A Gbeek Translation.

Lanrence and Hoffmann believed on various grounds that
the original was written in Hehrew. Jelliaelc (ZeiUcir.
JJM.G., 1853, p. 249) argues for the same conclusion from
Hebrew fragments of Enoch which are preserved in various
Jewish writings. Din. {BvcA HenocA, Einleit. li-liii) holds the
same view and urges in suppori; of it the accurate knowledge
shown by the book of the localities round Jcmsalem, the
intimate acqnaintance of its writers with the Old Testament,
and tJiat not through the medium of the LXX but directly
with the Hebrew, the frequent etymologies resting only on a
Hebrew basis and the Hebraistic style, which is so all per-
vading that there is not a single expression in the book which
does not readily admit of retranslation into Hebrew.

The evidence furnished by Din. is quit« sufficient to esta-
blish a Hebrew original. And his conclusion has been further
and finally confirmed by Hall^vi. This scholar has retrans-
lated the entire book into Hebrew, and in the Journal Aiiatigue,
Avril-Mai, 1867, pp. 552-395, has proved his thesis to demon-
stration. There is much that is far-fetched and more
ingenious than true in this able article, yet none the less
its author has established his contention. As proofs of a
Hebrew original he adduces (i) frequent paronomastic expres-
sions possible only in Hebrew (see Crit. Note on vi. 6); (2)
Hebrew etymolc^es of proper names ; (3) unintelligible
expressions rendered clear by reproduction in Hebrew.

This Hebrew original was first translated into Greek.
Portions of this translation still exist (see pp. 62-y^ 83—85).
It was from this Greek translation that the Ethiopic version

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

22 The Book of Enoch.

was made. Ethiopic did not exist as a literary language beCore
350 (see Noldeke ' Semitic Languages,' Encye. BriU, 9tli ed.,
vol. xxi. 654). The translatioD of the Bible into Ethi(^ic
was made between 350 and 600, and it ie probable that the
book of Enoch was not made much earlier than the later
date.

The Place of Composition. — There is no room for doubt
as to the Palestinian origin of the book. The various authors
are at home in Palestine and accurately acquainted with the
varbus localities close to Jerusdem, the valleys, brooks, and
other natural features in its immediate neighbourhood. To
them further Jerusalem is the city of the elect, the centre of
the coming Messianic kingdom, and Gehenna is the destined
habitation of the apostate. Greek elements have no doubt
found an entrance iA certain fragments of the book, but as a
rule there is a deliberate and sustained opposition rendered
to all Hellenistic ideas and influences. The whole tone and
exegesis of the book are Palestinian in character.

\ 9. The Object of Afocaliftic Liteaatube.

The object of Apocalyptic literature in general was to solve
the difficulties connected with the righteonsness of Ood and
the suffering condition of his righteous servants on earth.
The righteousness of God postulated according to the Law
the temporal prosperity of the righteous, and postulated this
temporal prosperity of necessity; for as yet there was no
promise of life or recompense beyond the grave. But in the
experience of Qod's servants this connexion of righteonsness
and temporal reward was so often found to fail that the
Psalmists at times go so far as to complain that the best
things of this life are bestowed on the wicked. The difficul-
ties thus arising from this conflict between promise and
experience might be shortly resolved into two, which deal
respectively with the position of the righteous as a com-
munity, and the position of t^e righteous man as an in-

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

General Introduction, 23

dividnal. The Old Teatsment prophets had concerned them-
selves chiefly with the fonner and pointed in the main to the
restoration of Israel as a nation and to lerael's ultimate
possession of the earth as a reward of their righteousness.
But later with the growing claime of the individual, and the
acknowledgment of these in the religions and intellectual life,
the latter problem pressed itself irresistibly on the notice of
religious thinkers, and made it impossible for any conception
of the divine rule and righteousness to gain acceptance, which
did not render adequate satisfaction to the claims of the
righteous individoal. It was to this difficulty in particular
that Apocalyptic addressed itself, though it did not ignore
the fonner. It strove to show that tJike in respect of the
nation and of the individoal the righteousness of God would
be fully vindicated. In order to justify tbeir contention
Apocalyptic writers sketched in outline the history of the
world and of mankind, the origin of evil and its course, and
the final consnmmation of all thipgs, and thus in fact
presented a Semitic philosophy of religion. The righteous
as a nation should yet possess the earth : even in this world
the faithful community should attain to all its rights either
in an eternal or in a temporary Messianic kingdom. So Apoca-
lyptic taught universally and thus enforced the teaching of
prophecy. As for the destiny of the individual, and here lay
the chief interest and service of Apocalyptic, this was finally
to be determined according to his works. For though tiie
righteous individual might perish amid the disorders of the
world, his death oonld not fall out without God's knowledge,
and though cat ofF here apparently as a sinner, he would not
feul to attain through the resurrection the recompense that
was his due in the Messianic kingdom or in heaven itself.
The conceptions as to this risen life, its duration and character,
vary with each writer.

With this short introduction we will now proceed to con-
sider the different writings in this book, their respective
chaiacteristicB and dates, and the various accounts they offer

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

24 Tlie Book of Enoch.

of tbe future lot of the righteous community and of the
righteous individnal.

\ 10. Thb dif?beiint Elements in the Book of Enoch,

WITH THEia EE8FECTITX C HAKACTEBISTICS AlfD DaTBS.

The book of Enoch is a fragmentaiy ettrvivsl of an entire
literature that once circulated under his name. To this fact
the plurality of books assigned to Enoch from the first may
in some degree point : as for instance the expression ' books '
in civ. 13 : Book of Jnbileea iv; vii ; Test. XII. Fatriarcb. Jud.
1 8 ; Origcn c, Celmm v. 54 ; in Num. Homtl. zxviii. 2 (Ed.
LommatEch) ; Aug. He Ctv. Dei xt. 23 ; and Q-. Syncellus,
p. 20 (Ed. Uindorf.) 'the first book.'

This presumption becomes, a matter of demonstration on
the following grounds. The referendes to Enoch's writings in
tbe Book of Jubilees anjl in the Test. XII. Patriarch, cannot
in many instances be traced to the existing book of Enoch.
The last passage attributed by Syncellus to Enoch has no
corresponding part in the Ethiopic. Portions of tbe Ethiopic
version are manifestly lost, as, for instance, the close of the
first Similitude. And finally two Slavonic MSS. have been
recoitly published, in Russia which belong to this literature
and yet differ from the Ethiopic Enoch throughout in diction
and matter.

This preliminary conclusion is finally confirmed on internal
grounds. All critics are agreed in ascribing the Similitudes
ixxvii-lxxi to a different authorship from the rest For the
main grounds for this conclasi<ni see pp. 106-107. Criticism
is further agreed as to the presence of a large body of inter-
polations. But the interpolations are far more numerous than
has hitherto been observed, and the discrimination and due
appreciation of these are indispensable to the understanding
of the book. They are found throughout the book, and are
as follows: —

Digitized by GtXlglC

General JntroducHon. 25

vi. 3-8; viii. 1-3; ix. 7; X. 1-3, 11; svii-xx. See notes

in I0C.
xszix. I, 2»; ill. 3-8; xliii-xliv; liv. 7-lv. a ; Ivi. 5-lTii. 3';

lix-Ix; IxT-lxix. 35. See notes on liv. 7.
1. See notes in loc.
Ixxi. See notes in loc.
Ixsx-Ixxxi. See not«9 is loc.
xc 15; xcL 11; xciii. 11-14; xct!. a; cr-crii. See notes

in loc.

The bulk ol tteee belong to a lost Apocalypse of Noali
(mentioned in the Book of Jubilees x; zxi), i.e. vi. 3-8; viii.
1—3; ix. 7; X. 1-3, llj xvii-zx; xxxix. i, 4'; ili. 3-8;
xliii-xliv; liv. 7-lv, 2; lix-lk; Ixv-Ixix. 35; cvi-cvii. We
might refer 1, Ivi. 5-lvii. 3'; Ixxi j Ixxx-lixii ; xciii. 11-14
to the same source, but only indirectly in their present form,
as they appear to be of the nature of a mosaic. We can
hardly be wrong in ascribing them largely to the authorship
of the editor who brought all the writings into one whole,
cv may be due to the same editor, cviii is undoubtedly a
later addition.

Disr^arding the closing chapter we find that there are
thus three distinct elements in the book : —

(a) The so-called ground-work i-xxxvi ; lzxii-<nv.

ifi) The Similitudes xxxvii — ^Ixx.

(y) The Noachian and other interpolations, as given above.

The question now arises : are we justified in regarding
i-ixxvi, Ixxii-civ aa proceeding from the same author? This
question is discussed at length in the Special Introductions
to sections i-xxzvi; Ixxii-lxxxii ; Ixxxiii-zc; and xci-civ,
and it is there shown that these four sections are distinct
writings as to authorship, system of thought, and date. We
will not resume here the gronnde for this eonclusion, but will
sketch briefly the various independent writings contained in
the book of Enoch, with their respective characteristics and
dates.

Fart I, consisting of chs. i-xxxvi, written at latest before

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

26 The Book of Enoch.

170 B.C. and miunly from tbe prophetic standpoint of such
chs. as Is. Ixv-lxvi. This is, undoubtedly, tbe oldest part of
the book, being anterior to Ixxii-lxxziij lnxiii-xc;andxci-ciT
(see Special Introductions). It is laid under eontributioa by
the authors of these sections. As Ixxziii-xc was written not
later than 161 B.C. i— xxxvi must be some years earlier, and
further, as there is not the &intest alluaion to the persecutions
and massacres of Antiocbus Epiphanes, we are probably safe
in fixing on 170 b. c. as the latest limit possible for its com-
positioD. This hook i.e. i-xxxvi is noteworthy as being most
probably the first to mention the resurrection of the righteous
and the wicked : to describe Sheol according to the concep-
tion accepted later in tbe New Testament as opposed to that
of tbe Old Testunent : and to represent Gehenna as a final
place of punishment. In other respects the writer of i-xxxri
has not advanced much beyond the Old Testament prophetic
view of tbe Messianic kingdom. This kingdom, he holds, is
to be ushered in by tbe resurrection of the righteous and tbe
wicked (with the exception of one class of the latter) followed
immediately by the final judgment. The wicked angels,
demons, and men were to be punished according to their
deserts, and the righteous to become members of the eternal
Messianic kingdom. The scene of tbe kingdom was to be
the earth purged from all violence and sin. Peace, and hap-
piness, and prosperity were to prevail everywhere. Sin should
never again appear on the earth, and after a life crowned with
all good things, and blessed with patriarchal years and num-
berless offspring, tbe righteous w^% at length to die in peace>
as in Is. Ixv-lxvi.

It is manifest here that the writer apprehended neither the
thought of the immortality of the soul, which was pressing
itself on the notice of Judaism from the side of the Greek,
nor the doctrine of the resurrection of the righteous to an
eternal blessedness which was seeking recognition from tbe
side <A Zoroaetrianism.

Part n, contdflting of Ixxxiii-xc, written between 166-161

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

General Introduction. 27

B c, aoA mainly from the same standpoiat as Daniel. The
grounds for discriminatiiig this section from the rest are g^ven
at length in the Special Introductions to those sections.
We find there that the writer of Ixxxiii-sc has made
use of i-xxxvL He is moreover of an ascetic turn of
mind. These visions came to him before he was married,
the implication being that he has no such superaatoral ex-
periences after marriage. But as visions are inferior to actual
waking intercourse with the angels, such as Enoch enjoyed
in i-xxxvi, it is clear even on this single ground that these
two parts are from different aathors.

The writer of Ixxxiii-M has advanced oonsiderably beyond
the naive and sensuons views of the kingdom presented in
i-zxxvi His conceptions are more spiritual. He writes a few
years later thui the last chapters of Daniel, and like the latter
has risen to the conception of an everlasting blessedness. He
may be indebted to this writer for the fourfold division of
the seventy angel reigns among the four great world powers
to which, in succession, Israel was subject, and the phrase
'glorions limd' (Ixzxix. 40, cf. Dan. xi. 16, 41) may be
dmwn from the same source. His eachatoli^cal views are
developed at greater length than those of Daniel, but he
follows in some respects prophetic rather than apocalyptic
ideas. In Daniel the final crisis is sudden and nnnLediated,
but in Izxziii-xo it is ushered in through the warlike efforts
of the Chaeids led by Judas Maccabaens. In this strife the
heathen enemies of Israel are destroyed. Then ensue the
judgment and condenmation of the fallen watchers, the faith-
less angel shepherds, and the apostate Jews.

The judgment appears to be followed by the resurrection of
righteous Israelites only: if this is bo, then this book diverges
from the teaching of Daniel xii. i, 2 and the earlier book of
Enoch i-xxxvi. The righteous Jews are all assranbled in the
New Jerusalem established by Qod Himself, and their ranks
are swelled by those Gentiles who had hitherto been neutral,
but are now converted to the worship of Israel's Ood. At

Digitized by GOOC^IC

aS The Book of Enoch.

the close of all appears tlie Meesiah. This is the earliest
reference to the Messiah in non-canonical liteisture. Bat he
has no idle to play : he has not as yet vindicated for himself
a real place in the Apocalyptic doctrine of the last things.

This Mesdanic kin^om lasts on eulh for ever, and its
members enjoy everlasting blessedness.

Part III, consisting of ici-civ, and written between 134-
94 B. c, or possibly 1 04-94 b. c. For a detailed criticism of this
writing and its relations see Special Introduotion to this part.

As we pass from Ixxxiii-xc to xci-civ we feel we are
entering into a worid of new conceptions. In all previous
Apocalyptic writings, the resurrection and the final judgment
have been the prelude to an everlasting Messianic kingdom ;
but here we encounter quite a new schema of the last things.
These great events are relegated to the close of the Messianic
kingdom, and not till then in &ct do the righteous enter
on their reward. In this writer we have a fosion of pro-
phetic and apocalyptic ideas, but a fusion which, without
doing actual violence to either, gives expression to both in a
profonnder and more comprehensive system. As we see in
such Apocalyptic writings as the Apocalypse of Bamch,
iv Ezra and Bevektion, that an adequate fulfilment is given
to the promise that the righteoos should inherit the earth
through the establishment of a temporary Messianic kingdom:
so in xci-civ the Messianic kingdom, in which the righteous
possess the earth in peace, lasts from the eighth to the close
of the tenth week. In this kingdom no place is found for a
personal Messiah : the righteous, with God's help, vindicate
their just cause and destroy their oppressors. On the close
of this kingdom follow the final judgment and the risen
spiritual life of blessedness in a new heaven. From such a
view of the future it is obvious tJbat for the writer the centre
of interest has passed from the material world to the spiritual,
and the Messianic kingdom is no longer the goal of the hopes
of the righteous. Their faith finds its satisfaction only in a
blessed immortality in heaven itself. The righteous, it is

ilizedbyGoOglc

General Introduction. 29

true, wlio are living on the advent of the Meesiaoic kingdom
will indeed be recompensed witli alt good things, but the
departed righteous will not rise thereto, but will find their
reward in the everlasting spiritual bliss that is the inheritance
of all Ijie faithful after the final Judgment. In the meantime
they are at rest, guarded as the apple of an eye by the angels
of God, and will in due time, on the close of the Messianic
kingdom, attain to the reenrrection. ThiB resurrection of the
righteous appears not to be of the body but of the soul only,
as we find in a later hook, the Psalms of Solomon, or in the
still later Book of Jubilees. As for the wicked they wOl
descend into the pain of Sheol and abide there everlastingly.
Here Sheol appears as Hell for possibly the first time.

The writer of this section lived towards the close of the
second century b. c. He was a Pharisee strongly opposed
to all hellenizing tendencies, but apparently influenced by
kindred Zoroastnan ideas. His chief denunciations are
directed against the Sadducees, These oppress the righteous,
and the rulers who are in league with them connive at their
oppression. The persecution which the righteous undergo is
severe, but far removed from the murderous oppression of
which they were the victims from 95 b. c. onwards. We
may therefore regard this book as written before that date,
and aft«r the breach between J. Hyrcanus and the Pharisees,
i.e. between 134 and 95 b. c. ; or if we may take c 2 to be
an aUnsion to Aristobolxts' murder of his brother, between
104-95 B. c.

Part rV. — The Similitudes, consisting of xxxvii-lii* and
written between 94-79 b. c. or 70-64 b. c. For full account
see pp. 106-109.

The Similitudes introduce us to the events and aspirations
of a time not &r removed in years from the period we have
just been considering but very remote in character. The
sufFerings of the righteous mourned over in xci-civ are of
shght consequence compared with their afflictions of this
later date. Their plaint 'ib no longer now of the greed and

Digitized byCoOC^Ic

3© The Book of Enoch.

avarice of the rich; of their enperetitioDS and idolatries, their
heUenistic tendencies and apostasies. For their grief they
have now g^raver and more abundant reason. Their hlood is
now crying to heaven for vengeance. Their foea, moreover,
are not as in xci-eiv the Sadducees secretly hacked by the
rulers of the nation, but the rulers themselves are now their
foremost and declared oppressors, and take the chief part in
their destruction. These rolers are liie Maccabean princes,
and not the Uerods ; for as yet there is no reference to Kome,
though we know that Rome interposed authoritatively in tli6
afCairs of Palestine about 64 b. c. The widespread influence
of the book on the writers of the New Testament (see pp.
41—53) witnesses in the same direction, and is innplicable on
any date subsequent to the time of the Maccabees. The date
of the Similitudes therefore must be lat«r than 95 and before
64 B. c, or more precisely between 95-80 b. c. or 70-64 b. c.
For the fuller treatment of this subject see pp. 107—108, and
the notes referred to there.

The varying relations in which the Maccabees stand to the
Chasid or Pharisaic party are faithfully reflected in the books
of Enoch. In Izxziii-xc the Maccabees are the leaders of the
righteous, and their efforts form the prelude to the Messianic
kingdom. In xci-civ they are no longer regarded as the
chiefs and friends of the Chaside, and yet they have not
become their open foes. Th^ are, however, the secret
abettors of their Sadducean oppressors. But when we turn
to the Similitudes the scene is wholly changed. The Mac-
cabeans are now the open and declared enemies of the
Pharisees and add to their other guilt the slaying of the
righteous.

It is still more instructive to observe the concepticms
r^arding the Messiah to which the writers of these hooks
were led by the events of their times. In Ixxxiii-xe we have
the Messiah coming forth from the bosom of the community.
He is a man only, but yet a glorified man and superior to the
community from which he springs. So iax as he is a man

ilizedbyGoOC^It,

General Introdtulion. 3 1

only, he may be regarded as the prophetic Meesiah as opposed
to the Apocalyptic Messiah of the Similitudes: and yet he is not
truly tJie prophetic Messiah ; for he has absolutely do function
to perform, and he does not appear till the world's history is
finally closed. Accordingly his presence here most be ac-
counted for purely through literajy reminiscence, and the hope
of the Messiah must be r^arded as practically dead at this
period. The vriter felt no need of such a personality so
long as the nation had such a chief as Judas Maccabaeus.
It was very different fifty years or more later, when the
fondest enthusiasts could no longer look to the Asmonaeans
for any help or stay in the time of their distress. Accord-
ingly the writer of xci-cir refers only once to the recreant
chiefs of the nation as secret upholders of the enemies of the
righteous, and dii^ts the thoughts of his readers no longer
to a religious monarchy but to a religious commonwealth or
restored theocracy established by the righteous themselves,
and owning no head but Ood alone. This Messianic kingdom,
further, which was without a Messiah, was to have only a
temporary continuance, and heaven was to be the true and
final abode of the righteous. Once more, as we turn to a
somewhat later book, we find in the Similitudes that the
ixremediable degradation and open hostility of the Maccabees
have caused the hopes and aspirations of religious thinkers to
take various directions. Of these some retiuned to a fresh
study of the Old Testament, and revived, as io the Psalms of
Solomon, the expectation of a prophetic Messiah, sprang from
the hoose and lineage of David. Others followed the bold
and oiigiRal thinker of this period, who, starting from a
su^estive phrase in Daniel, conceived the Messiah as the
supematonl Son of Man, who, possessing divine preroga-
tives, sboold destroy the wicked, and justify the righteous,
and vindicate a transformed heaven and earth as their habita-
tion for everlasting. For a full account of the Messiah of the
Similitudes we must refer the reader to the notes on xlvi. 3,
and xxxviii. 2.

Digitized by GtXlglC

32 The Book of Enoch.

The teaching of the Similitudes Btaads throughout in clear
contrast to that of xci-civ. Whilst in the latter there is no
Messinh, in the former the conception of the Messiah plays a
more important role than had ever yet been assigned to him.
In the former, again, there seems to be only a resurrection of
the righteous; in the latter a reenrrectioD of all Israelites.
In the former the Messianic kingdom was only temporary ;
in the latter it was of everlasting continuance. In the former
the final judgment was held at the close of the Messianic
kingdom; in the latter at its banning. In the former
there was a resurrection of the spirit only, in the latter of the
body also.

Part V, — Tbe Book of Celestial Physics consisting of
Ixxii-lxzviii ; Ixxxii ; Ixxix. There are no materials at hand
for fixing the date of this section. In the Special Intro-
duction to this part we have shown at some length that it is
an independent writing, and distinct originally from all the
other constituents of the book. A close examination of this
section leads manifestly to the excision of kxx-lxxxi, and to
tbe restoration of Ixxxii to its original position before Ixxix.
The object of the writer is a quasi-scientific one. His aim b
to justify the Hebrew calendar against the heathen calendan,
and particularly tbe Greek, and to insist on the value of the
moon as an infallible divider of time till the new Creation.
The only blessing pronounced by him is for those who sin not
as the sinners in the reckoning of their days (Ixxxii. 4). The
interpolator of Ixxx-lxxxi was a man of quite a different
type. His sympathies were wholly moral and religious.
There is an order of nature, it is true, but this order is con-
tinually thrown into disorder by the sin of men, and the
moon thus becomes a mieleader of men (Ixxx. 4). Accord-
ingly we are not surprised to find that the blessing pronounced
by this writer is on the man against whom there is no
record of unrighteousness (Ixzxi. 4).

Part. VI. — The Noachiau and other interpolations. These
have been enumerated above (p. 15). So far as we may

ilizedbyGoOglc

General Introduction. 33

tniBt to internal erideace, it would appear that nearly all
these interpolations were added by tbe editor who put the
different books together, and sought by means of his additions
from an existing Apocalypse of Noah, and possibly from
elsewhere, to give a complete account of the different great
world judgments. When this editing took place we cannot
determine definitely, but we may with safety conclude that
it waa before the beginning of the Christian era. The con-
tents of these interpolations — which deal with a vast variety
of sabjects, such as the books «f Noah, the deluge, the evil
wrought by the Satans and t^e fallen angels, the secrete of
celestial phenomena, and other cabbalistic lore — do not admit
of being shortly summarised.

§ XI. The IsFLrENCB of Enoch on Jewish and Patbistic

LlTEBATDBB AND ON THE NbW TbSTAHXNT IK FUKASEO-

LooT, Ideas, and Doctbinb.
The book of Enoch exercised a very important influence on
the Christian and Jewish literature of the first three centuries
A. D. The first notice of a book of Enoch appears to be due
to a Jewish or Samaritan Hellenist (bo Schiirer). This notice,
which hae come down to us successively through Alexander
Polyhistor and Eusebius, asserts that Enoch was the fomider of
Astrology : cf. Euseb. Praep. Evang. ix. 17.8 (Gaisford) twtqv
fiipt\Kipat vp&Tov Tiiv iarpokoylav.

The Impltjekce op Enoch on Jewish Literatoee.
Excluding for the present the coosideration of the New
Testament and of Christian testimonies generally, the book
of Enoch was probably used by the author of the Assumption
of Moses written about the Christian Era. Cp. iv. 8 — Tristes
et gementes quia non poterint referre immolationes Domino
patrum suorum with En. Ixxzix. 73 : and x. 3, 4—£xiet de
habitatione sancta sua with Enoch i. 4, ' will come forth from

itodbyGoOC^IC

Tlu Book of Enoch.

His dwelling': and x. 4 — Tremebit terra, vMque ad finet tuat
coQCutietaTj et alti montcs humiliabantor et concntirator with
En. i. 5, 6, ' onto the ends of the earth — the high monutoins
will be shaken and — made low.'

In the Book of JubUeet, written before 70 A. D., £noch is
largely drawn upon : cp. Book of Jubilees —

CH. I. ' I have foriaken them because of all the evil they have
wrought — in foriaking the covenant ' with En. Itttjit.

6i> 54-
' Until I descend and dwell witii tbem ' with En. xxv. 3 ;

Ixxni. I.
'From the day of the new creation,' ftc. with En. Irxii. t.
II. In this chapter the ideas of En. Ix. i6-ai are further

developed and a presiding spirit is assigned to every

natural phenomenon,
m. In this chapter there is the first mention of tiie ' heavenly

tables ' — a phraee borrowed from Enoch. See for lull

treatment of this phiase zlvii. 3 (note).
IV. ' Jared ; for in his days the angels of the Lord descended

on the earth.' Of. £u. vi. 6 ; cvi. 13.
' He took himself a wife and her name was Edna.' Cf.

En. IxxxT. 3.
' He was with the angels of God six years of tide jubilee.'

CI En. xii. i. This refers to Enoch's temporary

sojourning with the angels.
' They (i. e. the angels) showed him (i. e, Enoch) every-

thiog in earth and heaven — and he wrote it all down.'

Cf. En. xzi— xxxvi; Ixzii— Ixxzii.
' He testified to the watchers,' ftc, En. xii-xiv. 7.
'We conducted him (i.e. Enoch) into the Garden of

Eden.' This refers to Enoch's final translation. Cf

En.lxx.
' There he writes down,' En, ziL 4. ' The Scribe.' Cf.

XV. I ; xcii. i.
V. ' He (i. e. Qod) bade us bind them (i. e. the fidlen

watchers) in the depths of the earth.' Cf. Ed.

X. 4-ta.
The account as to the destruction of the children of the

watchers depends directly on En. x. 12 ; xii. 6.

ilizedbyGcXlglC

General Introduction. 35

The accoont of the heavenlf ' Beren water torrenti ' nnd
'the fonntaini »f the great deep' are derived from

Bn. iTTiri-r. 2—7,

Ti. Conqwre the aocoont of the year of 364 days with its
implicit polemic sgainat En. Ixziv. 10, la; Ixxv. a;
Ixxxii. 4, 6, II.
Tn. Compare the three cluHes of grants here described with
En. vii; lixxix. 6 : the coiutaat prohibitions agunet
the eating of blood (cf. also zxi) with En. vii. 5 ;
xcviii. It: 'Enoch, the eeventh in bis generation'
with Ed. zciii. 3.
vin. ' Mount Zion, the centre of the navel of the earth ' with

Z. Compare the doctrine of tiiiB chapter and of xxl regarding
the demons, the children of the watchers with En. zv.
la-xvi tnotee).
These demons are subject to Satan. Cf. En. lir. 6.
zi. The worship of idols and of demons (aleo in i and xzii).
Cf. En. xtz. I ; zciz. 7.
ZTi. ' Plant of righteouBuess ' (alio in xzi), a phrase used of

Israel. Cf. En. z. 16 (note).
XXt. Compare the list of evergreen trees given here with En. iii.
xnij The life of the righteous though it eztend to a thousand
years is still finite. Cf. En. t. 7 (note). 'Hiere is no
resurrection of the body — apparently the teaching of
En. zci-civ.

The Apocalgpte of Baruck, written not long after 70 a. d.,
bas many aflSaities with Enoch both in diction and in tbooght,
and is manifestly dq>eDdent on it.

^jioc.far.xiii. 8, 'Judicium enim En. Iziii. 8, 'His judgments have
eet ezcelsi qui non respicit no respect of persons.'

personas.'

zxiv. I, ' Aperientnr libri in En. xc. ao, ' He took the sealed
quibus scripta sunt peccata books and opened them.'
omnium qui peccaverunt.'

xxiz. 4, A later form of the En. Iz. 7-9.
myth of Behemoth and Le-
viathan which is found
first in En. Ix. 7-9.

Digitized by GtXlglc

The Book of Enoch.

xsix. 5, ' Terra dabit frnctna

BuoB UDnm in decern millia.'
XXXV. a, 'O ocnli mei eetote

Bcatebrae et palpebne oou-

lorum meoriun foDs lacri-

maram.'
li. 3, 'Qni plantavernnt in

corde buo radicem sapien-

tiae' (cf. lii. 7).
li. lo, 'Assimilabuntor angelis

et aeqnabnntur stellis.'

lir. 3, 'Cni nihil difficile est.'

Ivi. 6, 'Cum (Adam) trana-
greEBns eaaet, morB, quae
noD erat tempore ejna, fait.'

Ivi. 10-3, 'Etiam angelis fuit
periculum. Adhnc enim
illo tempore, qno creatas
fuit, erat eiB liberias; et
descend erunt ex iia et
oommiati sunt cuft muli-
eriboB. Et tanc illi qui
BIO operati sunt, in vinculia
crnciati sunt.'

lix. 2, ' Lex aetema.'

En. X. 19, 'Each measure will
bear ten thousaud.'

En. xcv. I, 'Oh that mine e7es
were a cloud of water tbat I
m!ght weep oyer you and shed
my tears as a water cloud.'

En. X. 16, 'The plant of
rigbteonsneBS.'

Ed. civ. 6, 4, ' Haye great joy as
the angels — shine aa the stars.'
Of. Ixix J I.

En. Ixxxiv. 3, 'Nothing is too
hard for thee.'

En. Ixix. II, 'Uan was created
exactly like the angels — and
death could not have taken
hold of him.'

En. Ti-x.

En. xdx. 3, ' The eternal law.'

The dependence of this book on Enoch is still more evident
if we may regard it as proceeding firom one author ; for it re-
produces in the main the conceptions of En. xci-eiv save that
it expects a Messiah. Thus in this Apocalypse of Baruch the
Messianic Kingdom is only of temporary duration. The
Messiah reigns till sin is at an end Ixxiv. 2, 3. During his
reign the earth yields 10,000 fold, and there are no pre-
mature deaths. At the close of this period the Messiah
returns to heaven and the resurrection ensues I-li. 6, The
righteous are then transformed and made like the angels
li. 5» 10-

Digitized by GtXlglC

General Introduction.

The aathor of 17. Ezra, vriting between 81-9^ a. d., has
made a not iiifreqaent use of Enoch, and this mainly of the
Similitudes.

4 Ezra vi. 49-53 takes up and
develops further the myth
found in En. Ix. 7-9.
vii, 33, 33, 'Et terra reddet
qui in ea dormiunt, et
pulvlB qui in eo silentio
habitant, et promptoaria
reddent quae eis commen-
datae sunt animoe. Et re-
velabitur AltieeimnB super
sedem jndicii,'

4 Ezra [vi. 3] 'Et dicet tunc
Altiasimns contra iUoe
populoB resuBcitataB : re-
Bpicite et rideto quern ab-
negastis, aut quern non
coluistis aut cujus praa-
cepta rojecistiB.'

In, Ix. 7-9.

En. li. I, 3, 'And the earth will
give back those that are
treasured up within it, and
Sheol also will give back that
which it has received, and
hell will give back that which
it owes . . . And the Elect
One will sit on My throne.'

En, Ixii. I, ' Thus the Lord com-
manded . . . those who dwelt
on the earth and said : " Open
yonr eyes and lift up your
boms if ye are able to recog-
nise the Elect One." '

En. Ix. 6, ' Who have not served
the righteouB law and who
deny the righteous judgment
and who take His name in

[vi. i] 'Bevelabitor fumos En. xlviii. 9, 10; xxvii. 3.

gehennae, et ex adverso

ejus itemm paradisos ju-

cnnditatum.*

[vi. 49] 'TJt renoves crea- En. Ixxii. i.

tnnun tuam.'

[vi. tio, 68] A development of En. c. 5.

vii. 55 ' Super etellaa fulge- En. civ, 3, ' Ye will shino as the

bunt facies eorum.' stars of heaven,'

'. . . nostrae autem facies En, IxiL 10, 'Darkness will be

super teuebras nigrae.' piled upon their feces.'

In the TettamenU of the Twelve Patriardt there are nine
direct references to Enoch. Of these Lev. 10, 14 are prob-
ably references to En. Ixxxix. 50 j xci. 6, 7 ; Dan. 5 to Ed,

ilizedbyGoOglc

38 The Book of Enoch.

Ixii, 15 whereas Sim. 5 ; Lev. 16; Jud. 18; Zeb. 3; Napht.
4 ; Benj. 9 cannot be traced directly to any paesa^ in the
Ethiopic Enoch. Keub. v and Napht. 3, though Enoch is
not directly mentioned, may be referred to En. vi-ix. a,

From the second century onwards all knowledge of the
book of Enoch Tanishes from Jewish literature with the
exception of a few references that are given by Jellindi in
the ZeiUehT. D. M. 0., 1853, p, 249.

The Infloehcb as Enoch oh Patsibtio Litbkatitre.

Still adjourning the consideration of the New Testament
we find a lat^ body of Christian testimonies. The Eput/e
of £arnabat, written not many years after 70 A. D., cit«s Enoch
three times and twice as Scripture : iv. 3 — fb riktiov sKiiAdkov
f}Yyu:fv w«pi o5 yiypavrai, its 'E;rix A^yei : ivL 4 — \iyti yelp
il ypaip-^' Koi lirrai l-n i<TX<irow t&v fifj.tp&v KoX TopoSuffft kIj/moi
r4 itpS^ara. t^s vop.^s ital rqv {iAvbpav jtai rbv i^ipyov aimiv fU
KaTa^0op6.v. Cf. En. liiiii. 56, 66. Ep. Bam. xvi. 6. Cf.
En. xci. 13.

In the second century JuHin Martyr, Apol. ii. 5 (quoted in
note on iz. 8, 9) ; cp. also i. 5. Enoch is not mentioned in
these passages but is ased.

Irenaeui, iv. 16. 2 (quoted in note on xiv. 7).

AtienoffOTM (about 170 a. d.) in his ■npto-^fla x regards
Enoch, though he does not name him, as a true prophet : tart
8e fi,T]iiv i/MS iit&pTvpov XiyfW, & ii rot; vpotfi^aii tKVf<p<ivriTai,
p^Tjiriftv. iKttvoi fiiv, els iTnOvfiiaii iSfa6iTes, tiapOiuaiv . . . ix /ici>
ovv Tuv vtpl rat ttapQivmis i}(6vTiov oX KoXovficvoi iy(vv^6i}aa.v
yiydiTTfs k.tA.

Teriullian, writing between 197 and 223, regards Enoch as
Scripture, Apol. zxii (quoted in note on xv. 8, 9); De Culiu
Feminarum, i. 2 (qnoted on viii. l).

I. 3 : Scio ecripturam Enoch, quae hunc ordinem angelis
dedit, non recipi a quibusdam, quia nee in armariam Judaicum
admittitor. Opinor, non putavenmt illam ante cataclysmum
editam poet enm casum orbis omnium rerum aboliiorem salvam

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

General Introduction. 39

esse potuiBBe. But Tertnllran proceeds to show that this was
possible : cum Enoch filio sno Matusalae nihil altud mandaverit
guam ut notitiam eomm posteris sois traderet. He then
pronounces the singular critical canon : Cum Enoch eadem
Bcriptnra etiam de domino praedicarit, a nobis quidem nihil
omnino rejiciendnm est, quod pertineat ad nos ... A Judaeb
potest jam videri propterea rejecta, sicut et cetera fere quae
Christum sonant ... £0 accedit quod Enoch apud Judam
apostolum teetimonium possidet. IL 10 (quoted on viiL i).
Se Idol, XV (quoted on ziz. i). Cf. also De Idol, ix ; De
Virg. Vetand. vii : Si enim propter angelos, scilicet quos
legimns a deo ei caelo excidisee ob concupiscentiam feminamm,
&c. De Idol. XT: Haec igitui ah initio [OBeTidens spiritus
sanctus etiam oatta ia superstitionem ventura praececinit per
antiqnissimum prophetea Enoch.

Clement Alex. Eclcgae PropAet. Ed. Dindorf, iii. 456 (quoted
on xix. 5) ; iii 474 (quoted on viii. 2. 3) ; Sirom. iii. 9 (quoted
on ivi. 3).

Origen (18^—354) does not r^ard Enoch as inspired, and
yet he does not wholly reject it. Cf. Contra Celeum, v. 53.
Celsus argues that other iyyfXoi descended to the earth before
Christ : iK6fii> yap koI AAAotw \iyovai itoXK&KK Kol ifum yt
i^Kovra $ i^bofJfKovTa' ots S^ y€viaB(u KOicoW Kol ttoKiifffQai
bttrixdis vnofiXtiBivras iv yrj' S6(v Koi Tas Btpiih^ mryhs flvat
ra iKfCvav iJuipva. In a lengthy rejoinder Origen remarks, v.
54 : ip TOAs iKKXtfirlms oi vaw tpiptrai its Ofia rh i-ntytypOfiLiUva
ToS 'Eca>x fii^>^(a. That Ongen was undecided as to the
value to be attached to Enoch is clearer from the following
passages, /m Joannem, vi. 2$ (Lommatsch. i. 241) : Us iv r^
'Evu;^ yiypa-Brai, el T<f <f>tkov vapa^)(€(r6ai as Aytov rb 0tff\(oti,
In Num. Homil. xxviii. 2 (Lommatsch. x. 366): De quibus quidem
nominibuB plurima in libellis, qui appellantur Enoch, secreta
continentur, et arcana : sed quialibelli ipsi non videntur apud
Hebiaeos in auctoritate haberi, interim nunc ea, quae ibi
nomijiautur ad exemplum vocare differamns. De Princip, i.
3. 5 (Lommatsch. xxi. 73) : Sed et in Enoch libro his similia

ilizedbyGoOglc

40 The Book of Enoch.

describiintar ; ir. 35 (Lommfltsoh. xxL 47'5) (qaoted on
rix.3).

AfuUoliui appointed Siehop of Laodicea in 269. Quoted
iQ Eoseb. Hitt, Mccl, viL 32. 19 : roS Ki r6v Trpurov ■nap'
'E^paiats p,^va tttpl Imffuplati tlva^, TropatrrariKti koI rh iv

Thenceforward the book fails to secore a single faroaiable
notice. Hilary, who died 568 a. d., writes in his Comment, in
Pt. cxzxii. 3 : Fertur id de quo etiam nescio cuius liber extat,
quod angeli concupiscentee filiaa hominum, cum de caelo
deBcenderent, in huno montem Hermon maxime convenerant
excelsom. Chrysostom (346-407) does not indeed mention
Enoch, but declares that the stoij of the angels and the
daughters of men r«ste on a fitke exegesis, U&mil. in Gen.
vi. I and is a blasphemous fable,

Jerome (346-420) r^ards Enoch as apocryphal. De Vim
Jllutir. iv : Judas frater Jacobi parram, quae de eeptem
catholicis est, epistolam reliquit. £t quia de libro Enoch, qui
apociyphuB est, in ea assumit testimonia a plerisque rejicitur :
tamen auctoritatem vetuetate jam et usu meruit et inter sanctas
oomputatur. Comment, on Pt. cxzxii. 3 : Legimos in qnodam
libro apocrypho, eo tempore, quo descendebant filii dei od
filias hominum, desceodisse illos in montem Hermon, et ibi
iniisse pactum qnomodo venire&t ad filias hominum et sibi eas
sociarent. Manifeetissimtis liber est et inter apociyphos com-
putatur. Comment, on Epiat. ad Titum, i. 1 2 : Qui autem
putant totum librum debere sequi eum, qui libri parte usus
sit, Tidentar mihi et apocryphum Enochi, de quo Apostolos
Judas in Epistola sua testimonium posuit, inter ecclesiae
Ecriptoras recipere.

Anguttive (354~429) pronounces strongly against Enoch.
Be Civ. Dei, xv. 23, 4: Scripsisse quidem nonnuUa divina
Enoch ilium septimnm ab Adam, negare non possumus, cum
hoc in Epistola canonica Judas Apostolus dicat. Sed non
frustra non sunt in eo canone Scriptnrarum . . . Unde ilia
quae sub cgus nomine proferuutur et continent istae de

Digitized by GOOC^IC

General Introduction. 41

gigantibas fabnlas, quod Don liabuerint homines patrea, recte
a pradentiboB jodicantnr noD ipsios esse credenda. Cp. also
De Civ. Dei, xviii. 38.

Enoch is finally condemned in explicit tenns in QmtfU.
' Apotiol. vi. 16 : KOt iv rois itaKaiaXi hi ru/e r mv^pw^av ^t0\la
i-noKfiV^ Mwircu; Kal 'Evitx koI 'Aiifi, 'Hirafov re Kal AajSiS
Kal 'HA fa koI t&v rpi&v trarpuip^ui', tf>$opoiroM Kat r^f

StafiiXXovTd ijifuov/yybw, yipav, vpSvoiav, TfKVoyovlav, v6}U)V,
irpo^^as.

Under the ban of ench authorities the book of Enoch
gradually passed out of circulation and knowledge in the
Western Church, and with the exception of vi-ix. 4 ; viii. 4-
X. 14; XT. 8-xvi. I and another fragment which are preserved
by Sfncellu* in his Ckronographg, pp. ao-23; 42-47 (Ed.
Dind. 1829) it was lost to western CbriBteudom till the pre-
sent century. Syncellus adds that the book of Enoch runs
counter in some respects to the tradition of the Church, and is
untrustworthy through the interpolations of Jews and heretics :
Kol ravra fiiv Jx roS Vfxirou ^i^kiov 'Bv^x '^^P^ ^**^ iypf\y6pto»,
(I itaift.^ TtXfuoS)^ vpoffixfoi ivoKpwpois ii^urraTiAii hvttmxT-
ripovs, iid Tf T& trfpiTTi riva xal irpifii} Ttjs. iKKXiftriacrriK^t
irapai^atms i\tti/ koI bia rd if(ifo6fii<r0ai airi xmi 'lovbaCtov Kat
olpfTiKW, (Ed. Dindorf, pp. 47, 48.)

Thb Implcbkcb oj Enoch on the New Testament.

The influence of Enoch on the New Testament has been
greater than that of all the other apocryphal and pseud-
epigraphal books taken together. The evidence for this
conclusion may for the sake of convenience be arranged under
two heads. (A) A series of passages of the New Testament
which either in phraseology or idea directly depend on or are
illustrative of passages in Enoch. (B) Doctrines in Enoch
which had an undoubted share in moulding the corresponding
New Testament doctrines.

ilizedbyGoOC^lc

42 The Book of Enoch.

(A) We will be^ with the Qeneral Epistles. I quote irom tbe
IteTised Veraion when a more accurate readering is desirable.

(a) S. Jvde 4. Denying onr only
Muter Bud Lord.

). 'The angels which kept
not,' Ac.

13. ' Wandering etars.'

14. 'The seventh from Adam.'

En. xlviii. 10. ' Denied the Lord
of spirita and His anointed.'
Cf. ixxTiii. 3; xli. 2 i Wii. 8. '

En. X. 5, 6, la, 13.

En. Iz. 8.
En. i. 9 ; T

The seventh from

14, 15. A direct qnotaUon

from
I S. Ptter iii. 19, 30.
iv.17. 'Judgment to begin at

the faonse of Ood.'
3 S. Peter ii. 4. (Observe how En. x. 4-6,

appropriately rapTapivas ia

used in connection with the

fallen angels : Tartamawas

originally the place of

punishment of the Titans,
iii. 13. 'A new heaven and a

new earth.'
I S. John ii. I . ' JeauB Christ the

righteous.'
ii. 8. 'The darkness is past

and the true light,' &o.

En. X. 4. 5, 13. 13.
En. i. 7. 'Judgment .
tbe righteous.'
3-

En. xlv. 4, 5 ; Ixzii. i ; xci. 16.

i. 7. ' Walk in the light'

En. xxxviii. 3. ' The Righteous

One.'
En.Iviii.S- 'Itbasbecomebright

as tbe Bun upon earth, and the

darkness is past.'
En. Tcii. 4. ' The righteous . . .

will walk in eternal light.'

[The eontmt between light and dmrknenin S. John's Efnitlei lepeatedlj'
enfaroed in Enoeh. Bee xxxvilL 4 (note).]

iii. 3. ' We sball be like Him.' En. xc. 37, 38.
S. James i. 8. 'Double-minded £n.xcL4. 'A doable heart.' See
man.' note.

V. 1-6. Woes against the rich. En. xciv. 8-1 1 with paraUel
passages.

(6) Book of Revelation. — The writer or writers of this book
are steeped in Jewish apocalyptic literature.

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

General Introduction.

Rev. i. 4- ' Seven spirits which
are before His throne,' Cf.
ir, 5; viii. 2, .

ii.7. 'Tohimthat OTercometh
will I ^ve to eat of the
tree of life'; also xzii. a,
14, 1 9 ' the right to the tree
of life.'

iii. 5. ' Clothed in white rai-

10. 'Them that dwell upon

the earth.'

En. xc. 21. 'Seven first white
ones.' Cf. Tobit xii. 15.

En. xxT. 4, 5. Oulj tbe elect in
the MesBionic kingdom are
allowed to eat of the tree of
life.

En. xc. 31. 'Gbthed in white.'

En. xxxvii. 5. ' Those that dwell
on tbe earth.'

[Thii pliTua hai alwayi m bkd senae in Bevelation with tlie eiceptlos of
xiv. 6. Cf.vLio; Tiii. 13; li. 10 ; ziii.S, 14; iril. S, uid Uu>t in Uiii
TMpect RtTeUtion (ollawi the ow of this phrase in the NoncUo inter-
polationi, lee En. xxiTii. 5 (note).]

iii. 13. 'The New Jerusalem.'

20. 'I willcometmtobimand
sup with him.'

21. 'Sit with Ue on Uy
throne.' Cf. xz. 4.

iv. 6. ' Bound about the
throne were four living
creatures.'

v. II.

vi. 10. ' How long, Master,
the holj and trae, dost
thon not judge and avenge
our blood on them that
dwell on the earth t '

vi. 15, iti. Compare tbe fear
of ' the kinge of the earth,

En. xc. 39.

En. IxiL 1 4. ' (The righteous) will
eat, and lie down, and rise up
with that Son of man.'

En. Gviii. 13. 'I will seat each
on the throne of bis honour.'

En. xl. 3. ' On the four sides of
tbe Lord of Spirits I saw four
presences.'

Ed. xiv. 23 ; xl. I ; Ixxi. 8.

En. xlvii. 3. 'The prayer of the
righteous that it (i.e. the
shedding of their blood) may
not be in vain before the
Lord of Si^ritB, that judgment
may be done unto them, and
that they may not have to
Eufier for ever.' Cf. icvii.
3-5; xcix. 3, 16; civ. 3:
also xxii. 5-7 where tie souls
of the righteous in Hades pray
for vengeance.

En. Ixii. 3, 5. 'Tbe kings, and
the mighty, and the exalted

ilizedbyGoOC^Ic

The Book of Enoch.

and the princes, and the
chief captuDB, and the rich,
and the strong' when they
see 'the face of him that
eittetb on tlie throne.'
?«. vii. I. The four angela of
the winds.
15. 'He that sitteth on the
throne shall dwell amoi^

17. 'Shall guide them unto
fountains of waters of life.'

Tiii. 3, 4. Angel with golden
censer of incense offers it
with the prayers of the
saintB before God. In v. 8
the elders do bo also.

ix. I. 'I saw a star from
heaven &llen unto the
earth.'

20. 'Hepentedaotof tbeworlcB
of their hands that they
should not worship demons,
and tlie idols of gold, and
of silver, and of brass, and
of stone, and of wood.'

xii. 10. 'The accuser of our
brethren is cast down.'

xiiL 14. ' Deceiveth them that
dwell on the earth.'

xiv. 9, 10. The worshippers
of the beast are to be ' tor-
mented with fire and brim-
stone in the presence of the
holy angels, and in the
presence of the lamb.'

10. ' Holy angels.'

20. ' Blood came out of the
winepress even unto the
horses' bridles.'

. . . will be terrified . . . and
pain will seise them when
they see that Son of Man
dtting on the throne of Hia
glory.'

En. Ixix. 33. ' The spirits of the
winds.'

En. xIy. 4. 'I will caote Thine
Elect to dwell among them.'

En. xlviiL i.

This intercession of the angels
is found frequently in Enoch,
ix. 1-3, 10, 1 1 ; XV. 3 ; xl. 7 ;
zlviL 3 ; xcix. 3.

En. liiiTi. I. 'And I saw . . .
and behold a star fell from
heaven.'

En. xcix. ?. ' Others will make
graven images of gold, and
silver, and wood, and clay,
and others will worship im-
pure spirits and demons.'

En. il. 7.

Eo.Uv. 6. 'Leading astray those

that dwell on tbe earth.' Cf.

Ixvii. 7.
En. xlviii. 8, 9. The unrigfateons

bum ' in the presence of the

righteous.'

En. passim.

En. c. 3. ' The horses will walk

up to the breast in the blood

of sinners.'

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

Htv. xvi. 5

xs. 1 2. ' And the books were
opened ' and ' another book
was opened which is the
book of life.'

13. "The sea gave up the dead
which were in it, and death
and Hades gave up the dead
which were in them.'

General Introduction.
Angel of the Ea. Ix, 16. ' Spirit of the »

En. xc. 30. 'The books were
opened.'

En. xWii. 3. "The books of the
liTing.'

En. li. I. 'The earth also will
give back those that are
treaenred up within it, and
Sheol also will give back that
which it has received, and
hell will give beck that which
it owes.' Cf. Ixi. 5.

II. 11-15. ^B '**^ JD^gmanl Is held sft«r the temporuy Ifetaiuiic
kingdom <zx. 4, 5), joM M in En. zci-dT. Then ii however no reanr-
reo^n in the tamporuj Mesiinnic kingdom of Enoch u there ii in
EeveUtion.

15. 'Cast into the lake of En.zcalS. ' Cast into that fierj-
fire,' abysB,'

III. I, 3, 'We have here a new heftven and a new earth, and a new Jeru-
nlem oomin^f down from heaven : yet in zxii. 14, IJ all olaHe* of
dnnen ara aaid to be without the gatee of the dty. Bat if then were
a new earth, tbia woold be impoedble. Thii ooob«diotion nuij have
ariaen bom combining the divergent Mesiianie oonoeptioni which
appear in Enoch. Cf. xlv. 4, 5 ; zo. 19.

(c) We shall next deal with the EpxsUet of 8. Paul. This
Apostle, as we know, borrowed both phraseology and ideas
from many quarters : from the Greek poet« j from the
apocryphal writings, as the Book of Wisdom; from the lost
Revelation of Elias — i Cor. ii. 9 according to Origen, and
Eph. V. 14 accoiding to Epiphanins. We shall find that he
was well acquainted with and used the Book of Enoch.

Jiom. ym. 38. 'Neither angels, En. IxL 10. 'Angels of power
nor principalities, nor and angels of principalities.'

powers.'

ix. 5. 'God blessed forever.' En.lxxvii. i. 'He that is blessed
for ever.'

I Cor. vi. II. 'Justified in the En. xlviii. 7. 'Saved in his (i.e.
name of the Lord Jesos.' the Meseiah'u) name.'

iiized by Google

The Book of Enoch.

xi. lo. TertnUian, C. Mara. t. 8 ; de Tirg. Ttlaad. J, expltdm this Teim
through a refetanoti to the bod uigeli spoken of in Enodi vho would be
Indited to wantonnen by ouTeiled women.

3 Cor. iv. 6. ' To give the light
of the knowledge of the
glory of God im the lace of
Jesos Christ.'
xi. 31. ' He who is blessed for
ever,'

Gal. L 4. 'This preeent evU
world.'

Bph. i. 21. 'Above all prinoi-
pality and power.'

9. 'Aocording to Hia good

pleasure.'
V. 8. ' Cfaildien of light.'

Phil. ii. 10. 'At the name of Jeens
every knee should bow.'

Cot. i. 16. 'Principalities and
powers.'

11,3. 'In whom are hid all the
treasures of wisdom and
knowledge.'
I Thest. V. 3. ■ Then sadden
destruction cometh upon
them as upon a woman
with child.'

En. xxxviii. 4. ' The light of the
Lord of Spirits is seen on the
face of the holy.'

En.lxxvii.i. 'He who is blessed
for ever.'

En. zlviii. 7. ' This world of un-
rigfateoQBuesB.'

En.lzi. 10. 'Theangelsofpower
and the ai^^ls of principali-
ties.'

En. xlix. 4. ' According to Hie
good pleasure.'

En. cviiL 11.' The generation of
light'

En. xlviii. 5. ' Will fall down and
bow the knee before Him' (i.e.
the Messiab).

En. Ixi. 10. "The angels of power
and the angels of principali-
ties.'

En. xlvi. 3. 'The Son of man . . .
who reveals all the treasures
of that which b hidden.'

En. Mi. 4. 'Then shall pun come
upon them as on a woman in

Both thaie pawagei refer to the endden appearing of the Meniah.

V. 5. ' Sons of light.' En. cviii. 11. ' The generation of

light.'

2 Theu. i. ?. ' The angels of His En. Ixi. 10. ' The angels of

power.' power,'

I Tim. i. 9. ' Law is not made En. xciii. 4. ' He will make a

for a rigbteoua man but for law for sinners.'

the lawless,' &c.

Digitized by GtXlglc

General Introduction.

I Tim. i. 15. ' Worthy of all bc- En. xoiv. i, ' Wortliy of occepta-

ceptatioD ' (cf. vi. 9). tion.'

T. 31. ' Th« elect angels.' En. zxxix. i. 'Elect and holy

children of the high heaven,'

vi. 15. 'King of Kings and En. vs.. 4. 'Lord of Lords . . .

Lord of Lords.' King of Kings.'

16. Dwelling in, the light En. xiv. ai. 'None of the angels
which DO man can approach conld enter (there) and no

nnto, whom no man hath man could behold the form of

seen.' the face of the Honoured and

Gloriona One.'

(rf) EpUtle to tie HebreKt. This Epistle was probably written
by Bamabaa. Aa we have seen above (p. 38) this writer cites
Enoch as Scriptnte in the Epistle which goes by bis name.

Htbreux iv, 13. 'There is no
creatnre that ia not mani-
fest in His sight : bat all
things' are naked and laid
open before the eyes of Him
with whom we have to do.'
xi. 5. ' Enoch was translated
. . . for before hie transla-
tion be bad this testimony
that be pleased Qod.'

xL 10. ' The city wluch hath
foundations whose builder
and maker is God ' (cf. ziii.

.*)■

xii. 9. *Fatber of spirits.'

En. ix. 5. ' All things are naked
and open in Thy sight, and
Thoa seeat all things and
nothing can hide itself from
Thee.'

The parallel passage must, it
seems, depend on the Enoch
book where Enoch is always
accounted an example of
righteousness and therefore
translated. Cf. xv. i ; Ixxi.
14, &C. In Ecdui. xliv. 16
Enoch is translated indeed,
bttt is cited aa an example of
repentance. Fhilo, De Abra-
Ttamo, speaks of the former
evil life of Enoch.

En.xc. 39. 'WfaereGod Himself
builds the New Jerusalem.'

'Lord of spirits,' passim in
Similitudes.

33. 'TheheavenlyJerasalem.* En. i

Digitized by GtXlglc

The Book of Enoch.

(e) AcU af the Apottki.

iii. 1 4. ' The Righteoua One,'

i.e. Christ. Cf. alsovii. 51;

xxii. 14.
iv. 13. "There ie none other

name under heaven . . .

whereby we must be saved.'
X. 4. "Thy prayers ... are

gone up for a memorial

before God.'
Kvii. 31. 'He will jndge the

world in rigbteouBnesE by

the man whom He hath

ordained.'

(/) The Goipeh.
S. John ii. 16. The temple ia
called ' God's house,' but
owing to sin of Israel ' your
house,' i. e. merely house of
Israel. Cf. 8. Luke xiii. 35
and parallels.

v.a2. 'He hath committed all
judgment unto the Son.'

3 7 . ' He gave bim authority to
execute judgment because
he is the Son of Man.'

xii. 36. ' Sons of light.'

xiv. 3. ' Many

En. xxxviii. 2. 'The Righteous
One ' (i. e. the Messiah).

En. xlviii 7. 'Saved in His (i. e.
the Messiah's) name.'

En. xoix. 3. ' Baise your prayers
as a memorial . . . before the
Most High.'

En. xli. 9. 'He will appoint a
judge for them all, and He
will jndge them all before
Him.'

Ed. Ixxxix. 54. Temp]e=honse
of the Loi-d of the sheep.

En. Ixxxix. 56. But owing to
sin of Israel it is said 'He
forsook that their house.'

n. Ixix. 37. 'The sum of
judgment was committed
uuto Him, the Sou of Man.'

fn. oviii. ti. 'The generation of

light.'
So. xxxix. 4. ' Mansions of the

righteous.' Cf. xxxix. 7 ;

xlviii. I, &c.

.S'.Z«iei.53. 'HeliatbputdowD

En. xlvi. 5. ' He will put down

princes from their thrones.'

the kings from their thrones.'

ix. 35. 'This is My Son, the

En. xl. 5. ' The Elect One,' i. e.

Elect One.' So Greek 6

the Messiah. Cf. xly. 3-5;

/«X,XcT,..'«>..

xUi. 2, 4, &c.

xiii. 35. See on S. John ii. 16.

xvi. 8. < Sons of the Ught.'

En.cviii.ii. ' The generation of

light.'

jdbyGooc^lc

General Introduction.

S. Luix X7i. 9. ' UiMnmun of
imrighteoiiBiieai.'
zviii. 7. ' Shall not Oad
avenge His Elect wliicb cry
to Pim day and night, and
He is loug-sofEering over
them.' Cf. 3 Pet. iii. 9;
EccIuS. •'"^Tii, 18.

xxi. 28. ' Your redemption

draweth nigh.'
xxiii. 35. * The Christ of God,

the Elect One,' 6 iAta6,.
S. MaOhmo t. za, 29, 30; x. aS

where Gehenna is the place

of final punishment,
xix. 38. 'When the Son of

Kan shall eit on the throne

of His glory.'
' Ye also shall sit on twelve

thrones.'
six. 29. 'Inherit eternal life.'
xxi.13; xxiii. 38. SeeS.Jolin

u. 16.
XXV. 41. 'Prepared for the

devil and Ma angels.'
xxvi. 34. 'It had been good

for that man if he had not

been bom.'
nviii 18. 'All authority hath

been given to Me in heaven

and on earth.'
S.Murksi.i'j, SeeS.Johnii.6.

En. Ixiii. 10. 'Mammon of nn-
ri^teousneie.'

£0. zlviL I, 2. See Trauslation.
This veree of S. Luke eoggests
another rendering of Enoch.
' The prayer of the righteous
. . . that judgment may be
executed on them and that
He may be no more long'
Buffering over them.'

En. li. 2. 'The day of their
redemption has drawn nigh.'

En. xl. 5. ' The Elect One.'

En. xxvii. 2 ; xc. 26, 27 where

Gehenna first definitely ap-

pears as hell.
En. Ixii. 5. 'When they see that

Son of Man sitting on the

throne of His glory.'
En. cviii. 12, ' I will seat each

on the throne of his honour.'
En. xl. 9.
En. Ixxxix. 56.
En. Ixxxix. 64.
En. liv. 5. ' Chuns . . . prepared

for the hosts of AzaseL'
En.xxxviiLa. 'Ithadbeengood

for them if they had not been

bom.'
En. Ixii. 6. ' (The Son of man)

who rules over all.'

En. Ixxxix, 54.

Digitized by Google

50 The Book of Enoch.

(B) Doctrines in Enoch which had an undoubted share in
moulding the corresponding New Testament doctrines, or are
at all events necessaiy to the comprehension of the latter.

(a) The nature of the Messianic Itingdom and of the future
life.

{h) The Messiah.

{d") Demonology.

(a) The Kingdom. We shall only deal with one incident
coming under this headj it is found in the three Synoptists:
S. Matt xxii. 23-53 ; S. Mark xii. 18-37 J S. Luke xx. 27-36.
This incident can only be rightly understood from Enoch.
When the Sadducees said, ' Whose wife shall she be of them ?
for the seven had her to wife,' they are arguing from the sen-
suous conception of the Messianic kingdom — and this was no
doubt the popular one— given in £d. i-xzxvi, according to
which its merabere, including the risen righteous, were to enjoy
every good thing of earth and have each a thousand children.
The Sadducees thought thereby to place this young prophet
on the horns of a dilemma, and oblige Him to confess either
that there was no resurrection of the dead, or else that
polygamy or polyandry would be practised in the coming
kingdom. But the dilemma proves invalid: and the con-
ception of the future life portrayed in our Lord's reply tallies
almost exactly in thought, and partially in word, with that
described in En. zci-civ, according to which there is t« be a
resurrection indeed, but a resurrection of the spirit, and the
risen righteous are to r^oice 'as the angels of heaven'
(En, civ. 4j S. Matt. xxii. 30J S. Mark xii. 35), 'being
companions of the heavenly hosts ' (En. civ. 6).

{b) The Messiah. The Messiah is referred to in xc. 37, 38.
He is represented as Uie head of the Messianic community
out of which He proceeds, but He has no special rdle to fnlfil
and His presence in that description seems due merely to
literary reminiscence. This Messiah-reference exercised no
influence on New Testament conceptions. But with regard

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

General Introduction. 51

to the Messiah described in the Similitudes the case is very
different. Four titles applied for the first time in Uterature
to the personal Messiah in the Similitudes aie afterrrards
reproduced in the New Testament, These are 'Christ' or
' the Anointed One/ ' the Righteous One,' ' the Elect One,' and
' the Son of Man.'

' Ckriti ' OT 'tie Anointed One.' This title, found repeatedly
in earlier writings but always in reference to actual con-
temponuy kings or priests, is now for the first time — see
xlviii 10 ; lii. 4 — applied to the ideal Messianic king that is
to come. It is associated here with supernatural attributes.
A few years later in another writingj the Psalms of Solomon
(xvii. 56; xviii. 6, 8), it possesses quite a different connota-
tion. In those Psalms the Messiah, though endowed with
divine gifts, is a man and nothing more, and springs from
the house of David.

' Tie Righteout One.' This title, which occurs in Acts iii.
14; vii. 52j xxii. 14 (cp. 1 S. John ii 1), first appears in
Enoch as a Messianic designation ; see En. xxxviii. 2 ; liii, 6.
Righteousness is one of the leading characteristics of the
Messiah, zlvi. 3.

*Tie Elect One' This title likewise appearing first in
Enoch, xl. 5 ; xlv. 3-4 ; xlix. », 4 j U. 3, 5, &c., passes over
into the New Testament, S. Luke is. 35 ; xxiii. 35, ' The
Christ, the Elect One.' In the Old Testament we find 'Mine
Elect,' Is. xlii. i, but not 'the Elect One.'

'The Son cf Man' This definite title {see notes on xlvi.
2, 3) is found in the Book of Enoch for the first time in
Jewish litorature, and is, historically, the source of the New
Testament designation, imd contributes to it some of its most
characteristic contents. For an account of the relations
between the Enochic and New Testament uses of this title,
we must refer to the Appendix on ' The Son of Man ' at the
close of tiie book.

(e) Shxol, If we except the Psalms we have in £noch the
first instances in which this word is found in its New Testa-

Digilized by Google

52 The Book of Enoch.

inent signification. For the history of thia word and its
meanings, see note on Ixii. lo.

It is further interesting to note that the writer of xci-civ
delivers himself of a sustained polemic in cil 4-Giv. 9 against
the Old Testament doctrine of Sheol, and the faot that this
writer in xci. 4 borrows Ecdus. l 25 makes it probable that
the immediate book he had in view is Ecclesiaeticus, which
enforces dogmatically and repeatedly the Old Testament
doctrine of Sheol.

The BESUBKSCTioir. 1^ doctrine, which is first taught
beyond possibility of doabt in Dan. xii, though a true
ez^fesis will find many intimations of the doctrine in earlier
books, was made a common-place of Jewish theology by the
book of Enoch. For the various forms this doctrine assumed,
see note on IL i.

{A') The Deuonology of Enoch reappears Cor the most part
in the New TesWuent.

(a) The angels which kept not their first estate, S. Jnde 6 ;
2 S. Pet, ii. 4, are the angelic watchers who fell from
lusting after the daughters of men, and whose £aU and
punishment are recounted in En. vi-xvi. They have always
been imprisoned in darkness from the time of their falL

(^) Demons. These are, according to Enoch xvi, i, the
spirits which went forth from the souls of the giants who
were the children of the &llen angels and the daughters of
men. These demons were to work moral ruin on the earth
without hindrance till the final judgment as disembodied
spirits,

80 in the New Testament. The demons are dis^abodied
spirite, S. Matt. xii. 43-45 ; S. Luke xi 24-26. They are
not punished till the final jndgment : S. Matt. viii. 29, 'Art
Thou come hither to torment us i^w-e the time ? ' They are
subject to Satan, S. Matt xii 34-28.

(y) Satan appears in Enoch as the ruler of a conntor king-
dom of evil, yet a kingdom subject to the Lord of Spirits. He
led astray the angels and made them his subjects, liv. 6; Ixix. 5.

ilizedbyGoOgll,

General Introduction. 53

A Satan aleo led astray £ve, Ixix. 6. The Satana (as in Job)
can still appear in heaven, zl. 7. The fuDctions of the Satans
are threefold : they tempted to evil, Ixix. 4, 6 ; they accused
the fallen, xl, 7 ; they poniehed the condemned as angels of
pnnishmeat, liii. 3; Ivi. i.

So in the New Testament there is the counter-kingdom of
sin, S. Matt. xii. 26; S. Luke xi. 18; 'if Satan cast out
Satan, how shall his kingdom stand ? ' Satan led astray the
angels. Rev. xiL 4, and led astray nmn, 2 Cor. xi. 3. The
demons are subjects of Satan, S. Matt. xii. 24-28. The
functions of Satan are tempting, S. Matt iv. i-ia; S. Luke
xxii. 31 ; accusing, Kev. xii. jo ; punishing, i Cor, v. 5, where
impotent sinners are delivered over to Satan for punishment.

Digitized by GtXlglc

Di.itradb, Google

THE BOOK OF ENOCH

SECTION I.

(CHAPTEKS I — SXXVl.)

INTBODtJCTION.

A. Critical Structvre. B. Relation of IhU Section to (a) Ixxti-
kxxii; (6) Ixiriii-xc ; (e) xei-civ. C. lU Dale. D. TJie
Problem and it* Solution.
A. Critioal Stmotore. For tbe relation of this Section to tlie
rest of his book, see Oeuentl Introdaction (p. 26). This Section in
at once incomplete and composite. To determine its origiiial form
is perfectly bopelees ; it has enffered &om all the evile incident to
tradition and unscrupulous interpolation. It ia impossible to
regard it aa a complete work in itself, and its leading ideas
preclude our finding its original complement in the other Sections
of the book. It is composite in character, not to apeak of exten-
tdre interpolations (i.e. xrii-xix). There are two distinct world-
conceptions present. In xii-xvi the transcendence of Ood is
pictured in an extreme degree. He dwells in heaven in a crystal
palace of fire, into which not even an angel may enter, xiv. 9-23 ;
whereas in i-xi, xx-xxxvi, the old Ud>rew ttandpoint ia fftirly
preserved. Ood will come down to judge on Sinai, i. 4 ; the
Messianic kingdom will be established on earth, and all ain will
vanish, x. 17-23 ; the chambers of blessing in heaven will be
opened, xi. i ; Jerusalem will be the centre of the Messianic king-
dom, xxT. g ; and Ood Himself will come down to visit the earth with
blessing, and will sit on His throne on earth, xxt. 3 ; men will enjoy
patriarchal lives, and die in happy old age, v. 9; x. 17; xxt. 6.

There are many interpolations: vi. 3-8; viii. 1-3; ix. 7; x. 1-3;
xvii— xix. The peculiarity attaching to these interpolations is

ilizedbyGoOC^Ic"

56 The Book of Enoch. [Sect, r.

that no attempt is made to aesimilate tbem to tlieir new CQnt«xtB.
Geaerally they stand in glaring contradiction with them.

B. (a) B«l«tlon of i-xxxvi to IzxU-Izxzfl. TheM two sections
come from different aathors ; see Special Tntrod. to Ixxii-lxxzii.
(6) Bslatlon of i-xzxrl to IxzxUl-xo. These two Seotione
are of distinct aathorship. The former ie the older, and was
known to the author of the latter; see Special Introd. to
Ixxxiii-xo. (c) Belatlon of l-xzxri to xol-oiT. TTiese two
Sections are likewise independent; bat the author of the latter
was acquainted with i— xszvi or some form of it; see Special
Introd. to xci-ciT.

O. Its Date. As i-xxxvi is anterior to Uzxiii-xo, the oldest
of the remaining Sections of the book, and aa that Section mnst
haTe been writton before )6t b. c. we have thus the latest
possible date of the composition of i-xxxvi. But it is hi^y
probable, that it was writton much earlier, earlier in bot than the
persecution under Antiochus ; for to the horrors of that persecn-
tion, which impressed themBelves so strongly on the author of
Daniel, and of En. hoodii-xc there is not the bintest allusion
in i-xxxvi.

D. The Problem and itc SolntioiL The author essaya to
justify the ways of God. The righteous will not always suffer,
and the wicked will not always proBi>er, i. i. The limits thereto
ure set by death, xxii, and by great world judgments. But the
cure of the world's corruption can only be understood by appre-
hending its cause, and this cause is to be traced to the lust of the
fallen Watchers for the daughters of men. Original sin stands not
in the following of Adam — whose sin seems limited in its effects to
himself, xxxii. 6 — ^hnt in the evil engendered through the Watchers,
ix. fi, 9, 10; X. 8. Hence the Watchers, their companions and
children were destroyed, x. 4-10, la ; and their condemnation and
confinement form the prelude to the first world judgment, of
which the Deluge forms the completion, x. 1-3. But though only
the righteous survived the Delnge, sin still prevailed in the world
through the demons — the spirits which had gone forth &om the
slaughtered children of the Watchers and the daughters of men,
and all manner of corruption was wrought through them, xvi. i, as
they escape punishment till the final judgment. But the recom-
pense of character is not withheld till the last judgment ; there is
a foretaeto of the final doom immediatoly after death, xxii. In tiie
second and last judgment on Sinai, i. 4, the Watchers, the demons,

ilizedbyGoOC^It,

Sect. I.] Chapter I. \-2. 57

and godless, x. la; xvi. 1, aud all classes of Israel, with one excep-
tion, receive their final award, i. 9. To make this possible, this
judgment is preceded by a General Iteaurrection of Israel, zxii.
A final end is now made of sin on the earth, and the earth cleansed,
X. 15, 16, 30-33 ; the wicked are cart into Gehenna, and their
punishment is a apectacle for the ri<;hteou8 to behold, xxvii. 3 ; the
Messianic kingdom is established, with Jerusalem and Palestine as
its cmtre, xxr. 5 — there is no Messiah, and Ood abides with men,
zzT. 3 ; all the Oentilee will become righteous and worship Ood,
X, a I ; the righteous are allowed to eat of the tree of life, xxr. 4-6,
and thereby enjoy patriarchal lives, v. 9 ; xiv. 6, begetting 1000
children, x. 17, and enjoying unlimited material bleaaings, v. 7,
X. 18, 19; xi. 3.

As to what becomes of the righteous, after the second death,
there is no hint in this fragmentary Section, lliere is much
celestial, terrestrial, and eubterrestrial geography in xvii-xix, xxi-

TRASSLATION.

I. I. The words of the blessings of Enoch, wherewttii he
blessed the eleot and righteous, who will be living in the day
of tribolation, when all the wicked and godless are to be
lemoTed. 3. And Enoch answwed and ^>ake — (Enoch) a

righteons man, whose eyes were opened by God, that be mi^t
see a vision of the H0I7 One in tiiie heavens, which the angels
showed mcj and &om then I heard everything and I undei^
stood what I saw, but not for this generation, but for the
remote generations which are for to come. 3. Concerning

I. 3. Ood. I hare rendered XTHJMftbC by 'Ood,' and XTliX
by ' Lord.' The former word is at times a rendering of i aipun,
and at times of 6 0(rfc in the LXX. It occurs ten times in Enoch.
]i^*'lll=4 6t&i it) found nine times. TUon of the H0I7 One.
80 BG ^JUI and the Giz. Gk. Other M8S. 'holy vision.'

L 1. Tlio elKit and rlshteoiu. nmilu' dedgnstimu of Ood ms t. 3.

This deaigiution ii fbanil kbo in The change from the thfid to ths Grat

xxxriii. 3, 3, 4; xxiii.6, 7; ilviii.!; peiiaa In this t«tm, ii of fraqoent

Iviii. 1, 1 ; Ui. 13; liii. 11,13.15 ; lix. oomircnoa In this book: of. siL i~3 ;

3. a. The Half One. ForUuiud uivii. i, ]; Izx. i-3ilxxL 5; xcii. 1.

ilizedbyGoOC^Ic

58 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. I.

the elect I spake, &nd uttered a parable concenimg them :
the Holy and Great One will come forth from Hie dwelliDg,
the God of the world. 4. And going from thence He

will tread on Mount Sinai and appear with His hoBte, and in
the strength of Hie might appear from heaven. 5. And

everyone will be smitten with fear, and the watchers will
quake, and great fear and trembling will seize them unto the
ends of the earth. 6. And the high mountains will be

shaken, and the high hills will be made low, and will melt
like wax before the flame. 7. And the earth will be

rent and all that is upon the earth will perishj and there will
be a judgment upon everything and upon all the righteous.
8. But to the righteous He will give peace and will protect

3. Uttered a parabla oonoemliiK tham : th« Holy One. 80 Q

omitting the H in Die's text, and the Oiz. Gk. owXqSoi' rqv

vapaffoKliw ftmi. Din., misled by the H and taking yM as a
[ireposition, translates : ' conversed concerning them with the

Koly One.' 7. The earth will be rent. So G ^hMfllT

iind the Gtz. Gk. liaiTxia6^<rtTai. Other MSS. 'tvmf ' will sink

In xd-clv (lie«e obangM are oonfas- hare wid in z. g, ij ; zii. 1, 4 ; xiU.

ing. 9. The elect. Thin demgna- 10 ; iit. 1,3; ly. 1 ; xtI. i, 1 ; xa. 1 j.

liunbelongi iiuiu)l)> to the SitniliCudca. Iniz. 1 1 mix. u. 13 ; xt. 3 ; Ixi. 11 ;

' It is iband in f. S; v. 7; iit. 5: zl. IxiL 7 it daugnsta the arahangek.

S; ill 1; xlTJii. I, 9; li. 5; iTi. 6, It iBfint found in Dbu-It. 13, 17, 13.

tj; Iviii. 3; Ixi. 4, l); Izii. 7, 8, 11; 6. Cf. Judgea v. 5 ; Pi. xcrii. 5: Is.

xciiL 1. H0I7 and Great One. Mv. I, 3; Mic L 4; Juditil xvi. ij

TliU title !• found elsewhere in i. i ; (Din.) Acsumpt. Maj'seoa x. 4. 7.

xiv. 1; IZV.3; Ixiiiv. II loii. 1; icvii. Din. thinki that we bave in jH) a

6; KCTiiL6; dv.g. God ii deaignated description combining the two great

Hiinplj as ' the Hoi j One,' xdii. 1 1 , and judgments ; bat everything from vene

IIS ' the Great One/ liv. a ; oiii. 4 ; 4 to and is perfectly appiioable to the

civ. t (twice). Dome forth fiwm Hla Hnal Judgment. ?et cT. Izxziu. 7.

dwelling. Cf. Mic.i. 3ils. xxvi. It. 8. Will glra pMoe. See v. 4 note.

.\Mum|jtio Hoyeece x. 3. Ood of The rUhteotu. This designation is

the world. Cf. Iviii. 41 Ixzii. 10; found in all parts of the book ; i.7,8;

Ixzxii. 7 ; Ixiii*. 3 ; also zii. 3; Ixxii. y. 6 i zxt. 4 ; zzzii. 4 ; zliii. 4 ; zlvil.

3. 4. Sinai, whanee t^e Law I, i, 4{ xlviil. i, 7, 9 ; L a ; liii. 7;

was given, will likewise be the place Ivl. 7; Iviil. 3. g i Iz. 1; IzL 3; Ixii. 3;

of future JDc^ent. Cf. Dent. xxxiiL lixxii. 4; xdv. 3,11; xcv.3,7; zovi.

3; Fb. liviii. 17. S. Watohen. 1, S; xcvil. i, 3, j; xcviii. 11-14; xdx.

This name belongs to the UImi angels 3; o. j, 7, lo; ciL 4, 10; dii. i; oiv.

jdbyGoOC^Ic

Seel. I.]

Chapter I. ^—III.

the elect, and grace will be upon them, and they will all belong
to God, and it will be well with them, and they will be bleesed
and the light of Ood will shine upon them. 9. And lo !

He comes with ten thousands of (His) holy ones to execute
judgment upon them, and He will destroy the ungodly, and
will convict all Hesh of all that the sinners and ungodly have
wrought and ungodly committed against Him.

II. 1. 1 observed everything that took place in the heaven,
how the luminaries which are in the heaven do not deviate
bata. their orbits, how they all rise and set in order each in
its season, and transgress not against their appointed order.
2. Behold ye the earth, and give heed to the things which
take place upon it from first to last, how unvaryingly every
work of God appears. 5. Behold the summer and the
winter, how (in the winter season) the whole earth is full of
water, and clouds uid dew and rain lie upon it.

III. I observed and Baw how (in the winter) all the trees

dowa.' 9. WiU oonvlot aU flesh. .^H&^ So Q M. Jude
15 A^f<u. The Qiz. Gk. tKiy^u. Other MSS. .fc^T«*ft= ' will
plead with all flesh.' See Appendix on thia verse.

m. I. QU read IHh O0a>i ^e instead of hovi h4h (HeoH XC
as Din.

. I, 6, 13, 13. Tlis Uffht of Qod
will iliiiie upon them. Cf. xiiTiii.
4. e. Qaotod bjr St Jade 14,

15, who Id the ume paoage drftwa
iipoD T. 4 ; nvil. a ; li. 8. Cf. oi. 3.
Ten thoonuidB of Hli holy onea.
CC DkD. Tii. 10. The angela ue to
called In xii. 1 ; dv. 13 ; xnix. 5 ;
ilvii. 1 ; Ivii. 1 ; li. 4 ; IxL 8, 10, i a ;
IxT. \t; Iziz. 131 IzxkL s; dii. 1;
cn.lQiMaltsadyin Jobv. l; it.ij;
Zech. xiv. s; Dan. W. 13; rlii. 13.
They are called 'holjr uigela ' in xx.

1-71 X

iT. 6; 3

; iizii. 6; Izzi. 8; xdii. j. 'Holy
onM of heaTen : ' iz. 3. Far other

deeignatiou aee vi. i (oole).

n. The aothoi in U-v. 3 empha-

ii«a the order that prevaila in the
world of nature ai a ountraat to the
diaorder that pMvaill in the WDi4d of
man. In Teat. Naphth. 3 men are
bidden to obaerre the law of Ood as
the mil, moon, nnd gtan obtwrre the
order appconted to them, and the
Watchera, wba were cuned of Ood for
foraalciiig their natural order and
eitate, are held np as a vaming. C£.
aIaaEoclDB.xyi.a6-l8; Pss. Sol. KviU.
11-14. 9. The Hebrews divided
the -jtMi Into two seasons, J*^ embrac-
ing Exiling and 3mnmer, and ((iH em-
btwnng Autumn and Winter. Qen.
Tiii. 13; Is.iTiii. 6; Zech. zi;. 8. Cf.
Heme's £,£. vi. 497 ■ Jar.'

ilizedbyGcXlglc

6o The Book of Enoch. [gect. I.

seem as though they had withered and shed all their leavee,
except fourteen trees, which do not lose their foliage but retain
the old folia|^ from two to three years till the new comee.

IV. And again I observed the days of Eummer how the
son ie above the earth over against it. And you seek shade
and shelter against the heat of the mm, and the earth also
bums with glowing heat, and . so yon cannot tread on the
earth, or on a rock by reason of ite heat.

Y. I. I observed how the trees eover themselves, with
green leaves and bear fruit : wherefore give ye heed to every-
thing, and recognise how He who liveth for ever hath made
all this for you. x. How His works are before Him in

each succeeding year, and all His wor^ serve Him and alter
not but everything is done as God hath ordained. 5. And

behold how the seas and the rivers together accomplish their
task. 4. But as for yon, ye have not continued steadfast,
and the law of the Lord have ye not fulfilled bnt have
transgressed it, and have slanderoosly spoken proud and
hard words with your impure months against His greatness —
O ye hard hearted ye will find no peace. 5. And therefore
will ye execrate your days and be bereft of the years of
your life: but the years of your destruction will be mul-

V. 5. Be bereft of the ymn of toot lib. tffNtr may be either
2nd Pers. PI. Fntnre I. i='ye will lose, bo bereft of'=afro-
TTtp^iriirSt, or 3rd Pers. PI. PrCBeiit III. j=' They are periahing.'
Din. takes it to be the latter. But the preseot tense is out of
ptaee between two futures. The Tears of your deatruotloii.
The wwds are drawn from the Oiz. Gk,, having dropped out of the
Ethiopic M8S., but the text of G implies them, giving Q.C7ilv'ir

m. On tile fonrtAail erargrsea ipokan. The ohtrgv of blatphem; ia

treN et Din. tR Ion. Arequent in loi-civ. Cf. id. 7, 11;

V. 4. The UkW of Uxe Ziord. Cf. idv. 9 ; lori. 7 ; 0. 9. HHd bouted.

adz. 1. 'The eteniat l>w.' Proud Cf. xorlii.ll; o.B 'obttlnMeofkawt.'

Mtd bard word*. Ct ixrU. a ; cJ. 3. Te will find no pesos. Thi( phtaaa

Vrtna t^CM punge* the don of oocnri in Seote. i-xxxri Mid xd-dr

"" --- onlj: i. 8; ». 4; lii. Si xHi- '; >".

ilizedbyGoOC^Ic

Sect. I.] Chapters IV— V. 6i

tiplied in etonal execnitioQ and ye will find do mercy.

6. In those days ye ahall give your name for an eternal
execration onto all the righteous, and they will evermore exe-
crate you as sinners — you together with (all other) sinnArs.

7. But for the elect there will be light and joy and peace, and
they will inherit the earth : hut apon you, ye ungodly,
there will be execration. 8. Then too will wisdom be
bestowed on the elect, and they will all live and never
again sin, either through heedlessness or through pride,
but they who are wise will be humble nor fall again into
sin. 9. And they will not be punished all the days of their
life, nor will they die of plagues or visitationB of wrath, but

. they will complete the full number of the days of their life,
and their lives will grow old in peace, and the years of their
joy will be many, in eternal happiness and peace all the days
of- their life. ^

'will be multiplied in eternal execration.' Later Bcribes, findiog
no subject for the verb iu this clause, omitted the preposition and
read auCt^ ; hence Dln.'s text, ' eternal execration will be mnl~
tiplied upon 70a.' 6. Te shall giTe your name for an eternal
axaoratlon unto all the righteous, reading tW with G instead of
A^pv with bU other MBS. but M. If we accept the other reading,
we are to translate : ' Ye shall give up your peace to become au
eternal execration.' The phrase appears to be drawn from Isaiah
Ixv. 15, 'Te shall leave your name for a curse unto My choseu,'
1'rob n^^ DDD^ DFinjrn, The Giz. Gk. supports G.

d. 3; di. 3; dH. 8. 7-ThBtan- 351) hw Urady mod, vL 3-8i viU.

p<a»I bleidiig* prnniwd in the O.T. t-3 ; iz. 7; i. it belmig; to > Sem-

an here leaewod, bat on tha qowtaon jam cjds ormjtha; for in tbew pM-

of Sbaol ud the Besuireotion the skgM Scaqjua i« nprsMuted ■■ daet

writer baa fbnakoi O.T. gioand. kud Asueel tenth in command ; >• >Lki

8. Willwladom be bestowed on th« inlxii. i. Elaewherein Enodi Au-

•iMlt: He xliL t, 1. 0. Cd Is. lel ia chief and 9emjaz» ia not man-

IzT. 30, il; Zedi. Tiii. 4; Eo, xzt. 4, tJoned. Again x. 1-3 belonga to an

g (note). ApooalypM of No>h, man; &agmanta

VX-XI. The abrnptuew with which of which are fonnd In Enoch. An-

vi-xi are IntrDdiiotsd, is quite in oUier fragment of thii ApooaljpM ia

kee^ng with the fngmentair and preflerred b; Sjucellai in the Oraeii ;

oMnpoaile nature of the reat of ths bnt to (hii thac U m

Sectioo. Aa Din. (H«»% lt.£iii text in the Bthlopic

ilizedbyGoOC^Ic

VI. 1. And it came to page
when the children of men
had multiplied in those days
that heantiful and comely
daoghters were bom nnto
them. 2. And the angele,

the Bons of the heavens, saw
and lueted after them, and
spake to one another, ' Come,
now let ns choose as wives
from among the children of
men and heget children.' [3.
And Semj&z& who was their
leader sp^e unto them : ' I
ieta ye will not indeed agree
to do this deed and then I
alone shall have to pay the
penalty of a great sin.' 4.
Then answered they all unto

TA£ Book of Enoch.

[Sect.!.

Fragments of the Cireek
Version of Enoch preserved
in the Chronography of G.
Syneellufl. Ed. by Dindorf,
T829.

'Ek jm TrfxoTov pipXloo 'Eiwx

■nepl Tuv kypt\y6paiV'

G. Syncellns, S. 20-25.

Hen. 6, 1-9, 4.

Kai iyivtTo, qt( iicXijffvv-
6y)<riut ol vtot rSv &v$piiimv,
iytiniri6T]<iav avrots Ovyartpti
upaiat, Kol iT!(&v^i\aav avras
o( iypriyopoi, koI lnt€itti.(ie^&t\-
<r(u> dtciiriii avr&v, Koi ftvov
vph% eUAif Aovf, ^icXcfcfrMda .
favToit jwvoiKas duo ruv Ovya-
WpMP tUv AvOpdirav Tijs yiji.
Kal ttitt £(^aCar 6 Hpxaiv
airr&v vpos avrois, ^ojSotifuK
fiTi oil 6t\'q<rrjT€ vot^irat rd
■npayfui rofiro, ical Itropiai iya
(i6vas i^fikirqi hfiaprlas lityi-
Aijr. Koi iviKplBifiraii aimf

VI. 3. Par the penalty of a great aln. So Q T& iAKs A^MOJi^;
Qfl^ and the Oie. and Syn. Ok. S^Afrrit AiAopriat fuyaXiis, Other

VI. 9. Bona of Uw hmvena. Cf.
xiii.S; Kiv.3; xxiii. I. Seezv. 1-7.
CF. 'Sotu of th« holy augdB,' Ixii. i ;
T. 6 ' DeBcended in the daji of
Jand.' Sea Crit. Note. The entire
m;th of Ota uigeli and the daagbten
of men in Unoob iprings originitll;
(h>mO«n.TL i-4,Thereit ianidthat
' Uie Bou of God cum ia to the
d»agfat«n of men.' These wwda ve
not to be taken Moipnaiiigkllluicei
betwMD the SethHe* and tlie CUnitea,
bnt aa belonging to a verj eari; myth
of Feraiiui origin to the effaot that
demoD* had corrupted the earth before
the oiKning of Zoroaatar and had allied
thmnaelTM with women. SoDclitnoh,
iftuer ComtMittar titer d. Oenaie,
18S7, pp. 146-8. The LXX originally

TOtdered the words ' whi« of Ood ' by
tyyiXei roS Bau, and this rendering
ia foand in Philo, if* Olganliinu, Enie-
tiiua, Augustine, and AmbiOMu lliii
Tiaw of Gen. vi 1-4 waa held b;
moat of the early &th«ia. On the
mytha regarding the intenMnne of
angela with the daughtera of men, aee
Grflnbaam b ZDMQ. rod. 115 If.
(BeferredtobyDelitnch.) Foratate-
menta of later writers either depend*
ing direotly on tUs aooonnt In Buoch
or harmonizing whh it, of. Joaeph.
J»t. i. 3. i; Philo, ds Oigantibia;
Teat. Reuben j; Napth. Jj Juitin
Martyr, ^pol. 1.5; Fi. Clement, £oin.
TiiL 13; Clem. Alei-Slrom. v. 1. 10;
Tert. De 7irg. VeUatd. vil; Ade.
Jforv. T. 18; D»Idol.\x; Lact./iufif.

ilizedbyGoOglc

Chapter VI. i-6.

Sect. L]

him and spabe : ' Let ue all
swear an oath, and bind oor-
eelvee b; matual imprecations
not to abandon this plan but
to carry it into execution.'
5. Then aware they all to-
gether and bound themeelvea
by mntnal imprecations to its
fnlfilment ; and they were in
all two hundred. 6. And
they descended in the days
of Jared on the summit of

&isain€s 5pK<f koI ivaSefiaTiffoi-
fj.(v AXA^Aouf row ^^ iiroorpt-
ifrai TTiv yviifitfe ravrrfv, fx^xP'^
ot ivonKimoiuv ainju. rort
■ndvTfs &ixoiTap 6fi.(ni koi iitOf-
fiArurav AW'^Kovs- *H(rav ii
oStoi SuXK^fftot ot KarafidvTtt
if Tats ^[lipats 'Ici/xS tls r^v
KOpw^v Tov ^EpfiovtfliJ, Spovs
Kol JKdAfo-oi' t6 Spoi 'Eppd/i,

MSS. 'Pay the penalty of this great sin.' 5. Bound thvm-

Mlvea hy mutual Imprecatlona.' So M and the Qiz. and Syn.
Ok. Other MSS. insert 'all.' 'They all bound themselveB,' &c.
6. Deaceudad In th* dart of Jand. I have here followed the
Greek text ol naraflimt ir roTi iiixipoK 'laptS tU rifii Kopv^ij* rnC
'Efifiowflft Spmt. The Ethiopio text reads: 'descended on Ardis
which ie the summit of Mt. Hermou.' The name Ardie, otherwise
unknown, is to be expltuned with Din. as a coropression of 'id/Md nV,
the translator not having found iv rou imipatt in his text. Hall^n
in the Journal Anaiigtte, Avril-Mai 1867, pp. 356-357, reproduces
this verse in Hebrew, whereby we see at a glance, why the angels
descended in tiie days of Jared — from TP to descend, and why it
was that they bound themselves by mutual oaths on Hermon —
&om Byj a curse.

Cf, Book of Jubilees iv : ' Jared ; for in his days the angels of the

il. 15; ComniadiaiL intlnurf. i. 3. In
the De Civ, Dei xr. 33, AugniUiw
somlwto this view, tod dsDiei U» in-
■ptntioDof Enoch, which ii uphdd bj
TvtoUiM]. a. SflMended In tha
days of Jued. 8m Crit. Note ; al»
ovi.13. Dtn.rafenabotoOrig. Com-
ment, in Joatn. torn. viii. p. 131, ed.
Hurt; Epiph. ade, Satr. i. 4, ed.
FctAv, tiilli. i p. 4. The reuoni for

the deeoent of the ftn^le is tlie Book
of JnUleee differ ttvm those given in
thii chi^ter. In iv uid v of that book
it it ttated th»t the watchan were tent
to the auth by God ■ to instrDot the
children of men to do Judgment
ftnd nprightneiB,' >nd that when bo
doing they began to luit after the
daoghten of men. Hii* fonn of the
mjib teem* to be Mowed in Teat.

ilizedbyGoOglv

The Book of Enoch.

[Sect. I.

Mount HeimoD, and they
called it Mount Hermon, be^
oause they had ewom and
bound themBelves by mutual
imprecatbns upon it. 7.
And these are the names of their
leaden : Semj&z&, their leader,
UrftktbarfLmggl, Kdkab!61, T&-
mi^l, R&mug], D&ngl, Zaqild,
Sar^nj&l, AbSuI, ArmarSs,
Batraal, An&ni, Zaqfibe, Sam-
fftveSl, Sula^l, Turel, Jom jael,
Ar&zjiL 8. These are their
chiefs of tens, and all the
others were with them.]

VII; I. And they took unto
themselves wives, and each
chose for himself one, imd
they b^ao to go in unto them
and they mixed with them,

koSSti upxraf Koi iufSffidTKraii
iXk^Kovs iv airrif. Kal ravra
ra dvcfftara rui' ip\6imoii airuti"
a' Stftta^oE i &pxa>v airStv.
j9' 'ArapKoij^. y' 'ApaKitjk. 6'
Xm^apiJJK. (' 'Opafj^n'^. e

6' BoAiM^X. t' 'AfoXf^A. lo'
^apitap6s. ij3' 'A/«j^i^\. ly
' Kvayi\yAs. tS' 0av(iaijX. ic'

cij' Trpi^X. (tf* 'lotifii^A. k'
£ap(qA. OJ!roi Kal ol Aotirot
■a&vrti Iv Ty xiXio<rT<f iKoroirr^

iKafiov iavTois jnivoiKat koI
iipiamo iua(tttr$ai iv aSmui

Lord descended on the earth.' 8. Those are theic ohleb of
teoB. 80 G OaE'-h IwCfi VUarg^ and M, but that for the tint
word it reads thttMvo^ So also the Qiz. Gk. oSroi cim* lipxni
airm' ol tiica, which, ss IS. BouriaDt proposes, should be emended
into oSro/ tbrm ol ttKopxpi aSrrar. The Syn. Gk. omits. These
twenty dekarchs are over the 300 angels mentioned in verse 5. On
the other band the Qiz. Gk. omits the rest of this verse, but the
Syn. Gk. gives it. Thus G U point to a text anterior to that of
either Greek iVagmeat. All other M^. but G M give a corrupt
reading 'chiefs of the two hundred angels.'

Keiiben t. Id Enooh the uigeU ue
wd to hkve doecended through their
Init for (ha duightera of mao, uid the
MOUtaMCuUgifeniD JaUtiU Bchitn.
Berenh. 44. Bm Websr, Lthrtn d.
Ttdnutd 344. Agaiiut Ihia ani! other
■tatementa of Enooh there ii an im-
plicit palcmiain the Book oF Jubiloea.
In later tiaditfoii (Eiaenmenjiar Ent-
deckl. Jud. ii. 387) tha reaion that
Asaiel oould doI ntnni to haaTSD

waa that h« hnd outatayed the limit
of tima aadgnad to angeiio virilaoti
to earth — asTen dajn. 7. Thia liat
oontMns eightsen namei; liix. 1
twenty-one j the Greek givei twenty.
They diSsr oonndeiBbly from aaob
other. IMti. makea an elaborate at-
tempt at hannoniiing them, pp. 1)3, 94.
TU. The EthloFUO uid Greek Tai7
eonuderably In thU and (he fullowing
chatter. The notea of time given in

,tradb,G0()gll

Sect. I.]

Chapters VI.

and taught them charms and
enchaatmente, and made them
aoquainted with the catting
of roots and of woods. a.

And they became pregnant,
uid thejr bare great gianta,
whose height was three tbon-
sand e]]s. 3. And these

consumed all the acquisitions
of men tfll men could no
longer sustain them. 4. Then
tlie giants tomedthem against
mankind in order to devour
them. 5. And they began
to sin sgainHt birds, and beasts,
and reptiles, and fish, and
to devour one another's flesh,
and drink the blood there-
of. 6. Then the earth com-
plained of Uie muigbteooB
ones.
VIII. [i. And Ak&z«] taught

T — VIILl. 6s

leas rou KarocXt'ErjMNi. Kolfrccov
ovrois; yivr\ Tpla' irpwTOv yiyav-
TUi pKytUoiiE. oJ 8i yiyavrts
iTiKmtKTiui Na^Aeffi, koI rots
Ka<f>i]ktlfi iytvrrjOrjtrav 'EXtovfi.
Kol ^TOF ai^6tx(iioi Kara ri)ir
fKyoXcufnira air&v, Kal ibHa-
^01) kmiTohi Ktti riti yvvaUas
JatTwv ifMpfiaKfias xaX ivaot-
SlaS' Tlp&Tos 'A^a^K 6 iiKaros
run ip)(6mwp ^SiSafc ■noitai
fiaj(a(pas koI BtipoKas nal vSui
VKtvosvo^ffUKovKoiraiiAraXXa

the 0>«ek »rt no doaU doe to lat«r
luuida. 1. Oh*n>u and enolmtt-
msnta. Cf. JoMph. Aat. mi. t, 5.
a, Bara groat KUnt*. ¥<a fartlier
tefcranoe* to thne of. Wild. liv. 6 ;
Tob.Ti. 14; EooIdi. iTi.7; Bar. iiLi<S;
3 MaiM. ii. 4; Jubilee* t. WIiom
haight w>B three Uionaand elU.
The mutiber tfare« thoniuid li found in
tbe Giz. Gk. but It it wutiiig in the
SfiuOk. The three oluw* of giaoU
mentioned in the Greek — the Qreat
Giaoti, the Nephalim, aodtheEllnd—
««M, -we mnit inppcae, origlnaUy
givMt in tbii obspter ai they are pre-
■oppoeedinluiTi. 4; Ixxzriii. s, and
pawed fram ^ooh into JaUl««« vii,
when the; are called Giaota, Naphll,
and Elje. S-a. TbcM Tom oooar

In a different order in tiie Greek — at
the end of rili. 3 and in • very ihort-
ened fonn. The Greek order eeema
preferable. D. Blood. The eating
of blood with (he Jswi wu a great
otilne. Gen. ii. 4; Acta xv. 10 1 Book
of Jnbilera Tii, xxi ; En. icTiii. 11.
One anotber** fleali. Thia niay refw
to the dcBtrncUon of one olan of giania
by another. Cf. Book of Jabilees tJI.
The text— ct the Oil. Ok. iU^Xm
ria s&piau—iiKt not admit of IHu-'a
interpretation.

Vm. 1-3. An interpolation. See
p. 61, Aiaiel in riii. I ia only tlie
tenth in oommand, but fint In
the genuine part*. 1- AsaaaL

Cf. HoaanmiUler'a Scholia on Lev.
ztI. S; Henng'i S. £. U. tZ-'S-

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

The Book of Enoch.

[S«!t. I.

men to make swords and
knives and shields, and coate
of mail, and made known to
them metals and the art of
working them, bracelets, and
ornaments, and the nse of anti-
mony, and the beautifying of
the eyebrows, and the most
costly and choicest stones and
all coloariDg tinctures, so that
the world was changed. 2.
And there arose great godless-
nees and much fornication, and
they sinned, and all their ways

T^r yr\i Kol ri y^pmaUiV it&s

airiL nivfua raXs yvvtu.^ xaX
rbv Hfyyvpov. Hfi^t hi airrois
Koi rb arlXpdP icai rd koXAw-
vCCt^v Koi rois iK\fKToi>s Aidovc

tavroLi ol viol rHv ivSpuTiwv
Kai Tois Ovyarpiaiv a.iir&v, Kot

hylovs, Kal iyivtro iadpua
■noXXri lirl ttjs yffs. koX ^^ivi-
aav ras oSoiis air&v. 'Ert bi
Kal 6 upi&Tapjfps aiirtiii Stfua^as
itCba^tv flvai ipyas (cari tov
vo6s, kqI pi'fas ^oTQcuv T^ff yrji.
6 bi ii'biKaros ^apftapis ib(ba(f
tfiapfuiKflas, iitaoibiai, aotfiCat,

Vin. I. Uetala and the art of workliig them. So Oiz. Qk.
rd fMToXXa ml r^i- ipyairiar avrir. The Etbiopio MSS. give ' what
is after (or ' behind ') them and the art of working them.' Hence
the translator fonnd or mletook p*t tmrd for /vroXXa. Th« um
of antimony. Dhi. tranelates 'the use of rouge.' But h*rfiA never
means to put on rouge, but to use antimony for the eyes. See
Lex. Gol. 823. Ok. ri frriXiSfw. Tta« world wu changed.

So G "taiAi*. Din. gives "tiD^irt and translates 'the metals of
the earth.'

JUflM. Cf.TwtalBan, Dt CoUh Fern.

i. a : HeUlloTTun oparm nndaTsnint.
Antimoiv. SeeCrit.Kote. Tartalliui
borrow* from tUa and tbe preoediiig
chapter In Dt Ctlla Fern. i. 2 : Her-
bmm bgcnift tntdaxeruit et incuit^
tionnm tItm provulgkvenuit et omnem
otuiosiMtein ntqus >d ctelluniiii inter-
pretadonem dedgiuiTemit, pn^rie at
qoMi pecnlUiitar feminu initnunen-
tnm istud muliebrit glorisa contale-
runt.lununa lapiUorumquibuii monlliB
TiiuntuT et eireoloa ei auro quibiM
biaoUa krtMttnr-<-et iUam ipnm ui-

gnuD palvareni quo oduIotdid eiotdia
piodnaaiitiir : and in Dt Culls Fmt.
ii. 10 : Quodal iidem angeli qnl et
nuteriaa ejnamodi at illecebraa dete-
xanrot, aori dioo at lafddoiu illos-
triam, et operai eonun tndideroni,
et jam ipnun calliblepbanim — tlno.
ton*— dooaeruat, — nt Enooli lefert
.... Cf. Tart. BeabeD 6> whieb
also dependi on these ohapten in
Bnoeb. S, S. IRie variationa be-

tween tiie Bihlopic and tbe Bya. Oh.
aie hare nmneioui. Astoologeia. Cf.
Clem. Alex. Eehg. Propk. Dind. tlL

ilizedbyGoOglc

LI]

Chapters VIII. l-IX. 2.

became corrupt. 3. Ame-
zfir&k taught all the en-
chanters and root-cuttera,
Anu&rfiB the resolving of en-
chantmentsj Baraq'&I (taught)
the astrologers, K6kabe] the
signs, BJid Temel taught
astrology, and Aarftdel the
course of the moon.] 4. And
as men perished, they cried,
and their voice went up to
heaven.

IX. I. Then Michael, Ga-
briel, Surjan vaA Urjan, looked
down from heaven and saw
the great quantity of blood
that had been shed upon the
earth, and all the wrong that
had been wrought upon the
earth. 2. And they spake
to one another 'The earth
made without inhabitant
echoes the voice of their cry-
ing up to the gate of heaven.

Kal i-naoih&vXvrfipia. 6 tvvaros
iilba^tv iirrpoa-KOTtUur. 6 M
rirapTos IbCba^tv iirrpoKoyCav.
6 SJ Syboos iHSa^tv &fpo<rKo-
•eiav. & hi Tplroi itlbix^t rh
tntfjifia r^s y^s. 6 bi f^bofios
ttlia^e ra tnifxeta roC f/Kiov.
6 hi (Inocrrds iiCSa^t toL mjntta

TIJS irtk^VTIi. n&VTfS OVTOi

ijp^trro ivaKoXiTiTftv ra p.v<rr^
pM rats yviiM^lv avrQv xol
roiv riKvois ovruv. Mcr<i hi
raCro jjp^irro ol ylyavra kqt-
t<r6Uw ras v&pKai rmv bvOpi-
itatv Kal ijp^avTo ol &vQpaiitOi
iXoTToCerflai kir\ ttjs y^s. ol hi
XoVKoX i^Ar^av cit t^v ovpavbv
tttpX T^f KaKiiaeoM avr&v kiyov-
Tfs el<rtvexj^f}vai rb lurqfioavvov
aiftAv iviimov KvpCov. Kal
dKOijtravrcs ol Tiffirapes /xfydAot
ip\Ayy€\oi Mtxa^A. Kal Oupi^\
Kal 'Pa<t>ai)\ koI rafiptijK iiapi-
Kwfrcur M ttJd yijv is t&v byttov
roO oipcuiov' Kal dtaadfitvoi
atjia voKv iKKf)(yfiiiioii itci Tijs
yfjt Kol irao-oji dtri^^iav Ktd
avoiilaii y€vop.i>rnv i-n' air^s,
fla(\$iiiTts flisov Tipbs AAA^
Kmis Sti Th nvtviiara nal al
yj/vxal Tuv bjtSpi-niav tTTfv&Cov

3. Tbe reaolvliig of enohantmenta. So Q K U /.trfi : all other
M3S. give i^dt, which is bad in sense and grammar. The Greek
ivaoibSiv XvT^pui confirms the reading i.tih. Din. gives i.'VA in his
text, but his German translation is a rendering oi i^dk.

ierpon/iian koI fiwrud^r «al t(U SAAot

, IX. SnrjaDsnd Urjan uevuUnU
of Sdiiel ftnd Uriel. Suriel u not
mentiotied agun in tbu book, but ia
known in Ulet JuiUlgm ia Talmud
Bowdiotli, M. 51. ii, M Din. punb

ont. It ii probable, bowever, tlut
io>(«ad of Snijan we ihould read
Baphaal in aooordanoe witb UieGreek.
Bee xl. 9 (note). Midual, Gabriel,
Uriel, and Raphael were generallj
Tegaided ae (he fotur arahangalt. 2.
Tbii vene is not found In the Greek.
Uade without liib»bltant : of. Ixrii.
3 ; Luii*. S ; "^ ^mL Napth. 3

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

The Book of Enoch. [Sect I.

9a> ivTvyxp^ovra ical Xiyovra,
an flaayaytii r^f Kpitrw Jifi&v
vpis rbv {hjtujTop, Kal ■n}p
AittiXttfa' ^fiSv tv^Ttiop Tijs
lo^t r^s firYokayriivtfs, imtjiiov
Tov Kvplov ran KupCatv ■aivrtiv
Tp fifyaKdxrvvv. Kal ft-nop ry
Kvplif T&v al^vwv, in/ ft 6 6fds

T&V $(&P Koi KiplOS T&P KVfiimv

Kot 6 Boo'iXniE Tuv BairiXtv6v-

TiOP Kill 6fi)S T&V ol<aV<iAV, KoX

i Bpopoi Tijs Wf^r (TOW tls
vAiras r^f ytptils t&p aliiptop,
Koi rh Svofti <rov iytov Kal
ti\oy<i}fi4pov «r ttAvtos tous
al&vas, Kal tA ifis- rtfre 6
^t<rros iKi\tv<rf rats byCois

i^ip\ovs air&p Kal t^aXov
airols tls r^ii &^v<rirop, ?ias
•njs Kpdrtias, Kal t^ i^s. Kal
Tavra fikp & 'Ei/ux tMprvptl.

'E(t TOV koym 'EufSx-
Tct \ovn& tifpl iypriyopoip.
{G. Syncellua. S. 43-47.)

Hen. 8, 4-10, 14.
Tore ifi^irap ol &.v6pmii(n
tls rbp ovpavbv Kiyomts, tX(r-
ay6ytTt r^v Kpiirtp fjiiStp vpbs
riv fii^urrov, Kal rijp StTi4\fuiv
iffjMV ivtiviov r^s' b6^s rijs
fxeyiXifs, tmiirtop roC Kvpiov
T&V KVpioip vipToip nj pitya-
KmirCirp. Rot h.Ka6aavrti o\
riaaapfS y^&Xoi iLp)(6Lyytkoi
Mtxa^A Kal Ovpii\\ koI 'Pa^a^A
Kot Ta^pirik vapinnlrap inl ttjp
yijp Ik t&p byliav rem oiparov.
Kal Btaa^fpoi aliia tfoXir
iKKfxvpfPop iwl r^i T^S Koi
natrap Avoniav koI Atrifftiav
yipopAviiv iv <arri)i, fitrt\$6v-
Tts et-KOv vpds iXXrfXovs, Sri rci

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

Sect I.]

ChapUr IX. 3-6.

3, And now to youj ye holy
ones of heaven, complain the
Bouls of men, saying, "procure
OS justice with the Most
High." ' 4. And they spake
to their Lord the King: ' Lord
of Lords, God of Gods, King
of Kings, the throne of Thy
glory (standeth) onto all the
genemtions of the ages, and
Thy name holy and glorions
onto all the ages : blessed and
glorious art Thou I 5. Thou
hast made all things and over
all things hast Tbou dominion :
and all things are naked and
open in Thy eight, and
Thon eeeat all things and
nothing can hide itself from
Thee. 6. See then what
A2&zti hath done, how he hath
taught all unrighteouBuesB on
earth and revealed the secret
things of the world which
were wrought in the heavens.

iwBp^tup iimyxdvowrt <mi>i-
(ovra Kol kiyovTO, fltraydytrt
rijv biift^iv Tiftioi; upds fdv (i^i-
trrov. Kai vpoa(X$6vTti oi
riaffopts &p)(ayyfXoi ftvov Ti^
KvpC<f, trv fl 0(hs T&v G<av Kol

K^ptOC T&v KVpCtOV Kol ffoTlXtitt

run ^atTtKevotmov Kal 6tds tuv
StpOptiTtiiiv, Kol 6 6p6iios rfjs
Jo'ftjr ffov (Is Ttdirai ras yewaj
tUp al<iva>i), xal rd Svoftd <rov
Hyiov Kai (iKayrifUmv tls -niv
rac rovE aiuvat' oi ydip tX 6
TTOiiJirar ra itdvra km ndvTmv
■n\y i^oviriav ^xa>v, Koi vivra
ivuTitdv <Tw tfKtvtpii Koi Ako-
AuiTTo, Kai -navra ip^s, Kol ovk
(imv S Kpv^^val fft bivarat.
ip^i Stxa ivoCitatv 'A^aqK, koX
iaa (Itr^vtyKtv, &ra itlAa^tv,
^ikIols Kai hfiapTlas ivX r^c
y^i, Kfu tt&vTa i6kov ivX r^s
f tjpaf, iilba^f yap r^ ftvtrr^pia
Koi &«fK6}w\(rf rtji alUpi rh iv
ovpavcp. lirirtjifvovai hi ra
iviTTiheifiara avrov, tlb^pM ra

IX. 4. Their lK>rd the King: so all MSS. but OK, which give
< the Lord of Kings.' Unto all the twos. So GM omitting ^0<IlI£
and Qreek tit itairat roit atarat. All other MSS. ' unto all the genera-
tions of the world.* 6. Bevealed the woiet thlnsa of the worlcl

T<({u r1)i' yvr iokirru-. 3- Holr onrl^iMoiuiieH on emrlb ; <£. Tii.

DOM : wtalg (note). Mort HIA : i. Th* MOMt thing*, Jw. Wbtt

•M idx. 3 (noto). 4. Tha pimjra theM u« ii not told. 7. Ad in-

<rfUieuig«UiifDl]eTiDUieS7ii.Gk., tarpdatioa from tha lame MwrM a>

•od > itai mm rbetorioal form of it vL 3-8; tUI. 1-3 ; m« p. 61. Tba

i« foimd in Izzzlv. 1, 3. 6. All Sjra. Gk. aeemj to be defeotive here.

ilizedbyGoOC^lc

The Book of Enoch,

[Sect. I.

[7. And Seinj&z& to whom
Thou hast given authority to
hear mle over his associates has
mada known enchantments.]
B. And they hare gone to the
daughters of men upon the
earth,andhaveBlept with them,
with those women, and deBled
themselves, and revealed these
sins unto them. 9, And the
women have home giants, and
the whole earth has thereby
been filled with blood and
unrighteoosness. 10. And
now behold, the spirits of the
souls which have died, are
crying and complaining to the
gate of heaven, and their
lamentations are ascending :

Kas tx^iv T&v aiv airt^ ilfui
Svrmv, Kol inopfiSjjffov irpdt
r^S Ovyaripas r&v iv0p^ito)i>
rijs yijs, Kai tniMKOi^ifdijinu'
fur' air&p, xal fv TOis $TiKtl<ui

THIS iriaas t&s l^iaprlas, ko!
ihiha^an avras filinjTpa vouw,
Kot uvv tioii al 6vyar4p(S tui>
&ii0piiis(i)v irtKov i( avT&v vloiis
yCyavTas. K{^&TtX.a ^wi rijs yHs
tUv ivSptiitdtv JKK«xtrrat, ical
oKrj ii y^ ivK^Oj) dStK^ac. Kai
fOv I6oi' r^ ■ai'tvfiara ruf ^ru>
X&p TWP ivo^atxiVTaiv ipOpti-

r&v miKSp ToS avpajmS hvi^r\ 6
trrfvayiids airap, rxtl oi i^parai

which wen wrought in tlie hoavena. 80 all MSB. and the Oiz. Ok.
bat the Syn. Ok. liirii^v^ rf oiun ri iv avpmi^ gives a better sense,
tt. Upon tha earth. O M give d'CQi MA. This, as the reading
of the Oiz. add S^n. Ok. r^t y^r ehowa, is a corruption of MMt Hlb.
Hence my trauelation. All other Ethiopic MSS. give wrongly
'tft'(!= together. 10. The spirits of the souls which have dtod.
Hpre I have followed the Syn. Ok. ra vwtCfutra run ^x*' ^'' <nn>A>-

8, 9. Cf. JiutiD, Apol. a. 5 01 SI
SrfyKm — yiiraiKiy /li^mr ifrHifriaui
■al roiSai irirrturiai, «I tWir ol \rfi-
lityoi Boi/iDVfr — iro^ tU Av0pidiraut ^6-
nvi, wt\inovt, fuHXi'm — Kol wSffar
icuW Imipar. 10. Tha Bpliita

of tho sonla, Ao. See CriL Note.
They oumot Moape from, fto. The
EtMopic ii hare lopeTiorto the Greek.
The interceulon of the ugeli on
inKD'i behalf which appean in thii
ohftpteruul ii found ■Luin it. a; xl.

6; ilvii. i; xiix, 3, 16; dv. t, k kd
O.T. doctrine ; c£ Job t. i ; xxiiii.
13 ; Zech. i. II. It WM eridenUj •
popular doctrine. Ct. Tobit xii. 11

wpovmxvf ifiAr iriwMr tow irr^o
(eoalnat Acta x. 4); alio xii. 15 iyA
iliu 'fa^a^K th Ik tSt tirri iylmr
irrfiKmr 0! rpacaru^iprnvi tit wfoatv-
xii Tir kyUtr : Kev. Tiii. 3 ; Teit.
Levi 3: (Iso 5 iyi tlfU t tyyiKn i
xafmrei/itrct ri yim 'Iffpo^^.

,tradb,G0()glc

Sect I.] Chapters IX. 7 — X.2. 71

and they cannot escape from jfcA.tftii' h.Tsh ■apoa-^'nov t»v ivl

the unrigliteoiiBnefls which is ^j- y^^ y,yt,^i^^^ iSi^j^Twr.

wrought on the earth. 11, , ^ , , ,. , . , ^

. , „ , , „ ., . Kai on avra oioos ttdo tup aw&
Ana thou knowest all thiDgs

before they come to pass, and X*"^*^"' ««' ^P»« o^oi-s «<»1

Thou knowest this thing and iqs airrvis, koI o^iv \4y(ii.

every thing afEecting them, tC M noiiiffai ovrois wepl tot'-
and yet Thou didst not speak
to us. What are we therefore

todoinregaidtothis?' ^<*" ^ H^ittos tZitt koI 6

X, I, [Then spake the Moat &yios i }Uyas iX6XtiiT(, koI

High, the Great and Holy lirffi^Pt Tte CWpt^\ jrpij rdii

One, and sent Arsjal&ljflr to ,, . r . > / .

' ' vlov AAftfx Myaiv, vopcvou irpos
the son of Liunech and said

to him: a.'TeUhiminMy '*" N«. «ai .Ixi,- a^V ^¥

name "tide thyself!", and *A"P iv^iMTi, Kpv^ov trtavrov,

reveal to him the end tiiat is koI d^Awiroi' a^u rihos http-

appioKhiig: for the whole ^i^„,, j,, . ^ aWU.r..
earth will be destroyed, and a , - ,

,, .„ ,, ira<fa. Koi elirdv avra on Kara-

deluge will presently come *

upon the whole earth, and "A''<'**^s f^^^e' yivtv^ai nUrjs
all that is on it will be de- rijs yijs, &itoiU<rai nAirra inth

Hun-wv. The Ethiopic text i^iWt: Mi f*F='the soula which have
died ' must therefore be emended into oof^fl^ AiVAfi XAi f*F.
We find, moreover, tltia ezpreeaion in the correct text of xxii. 3
ttO^VAtt Alf^^oo*; AyiD-?'} and a similar expression in the
correct text of xvi. i flOffW^i XT^WT, and the Syn. Gk. ri
tntlifuira t& iKKopivSfuva oiro T^r ^"jcis avrmr. In ix. 3 read the
e^lrlta of the souls instead of the souls. The Qiz. Gk. sapporte
in xvi. I and xxii. 3 the readings adopted but agrees with the
Ethiopic text in ix. 3, lo.

Z. 1-8. Tbete varMg belong to *d text U jirofakbly a oi»TiiptioD, 80a

ApocalTpM of Noah. 1. The of Iiameoh, i.e. Noah. If x. 1-3

MoatHish; weicix.3(note). The belonged origiiUkUy lo tliia tection,

Oceat Hid Holjr: iee i. 3 (note], the writer moit have fblhnred the

AnJaltUOr. For thii (he Syn. Samaritan reckoning. Hlda thyself t

Ok. has limplj Uriel, and the Gii. i. e. in order ta reeeive furthra' dii-

Gk. hai Iltiael. The name in the doearea from the angel: cf. xii. i.

D,tradb,G0()glc

The Book of Enoch.

[Sect. I.

etroyed. 3. And now ia-
stract him that he may escape
aad his seed may he preserved
for all ^eneratioDs.] 4. And
again the Lord spake to
Ra£ael: 'Bind Az&zgl hand
and foot, and place him in the
darkness: make an opening
in the desert, which is in Da-
d&SI, and place him therein.
5. And place open him rongh
and ja^ed rocks, Mid cover
him with darkness, and let
him ahide there for ever, and
cover his face that he may
not see the light, 6. And
on the great day of judgment
he shall he cast into the fire.

riv fiiKcuoi' rf iroc^o-ci, rhv vXhv
A(l|ue)(, kqI T~qi> ^x^" ovroS fli

6(' aiuFoE Kai ^f ahrtm ifttrrtv-
SijirrTai ipirevfia Kai araOi^fffTai
Tidvas Ttis yfvtas Tov aiuvof.
Kai rip 'Po^o^A eiwe, nopfuov
'Pn^oijA, Kai B^o-oii rflj-'AfoijA,
Xtpo'i Kai ttoaX m/ftirSBtaoii a&-
rdv, Kai tixfiaXt avriiv th rd
VKOTos, Kai Jifoifbi' TTji; Ipufuw
rryti oZirav hi rp Ip'^fitf AouSa^A,
Kai ^K(( vopivOfii /3(iXe aiT6v
Kol iTi66fs avT^ Afdovs i^ts
Kai Kirovs TpaxfiSf Kai ivi-
KeiAv^v avry ffKoros, Kai oIki}*
(r<ira> jkci <{; rdv al&va, koI
r^v Syffiv ainim "nijiavov, xal
<^E H^ SdOjxirm. Kai Jif r^
}|^iip<^ T^s Kplffftui &va)(9^<Tt7ai
fls riv iftnpurfi^ roS mipis'

X. 3. Tot aU gvneratlons. So O M reading tW^n"^, ^a>Aj&.
Din. and other MSS. except N give 'for all the earth': cf. the Qk.

8. lie S;n. Qk. li tnueh faUer. 4-6.
The Usk d^uted to Kaful or Ba-
jdiael. 4. AzBisl ai the obisf

affuder and leader i* finrt poniihed.
TIm pnlimiiufj panithmeiit of Aaaiel
is deuribed in vr. 4, 5 : the final one
in V. 6. AhubI vae oonoeiTed ■■
obiuned in the irilderuMe into whioh
die eoape-goat mt led. The Jenua-
lem Targiun (Fa. Jonathan} on Levi-
tioni laji that ' the goat wai nut to
die in a hard and roogh plaoe in the
wililerntai of jagged rooks, i.e. Beth
Chaduda.' This Beth Chadoda was
three uUm, or aoouding to aDotber
•aoootit, twelve tnilea from Jcnu^em.
This i« daariy lh« Dodael mentioned
in Mm vme, and it is thus • dtflnite

looallty in th« nelgbboturfaood of Jeru-
salem. See Juditcke ZtUtekr^ f.
IFuHMcin/t mul iiebni I S64, pp. 1 96-
304. Cf. Lot. xri. 10, 11. e.

Plaoe ivon Um. The Greek glvM
ihrMo afrry, but this is probably a
■lip for twlttt atrrf. Vot ev«r. like
cb -rhr aUm, of ithieh the Ethioplc
text is an eiaot rendering, this phraae
has no definite meaning in itself.
It ma; denote aooording to the oon-
tait an unending pailod ; or a period
cf eevraitj generations, as here ; of,
T. II ; or a period of five hundred
yean, aa In t. 10. 8. Great day
of jodcment: seexlv. I (note). Hkis
judgmentinaugurala the final punish-
uent of the angels, Th* tu*: eee

Digitized byCoOglc

Swd.!.]

Chapter

•}. And heal the e&rtli which
the angele have defiled, and
proclaim the healing of the
earth, that I will heal the
earth, and that all the children
of men shall not perish throng^h
all tiie secret things that the
watchers have disclosed and
have tanght their sons. 8.
And the whole earth has beat
defiled through the teaching of
the works of Azftzgl : to him
ascribe all the sin.' 9. And
to Gabriel said God ; ' Pro-
ceed against the baatards and
the reprobates, and against
the children of fornication :
and destroy the children of
fornication, and the children

^- 3-9- 73

Kol larroi r^v y^ir ip) ij^dftirai'
a\ iyfy^yopoi, uol tt)v tatriv rijs
vKifyrjs S^Xaxroii, Zva Idatovrai
r^v vXi)y^v, Kat fiT) iv6\»PTcu
vAfTts «[ viol Tuv iiv6piitmp,
iv r^ fiViTTTjplif t (litoi; ol kypri-
yopoi Koi. ihHa^v rov; vloiis
airuv, koI ^pTjutiOrj ttaira $ y^
iv rots tpyoK t^s MatrKoXlas
'Afa^\* Ktti Iv ovTp ypi^op
iiiffas riis hiu^trCas. koI rip
TappiiiK tt-Ttt, itopviov VafipiifK
M Tcin yiyairras tvl rois k(J9-
l^Kovs, Ivl roiic vlovs r^c vop-
vfias, Kol &if6KfiTov Toiis vltAs
T&v iyprjy6p^i> &vb t&v vl&v

trdvat rdc ytvtit rev alntut. 7. Froolatm the hsallng of the earth,
that I wUl heal the earth. The Syn. Gk. givea rqp Wv t^c irXi^y^t
d^^Mvor, Ua Imrmrrai rift sXi7yi)v. lliug, as the word rendered ' earth '
in the Ethiopic appears as rXt^^ in the Gk., it is most probable that
the Hetffew word was bsn which means ' earth ' when punctuated
i^, a 'pollution' when punctuated ^3rt. doalOMd. All MSS.
read ^A* 'have slain'; the translator found htin^ar as in the
Qiz. Gk. which is a corniption of ArfVaoav. The Sjn. Gk. gives
<&r». 8. To him. So the Giz. Gk. The Syn. Gk. gives • to it.'
9, Baatards. So also the Ois. Gk. which gives a corrupt trans-

zTtiL 11; ziz; ziL 7~io. 7. Th* bythe Book of JubileM v. TbegtmnU

comnuDd given to Baphkel ia lueh ilnj oach othv In the pretenM of

as hu nuns toggmta from Kfit 'to their pkrents: cf. iit. 6. The Utter

beftL' CX Tob. iiL 1 7 ; xii. 14. 8. ure then bound in the kb;nei of the

ObMTT* bow kll dn ii uoribed to th« earth, and their power of hintJog the

fallen u^t. 8, 10. The deetrno- earth is at an end : ot ztr. 5, fint

ti<m of the panti throng Gabriel, tbii U not id with the spiriti of the

^M account here ii followed cloadj giaDtn. They enjoy an Impunity in

itradb, Google

The Book

of the watdiers £rom amongBt
men : lead them oat and
send them one against the
other that they may destroy
each other in battle : for
length of days they shall
not have. lo. And do re-
quest that they (i. e. their
fathers) make of thee will
be granted nnto their fathers
OB their behalf although they
hope to live an eternal life,
and that each one of them
will live five hundred years,
[ii. And the Lord eaid nnto
Michael : ' Go, announce to
Semj&z& and his associates who
have united themselves with
women so as to have defiled
themselves with them in all
their uDcleanness.] i2,'When
all their sons have stain one an-

of Enoch. [Sect. I.

ruf it/Opdvatv. ir4)i^lrov ainiis
fU iXX^Xovs, i^ air&v tls av-
roifS, iv vokifUf Kal Iv latw\t(q,
Koi iiaKpirrfs ^ftcpuv ovk lorai
airols, koI va<ra ipiiTJ}ins ovk
Itti Tois ■noTpJuTiv a^uv, 3ri

Inf irtPTaKoina. Kai ry Mt-
XaifK «Iir<, -KopeSov iAi\a^K,
iijiTov ^fniaCav xal toUis flXAovf
iriip tarrtf, tiAs mjfifttY^inas TOis
6vyaTpii7i tup ivfl/wiiraiv roS
jxiajrd^vai tv avrais iv t^ &xa6-
apaitf avT&v. Kal Stov kotb-
v^ay&tyai oX v\o\ airuv, km

literationofthe Hebrew word, i,«.iAaCiptovt. lO. No request tbat
ther make of thee will be granted unto their ftithen. So GM
reading INC, instaadofIli-A!Vi>'u Din. SotheSyn,Gk.:)ra<ra/poMT)iTit
oiK i<rrt Tois varpimv lArity, but M by a slip XflfO: hS-\VO''i instead
of a>K^iuD-X or iOKf-tA with 0. Although they hope to Uve
an eternal life. 80 G K M : Xnov; f'tUJO.i f-Mttli ib^Ofln
HflMy". SotbeGk.: A^ .'ibw. {?<"« f"'*'"J»>'"»'. Other MSS. and
Din. omit the MfXfD. ' Tbongh they hope for an eternal life.'
II. And the Ijord said unto Mlohaal: 'Oo, announce.' So
O F H L : fiMr. hVtOii tb-Ci AAC-O. Other MSS. and Din. omit
rfhC, but wrongly ; cf. the Greek voptvm. Instead of announce the

wrongddng till tbs final jadgment : angds, oC xii. 6 ; xiii. 4-6 ; liv. }.

Me XT. I i-iri. An etMiMl life, U. Thia vetM ia an intarpoUUon :

i. 8. flva buDilred jrean: na t, 5 Mep.611 tv. 9-16 deacribe tbe task

(note). Totichiiig tba prayer of (he aaaigned to 0»bri«l. U. SUin

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

Sect I.]

Chapter

other, and they have seen the
destmctioii of their beloved
ooes, bind them East under
the liillB of the earth for
seventy generations till the
day of their judgment and of
their confimnmation, till the
judgment which ie for ever
and ever is coneummated.
13. In those days they will
he led off to the abyss of
fire : in torment and in prison
will they be confined for ever
and ever, 14. And whoso-
ever shall be condemned and
from thenceforward be de-
stroyed with them, will be
bound together with tbam to
the end of all generations.

X. 10-14. 75

fB(o<ri T^y h.-ni\(ia.v r&v iyowif-
T&i) aWSv, ifjaov avTOvs iitl
i^bon^Koirra ytvtis els toj

KpCtTfois avT&v, fUxpi ^fi^pas
Tfkeuifffat TeXeo-jioC, lots ffvp~
Tt\f<T9^ Kplfta Tov alavos t&v

(If TO xilos roC iTvpii koI tli

riipiov T^f iTvyitX((<rfaiS TOV
alavos- Ka\ bs &v KaroKpiB^
Kal &<Pam<r$^ ind roG vSv fur'
aJrrSn, tt6-^tT€TM l^xpt TtXeiei-
atati yfpfas avrwi'.

Syn. Ok. gives Sfjiror, bat this is an error for dqXutroi'. See the Giz. Qk.
14. And whosoever atull be oondenmed and firomthenoefbrward
be destroyed with them, will be bound together (with them) to
the end of all genara.tianfl. I have followed the Syn, Qk. The
Ethiopic rona : ' And forthwith he will bum and thenceforward
suffer destruction with them : they will be bound together to the
end of all generations.' The singular in ' he will bum ' is mean-
ingless, as we have here only to do with the entire body of watchers.
The Syn. Ok. gives at once excellent sense and explains the oiigin of
the Ethiopic corruption : &t hi naraxpiSg xal o^avto-d^ otrA tou ruv /irr'
avTmi', A(0q<r<rai ptXP^ rtXtuxrtas ytvtat alrrar, KaTaiipi6g ^ ' be Con-
demned,' in connexion with the fiery abyss in the preceding line.

ni. 6 ; xiv. 6 ; BocJc Apoc of weeks. Sea Spec Introd, of

of Jubileea v. The Innding of the xoi-oiv. 'WiUi vr. 5, 11 et, JDde

ugeli under the luUa WBttot to be an 6. IS. AbjM of fire, t. e. the

iileft derived from the Greek mytha ume m thM mentioned in t. 6 ;

of (lie TituiH. BeTeotygenerntlona. zviit. 11; liz; zii. 7~io; ic. 14.

Thii period has no connexion with the 14. See Crit. Kote : cF. xiz. i.

ilizedbyGoOglc

76 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. I.

15. And destroy all the lustful bouIs, and the children of the
watchers, because they have oppressed mankind. 16. De-

stroy all oppression from the face of the earth and let every
evil work come to an end : and the plant of righteousness
and uprightness will appear, labour will prove a blessing:
righteousness and uprightness will be established in joy for
evermore. 17. And then will all the righteons escape

and will live till they beget a thousand childreiij and
^t the days of their youth and their old age (lit. sabbath)
will they complete in peace. 18. And in those days

will the whole earth be tilled in righteousness and will
all be plimted with trees and be full of blessing. 19. And
all desirable trees will be planted on it, and vines will be
planted on it : the vine which is planted thereon will yield
wine in abundance, and of all the seed which is sown
thereon will each measure bear ten thousand, and each
measure of olives will yield ten presses of oil. 20. And

cleanse thou the earth from all oppression, and from all
uurigbteousDees, and from all sin, and from aU godlessness,
and from all uncleanness which 19 wrought upon the earth :

could easily be taken by the translator for Karoiav^^be burned,
and BO give rise to the present Etbiopic text. Rightly tisnelated
then, the verse refers to the women who are to be destroyed with the
fallen watchers. Cf. xix. 3. tuawun^ ie the reading of the Qiz. Ok.

16. Deatror, fto. The writer ii itill hM hire gone over wholl; to ft deKtlp-

deacribing tbe duties of Oabriel, i.e. tion of the Meoiuiio Umea. He

the dtatnoUon of the giiuiti and tbe piotnra U a very kimuoub one. Th«lT

impriaoimient of tlie CaUen watchen. old at^ '■ ct zit. 3, 4 (note). 18,

16. Flaat of rishteooBiuaa, i.e. 19. The fatura !« depicted after O. T.

ImeL Ivael qiringi from a aeed propheaj. C£ Anun li- 13, 14; Hoa.

that 'iiaown' by Qod, liii. 3; heaoe ii. 31, 33; Jer. ixxL 5; la. zzt. 6 ;

it ii establiibed as ' a plant of the Enk. xzriii. 16 ; xiziT. 16, 17. Will

■ead for ever,' liixiT. 6, I* called ' tbo eaoh meaaniw bear, *a. : dL Ii. r.

plant of npri^lnet^' xdii. 1, 'the 10, and the chilitatlc eipeotalion

plant of righteouinnt,' xciii. 5, ' the Papini in lien. adv. Sam. t. 33.

eternal plant of righteooancM,' idii. 80. Thii twm oould be interpreted

10, and finally ' the plant of rig1it«aiu of the deluge, but it aeema batter to

jadgnoat,' xdii. J. 17.nwwiit«r nhr it, aa the vemabefbraatid after.

iiized by Google

Seet. I.] Chapters X. i<, — XII. 4. 77

destroy them from off the earth, 31. And all the children

of men shall become righteous, and all nations shall offer
Me adoration and praise, and all will worship Me. 32.
And the earth will be cleansed from all corruption, and from
all sin, and from all punishment and torment, and I will
never again send (them) upon it, from genwation to genra-a-
tion, for ever.

XI. I. And in those days I will open the store chambers of
blessing which are in the heaven, so as to send them down
upon the e^ih over the w<»k uid labour of the children of
men. 2. Peace and jnetice will be wedded throoghoat
all the days of the world and throughout all the generations
of the world.

XII. T . And before all thrae things fell out Enoch was hidden,
and no one of the children of men knew where he was hidden,
and where he abode, and what had become of him. 2. And
all his activities had to do with the holy ones and with the
watchers in his days, 5. And I Enoch was blessing the
great Lord and the king of the world, when lo I the watchers
called me — Enoch the scribe— and spake to me. 4. ' Enoch
thou scribe of righteonsness, go, announce to the watchers of
the heaven who have abandoned the high heaven and the
holy eternal place, and have defiled themselves with women.

toUteHeaalajiIobiDgdam. 21. He ileep uidii traniported In ipitit unto

oonwnoi of the CrSntilei : of. zc. 30 heaven, zit. a : ipeakl with • tongae

(note). as. In dorrapt HS8. there of Beah, xiv. a : and ii terrified, like k

ia k referenoe to the delnga here. mortal man, ftt the prewnoe of God,

ZI. 1. Thii dupter oondndee ui zir. 34. 'Wme hidden, ii the Bthiopic

McaantofdieUe«I*niektngdoni. Cf. InndatioQ of tip? and ^in-ihiHv : of.

Dent. zzviiL 11. a. Cf. Izzxt. I o ; Izzi. 1, 5, S. E0I7 onee : see L 9

le. xxziL 1 7. (note). Wktohen : eee i. 5 (note).

Xn-ZTI. On these cbkptars, (ee 8. Kingoftlieworld: M«i.3(Dote).

Speo. Inbod. p. 55. L Wmi hidden, The laribe: cf. zdL i. Enoch U

L e. in order to reouTO the fbUoving farther oalled 'the scribe ofrigfateoiu-

re*el»tion : of. i. 1, Guooh ii alill new,' xii. 4 ; iv. i, becaiue be i* htm-

living: hia final tranilatlon ficm lelf a righteoni man, zt. 1 ; Izzi. 14-

•aith bag not yet fallen oat; for m 16, and declaree tbe righteoni jndg-

a man he write» the petjtioo for the ment that ii ooming, siiL 10; zIt. i,

angele, ziii. 6; receive* a TtHon in ;; lizxi. 6; Ixixii. i, Ao. 4. Cf.

ilizedbyGoOC^Ic

78 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. i.

and have done as the children of men do, and have taken
unto themselTes wives, and have grossly defiled themselves
on the earth. 5. They -will have no peace on the earth
nor forgivenesB of sin : and inasmuch as they delight them-
selves in their children, 6. the murder of their beloved
ones th^ shall see, uid over the destruction of their children
will they lam^t, and will make supplication unto eternity,
but mercy and peace will they not attain/

XIII. I. And Enoch went and said: 'Az&zSl: thou shalt
find no peace : a severe sentence has gone forth against thee
— (Rufael) shall put thee in bonds : 3. And alleviation,
intercession, and mercy will not be accorded to thee, because
of the oppreeeion which thou hast taught, and because of all
the works of blasphemy, oppression, and sin which thou hast
shown to the children of men.' 3. Then proceeding &rt^er,
I spoke to them all t<^ether and they were all afraid and
were seized with fear and trembling. 4. And they besought
me to draw up a petition for them that they might find
forgiveness, and to take their petition into the presence of
God in heaven. 5. For from thenceforward they could not
speak (witii Him) nor lift up their eyes to heaven for shame
of their sins for which they were punished. 6. Then I
composed their petition and the prayer on behalf of their spirit,
and for their individual deeds for which they besought for-
giveness and forbearance. 7. And I went off and sat down
at the waters of Dan, in Dan, to the right (i. e. the south)

XII. 5. Inaamuoh m tbey. &«. So : (oXflOOi f-^tj^itf,
ahttPao': •H'A: ^^^ITavi f-CtX", but with the iiiBertioii of A
before at-ttt^tf with nine other USS. Cf. the Qiz. Qk. irtpi L,

jfalpoBai ruv vU>v abraw,

Jnie6. 6. HopaMB: cf. *. 4. Ing with Enooli'i literu; «liH«ot«

e. Cf. X. 10, t], that lis dniwi np thur petition in

Xm. 1. Aiuel addisMed In oon- writing, uid doea not praent it hy

fbnnl^ with z. 4. ITo p«aa« : cf. word of tnoatb. 7. 'Watan of

r. 4. 4, 6. &B the angdi oonld Dan. Thii river, railed alw> the

not addroMOod nor lift op their ejea little Jordan, Joeeph. A%t, I. xil. i,

to heaTBD, Enooh !■ beiooght to be- it a tribatai; of the Jordan. HiIb

, It ii in keep- plaoe, fnm T^ to jndge, U ohoiM

itradb, Google

Sect. I.] Chapters XII. 5 — XIV. 4. 79

of the west of Hermon, and I read their petition till I fell
asleep. 8. And behold a dream visited me and visions fell
down upon me, vnA. I saw the vision of a chastisement to the
intent that I should recount it to the sons of the heaven
and reprimand them. 9. And when I awaked, I came to
tiiem, wtd they were all sitting together weeping with their
&ces covered at UblesjEl^, which is between Lebanon and
S4nes^. 10. And I recounted to them all the visions which
I had seen in my sleep, and I b^^ to recount those words
of rightcooaness, and to reprimand the heavenly watchers.

XIY. I. This book is the word of righteousness and
the reprimand of the eternal watchers in accordance with
the commandment of the Holy and Great One in that
vision. 2. I saw in my sleep what I will now recount
with a tongue of flesh and with my breath which the
Great One has put into the mouth of men, that they
might converse with it, and understand in their heart
3. As He has created man and given to him the power of
understanding the word of wisdom, bo hath He created me
also and given me the poww of reprimanding the watchers,
the sons of heaven. 4. ' 1 wrote out your petition, and in

XIIL 9. Thar wera aU dning. So all USS. but O. Q reads
^tOft* 'were talking.'

XIV. 4. inserts after v. 4 mk9'f'>Stii M^tX*', il»Ati I^ft'
ovfAAi 9A0»i iDimi ^fty^ AOAAa>»^ isA.^haMliaD' 'And
from henceforth their friendBliip is at &□ end unto all the days of
eternity : and jadgraent has been finally passed upon yon and no

beCkOM ill iuin« ii ligiiificant of the la oftaa lued in Enoob. Seax. j (note).

tnbjeot the writw !• dMHng witli, HoIraadOrsat One: M«L3(nM«j.

i.e. Ae judgment of tte si^el*. 8. 9, a. Ab luiely •■ Qod hu cm*ted

Bom of tbe heaTOn : lea tL i man «id given bim t, (ongne for

(note). 9. UbleeJUl and Senaiir ipaeeh and a Jaoalty for ondemtaud-

aremtknownplaoe*. 10. He«T«nl7 iog, bo juit aa oertainly baa He ap-

watobNa: aee i. 5 (note). Tbe viiioD pointed Bnooh to r^irimand tbe

ii deacribed in ziv-XTL eternal vatohen. Tangne of fleah :

"XXV. 1. VtenMl watohara, lit. of. Izzzir. i. Tbe Oraat One : ef.

watoben who aie from eternity, L e. oiii. 4 ; cit. i . Bona of hMiTOn :

in tbe looae aenae in whioh that word m* tL 1 (note). 4~7. The repri-

ilizedbyGoOglc

8o The Book of Enoch. [Soot. i.

my vision it appeared thus, that yoor petition will not be
granted throughoat all the dayg.of eternity, and that judg-
ment has been finally passed npon yon, and no iadulgeoce will
be granted to yon, 5, And from henceforth yon will

never again ascend into heaven to all eternity, and on the
earth the decree hath gone forth, they shall bind yoa for all
the days of eternity. 6. But pTOvioosly yon will see the
destraotion of your beloved sons and yoa will not have them
in your keeping, bat they will fall b^ore yoa by the swoid.
7. Yoor petition on their behalf will not be granted, nor that
on yoor own : likewise despite your tears and prayers yon will
receive nothing whatever contained in the writing which
I have written.' 8. And the vision appeared to me thus :

behold in tlie vision clouds invited me and a mist invited me :
the course of tiie stare and t^ lightnings drove and im-
pelled me, and the winds in the vision gave me wings and
drove me. 9. And they lifted me up into heaven and I

came till I drew nigh to a wall which is built of crystalB
and surrounded by a fiery fiame : and it began to affright me.
10. Asd I went into the fiery flame and drew nigh to a

indolgence will be granted unto you.' 7, Ton will ro-

oelva notblng whatever. The Ethiopic, which is a literal
rendering of the Oiz. Qk. fui XaXovn-ii nor pi)/ia, gives so in-
telligible Bense. Hence I have supposed XoXoCirfi to be a cor-
ruption of Xdx^ff. and bo translated. Bat the corrupticm may
have originated in the Hebrew through the oon&sion of K^ and
■■np. 8. Instead erf .fftdfc, GM read f JHI*t='incited.'

mand which Enoch adminiiterad to eat et coniarvatnr oique dkdo Mtie

the wtttohari. B. Cf. xiii. 5 ; also jndioii Dw, qnoniam luigeli quidam

the^polo^of Atheiugonu : oCroi «/ tmiiigTSHi deoidemnt in temun in

irfi*\anA iKw*a&rT»inv ^fvmr... jndidum. S. Olonda Invited

<Aittt\ lit Tik ^m^nfiaia. far(piciS<^i me. Thii 11 a pecallar exprelrian

iiai^rtu. 6. Ct x. 9. ?■ See and m»y he due to »n error. We

I'rit. Note. Irenaeni IV. zvL 3. should expect eome Rich idea M ii

(Stitren'fl «d.) refen to (hii pHWge : Aiund in Pa. iriii. 10, 11; dr. 3.

Bnoeh. ..anm enet homo, legatdone fl-lS. Enoch U caniad ap Into heaven

ad angeloa Amgebatur et translatiii and pasiea within the enter wall that

,tradb,G0()glc

Sect. I.] Chapter XIV. 5-21. Si

Wge toDse wliicli waa built of crygtals ; and the walls of that
houee were like a moeaiu ctyetal floor, and its groundwork
was of crygtaL 11. Its ceiling was like the path of the
stars and lightnings, with fiery chembiin between in a
transparent heaven (lit. 'and their heavea was wat«r'). 1 2.
A flaming fire surrounded the walls of the house, and its
portal blazed with fire. 13, And I entered into that

bouse, and it was hot as fire and cold as ice : there were no
delights of life therein : fear covered me and trembling gat
hold upon me. 14. And as I quaked and trembled, I fell

upon mj face and beheld in a vision. 15. And lo ! there
was a second house, greater than the former, all the portals
of which stood open before me, and it was built of flames of
fire. 16. And in every respect it so excelled in splendour
and magnificence and extent that I cannot describe to you
its splendour and its extent. 17. And its floor was fire,

and above it were lightnings and the path of the stars,
and its ceiling also was flaming fire. 18. And I looked
and saw therein a lofty throne; its appearance was as
hoarfrost, its circuit was as a shining sun and the voices
of cherubim. 19. And from undemeaUi the great throne
came streams of flaming fire so that it was impossible to look
thereon. 30. And the Great Glory sat thereon and His

raiment shone more brightly than the sun and was whiter
than any snow. 21. None of the angels could ent«r

i3.Thereww«noaeUghtaof Ufothareln. SoOM li^O; Ai^Of^:
also the Qiz. Ok. Din. and FHLO read <^: D^i^Olt 'there
were no delights and no life thereia.' 20. TIlb Great Olory.

So G and the Qiz. Ok. Din. gives ' He that is great in glory.'

■mrounds the rpiraat or foreooLirt of apon Ii. vi ; Exak. i, i ; Dan. vii. 9,

the jwlace of God. 14. CI li. 3 ; 10. Thia puug« (tt. 18-11) ii uud

Ixzl. 11; Eiek. i. iS; Dul viii. 17, bj the aatbor of liii. 5-^. A loftr

l3, Ac is. Enoch approachea throne : of. Ezsk. i. 1 ; Dnn. tU. 9.

the palaoa of God bat doe* not enter, Aa hoarfrost, i.e. dazzliiig and

•■ DU mortal Diay behold God. Aa bright a* boiT^iwt : cf. Dan. vii. 9

tlie dooia are open, he can dewiiibe ■ whits nimaw.' 18. Cf. Dan. vii.

what is within. 18. In thl« and 10. 30. The Great Qlory : ef.

the follonlDK veraei, tlie writer draw* oil 3, Whiter than, &c. : cf. Dait

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

82 The Book of Enoch. [Sect, I.

ftud could behold the f&ce of the Honoured and Olorioos One
and no fleeh could behold Him. 22. A flaming fire was
round about Him, and a great fire stood before Him, and
none of those who were around Him oould draw nigh Him :
ten thousand times Usa. thonsand were before Him, but He
stood in no need of counsel. 33. And the holiness of the
holy ones, who were ni^h to Him, did not leave by night nor
depart from Him. 24. And until then I had had a veil on
my face, and I was trembling : then the Lord called me with
His own mouth and spake to me: 'Come hitiier, Enoch, and
hear My holy word/ 35. And He made me rise op and
approach the door : bnt I turned my face downwards.

XV. I. And He answered and spake to me with His
voice: *I have heard, fear not, Enoch, thou righteous man
and scribe of righteousness : approach and hear my voiee.
3. And go, say to the watchers of heaven, who have sent thee
to intercede for them : you should intercede for men, and not
men for you : 3. Wherefore have ye left the high, holy,
eternal heaven, and lain with women, and defiled yourselves
with the daughters of men and taken unto youreelvee wives,
and done like to the childrai of earth, and begotten giants

33. A flaming fire. So A O E M and the 0!e. Ok.: Din. and
F H L O ' Fire of flaming fire.' 33. And the hollnan of th«

holy onsc, irbo were nigh to Him, did not leave by night nor
depart flrom Him. So G lASSt^. ^<ill: XA; ^Clh "iOlh
A.M14>; AAti ortX)^, Xy^U-. Also the Oiz. Ok. 94. Bear.
80 the Oiz. Ok., but wanting in the Etbiopic MSS.

XV. I. 1 have heard. SoGMfl^Wl-. Other MSS. ft^TO ^

Tii. 9. SI. Tlie Honoured and omm and-'wtad' or'Tolce.' Inzd.

Glorloiu One : of. oiii. i. 39. i we ^oolil probnbly tiuolat* * the

Oonlddrawnisli: cf.niMaoc.it. 15: Ttnoe ealU me.' ntber (ban 'the

iTlm.Ti.itf. Ten thouaand time*, word' ha. SO. Eiuxih ii bidden

Ao. Dan. vii. 10. 33. Contraat to drav near tiie docs' bat not to

Ixd. 8. 34. M7 holr word ; tee enter.

CrlVNote. In iv. 1 , 1 have rendered XV. 1. Boribe of ligbtaonaneaa :

■ bear m; voice ' ai in the Oiz. Ok. see zii. 3 (note). %. Zntaroeda :

ThaSthit^wordiitlieiuieialMth lee iz. 10 (note). 8. ClxU. 4;

Digitized by GOOC^IC

Sect 1.] Chapters XIV. 22 — XV. 9. 83

(as your) eons. 4. Whilst you were Btill spiritoal, holy,
in the enjoyment of etemal life, you have defiled youraelves
with women, have b^otten (children) with the blood of flesh,
and have lusted after the blood of men, and prodoced
flesh and blood, as those produce them who are mortal
and shortlived. 5. Therefore have I given them wives

also that they might impr^nate them, and children be
borne by them, that thus nothing might be wanting t«
them on earth. 6. But you were formerly spiritual,

in the enjoyment of eternal immortal life, for all genera-
tions of the world, 7. Therefore I have not appointed
wives for you ; for the spiritual have their dwelling in heaven.
8. And now, the giants, who jjg^ j_ g_jg ,
ate produced from the spirits Rai jmA' frtpa- koI vvv oi
and flesh, will be called evil ylyturrti cA yfvvij$ivT(i &-na
spirits upon the earth, and on '"^'W™". ««' '^"P""* ^^-^^Ta
the earth will be their dwell- „^o^j_ g^^ « Karolia,<riS o^»v
ing. 9. Evil ^irits proceed l(rrai ivl Ttjs yifs, mfei/^wcro

■hear.' 5. Tliat thus, Ac So O : }un>: h'Tlh A.^1^: 7'OCi
DAiUSJm. Bui the last word 'throu^ them' (fern.) I have
rendered to them (maso.) as in the Gliz. Ok. wa n)/ iiikthtt aunui.
Din. and FHKNO read honj W^0-. M^ftCi 7-QC = wie solche
Dinge zu geschehen pfl^;en (Din.). 8. From tbe qpirits.

So G ii0»W^. So the Ok.: «r^ mrv^drmr. Other MSS.

and Din. X^l^^ = ' from the body,' but Ihia is clearly

Jodafi. 4-7. Far mkn m niortBl that theerilkctiTitiMof theaedamoM

uid dwdling upon the euth iredlock are not restnined or farbjddei) H

I« Appointed tlukt •■> tbe nwe may thoM of tbur pnient^ for the latter

oontinue to eiUt : bat for the angeU were throim into cbalm Immediately

who are immortal anil dwell in the on the death of the giaota, tbdr

heaTen inch oommingling ia oontni? obildien. S, 0. Tram the iplrlta

to their natora and invoWsi pollution MUl llwh : cee Crit. Note. On theae

and gnilt. B, 8. The anion of Tenei of. JoHtin. vlpoJ.uii, qaoted in

angelj and the daughters of men will the note on ii.8,91 Tertnll. Jpol.izii:

give birth to ■ new order of bcdngi, Qtiomodo de angelis qoibnedam sua

. giauta, and from theie giant* aponte oorruptlB con u p ti og gem dae-

when they die will pcooeedevil ipirita, mobmneTaierit-.^ndlitlaraau
I «, denona, and t^ieae will have the ordo oognaadtm. In I«et. JiutU- IL
earth lor their habitation. Obwrre ij, (he demoni are regarded pnrd^u
G 2

Digitized byCoOglt,

The Book

from their bodies; because
they are created from above,
(and) from the holy vatchers
is their begioniiig and primal
origin; they will be evil spirits
on earth, and evil spirits will
they be named, lo. And
the spirits of heaven have
their dwelling in heaven, but
the spirits of the earth which
were bom npon the earth have
on the earth their dwelling.
II. And the spirits of the
giants will devour, oppress,
destroy, attaek, do battle, and
cause destruction on the earth,
and work affliction : they will
take no kind of food, nor will
they thirst, and they will be

of Enoch. [Sect. r.

i^(Kijkv8iha &iri tov adjiaTos
TTfS <TapKdt airr&ti, bioTi &v6

TUf hyliitv T&V iyptfyop^v q
ip^ Ttjs KTtffeais air&v koI
ipX^I tfe^Xfbv. Tcvevnara tco-
ifijpi iwi T^s y^s iiTovTm, tA
vvcvfiara (al.: irp&ra) r&v yi-
ykvrtav vfp.6p.iva, dSiKwira,
&if>aviCovTa, ipitC-nTovra tcai
iTvtx-nahaloin-a koI ^ntTovvra inX
T^S yr\s Kol hp6pavi iroioCvra,
Ktti pii&v iadlovra, iAA' A<ri-
Tovvra Koi ipifrpara woiovi^o
Koi St^wvra koX tspoffK6irrovTa~

wrong. II. Will derour, oppran, dsstror, attack. So

the Syn. Gk. : vifUium, aJtucoumi, aipatlCovra, iptrlvTorra. Dln.'s Ethi-
opic text runs An»¥t: XAi t-l^O-. fif^t04 <D£a>j&*, and ia

thus translated by him: Wekhe auf die Wolken aich stttrzen,
werden verderben nnd herabstiirzen, but this is not poaaible gram-
matically. Before we compare tbe two versions we moat chnnge
fi^lli- into £"91^ in accordance with Q and the Ok. a<t>avlCovTa.
We find there, that f-l^O" is the exact equivalent of iSirinivTa,
ff At- the equivalent of o^un'^uin-u, and fiotjit a bad rendering of
iiiirivTorTa. We now come to the main difficulty, ^IiD^i XA as an
equivalent of rfiiAptm, Dr. N^eubauer has suggested to me that
the Hebrew may have been 13U i-e- *l!?='they oppressed,' of
which pffiufUM might stand as a free rendering, and that this UP
may have been confuted with |3ff 'a cloud' by the Qreek translator,
whom the Ethiopic followed. The Qiz. Gk, supports the corrupt
Ethiopic text, and reads vt<pAar. Nor will thejr thlrat. The Ok.

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

8«t.l.] Ckapters Xy.io—XVJ.i. 85

invisible. 12. And these Kaii$avaaT^<rovTiuTa.-sv€6fiaTa

spirits will rise up against the iisX row vKovs rHv &»Op<iTiaip

children of men and against mt r&v yvvatKun, 5ti i$ airSiv

the women, hecau^e they have ^feAijAiJtfaa-f teal A-nb fjixipas

proceeded from them. xaipov fftpayfj^ km iv^tias

XVI. I. Inthedajsof mnrder icot ^aviirov t&u ytyivriav No-

uid of destruction and of the ^qAc^/i, oi Itrxtipot r^r ^t, oi

death of the giants when the fifyttAot ^vOfuurroC, rh mrriftara

spiritshaTegoneforthfromthe ri ^KwopfiioVtva awi t^s^^X^*

Boulsof theirfleeh,inordertode- air&v, its iK r^r aapKis i<rovTai,

Btroy without incurring judg- iufuarCiovTa \a3pU Kpltrtan, oi-

taeat — thus will they destroy r««s &(l>avia-oviri fUxp^s ^fUpai

until the day when the great tjjs r€\€t^<Tei>s, ius t^s KpCa-ton

consummation of the great tjjs ^iryA}ir)s, Iv ^ 6 alav 6 it4yas

world be consummated over nktvB^vtTai, i<l>' &iraf ifiov

the watchers and &o godless. Ttktir0^<rfTai.

18 wroag iu omitting the negative Jk^urra. H is likewise wrong,
1 3. Will rise up agaiust. So M. All other HS8. add a nega-
tive : the Ok. Gonfirms M.

XVI. I. Correct Xy"lW|- in Dln.'a text into X^fSW witli
E and N and the Ok. ini t^c imjfit, and Iftt into tV<<7^ with A £
y a H K L M N O and the Gk. rAuatrtwr. The text is atiU very
corrupt ; but it ie not difficult to restore the original with tlie help
of the Book of Jubilees and the Syn. Gk. which runs : ra itwu/uith

ri tKtroptti6iitra mii t^c 'f'vx^c ovTur, o>r ix rqi trapxic (itoitoi, at^afifovrn
X"?'" Kpltrttn, o&rut atfiaiiltroviri ftixp^i ^ftipas ti/r TtXiiaxriaiv. In the

Book of Jubilees, cb. x, it is said that the purpose of the demons
is AA'TK?: a)AAftA-h ^Ao"; IHi='to destroy and lead asti-ay
until the judgment.' This gives the sense of the Gk. and what
should be the seuEe of the Ethiopic. The text then should
read: Alt; fd: fD$^i omiltj X^^Mts J"P Vaa«, tlfilhh
Hfoyflh HXiaAi hJii h"™- t^tli-i Xfth; Ortt: f ¥Jl"Xt: OOfi.
This is the text which 'we have translated above. For this use
of A in (ifiM- as an inseparable conjunction of purpose, see Dln.'s

XVX 1. Set Crit Note. The appeui in tb« Book of Jnbileei x,
Jemona will not be ponidied till the nd In tbe N.T. Cf. Matt. vili. 19,
final jadgment. This deatriae likewise 'Art Thoa oome Uther W toiment

ilizedbyGoOC^Ic

86 The Book of Enoch. [S«rt. i.

The following Fragment is not foniul in the Ethioptc
Version. It probably belongs to tbe lost Apocalypse of Noab
which is interwoven with the book of Enoch.

Kat oStftr' Ttafiii 8! row Spovs Ip ^ £fxo(rav koI iifSffiArurav
Tfpds t6v uKrfalov airr&», Jrt tU thv oluva oi }ir) iitoirTrj &ir'
airov ^)(_os koI x**^" '^"■^ nAxpti koI bpoaoi oi fit) Karaj9^ fis
airro, cI /jt) ct; Karipav Karo^^erat in' aM, fW^ptf iifiipas
Kplirtms Ttis ixryiXijs. iv ry Kttip^ htCvif KoraKavS'^iTfTtu koI
raimvwdqVerat koI tarat KaTaKai6fi€iiov koI vr\K6p.evov Sts Kijpos
airb mphi, otfrats KaTaxa^afrai irtpl irAirruv rSv Ipymv avrou.
Kol mv iyii A^yoi jfiLP uloi; dvdpc^wi', ^py^ fuyiiXff ko^* vptuv,
Karti rwv ulwc iiiQi', koI ov Tair<rcTai ^ ■)/>y^ aUnf A^' ipMP,
fi^XP^ KOtpoO <r<f>ayrjs t&v vl&v vn&v, koi iTiokovvrat ol iya-
ffrrrol I'jt^i' Kal &vo6avovvTtu ol timp.01 vpMv &ird tt6<n}S t^e T^fi
on irao'at al ^fUpai rfjs C'l'^f alrr&v Avi roG i>Cv oi fi^ tvovrai
iskfim T&v tKoriv tlKo<rtv iriiv. kqI p,if Btf^rc 4ti ^trai iiii
■jtktlova hi}' oi yhp iarw itr' aWois irtura iths Ixific^^tios ivi
TOV vvv bii r^v ipY^>'i ^^ upyfadij ifiXv 6 ^atrtXriw vivrav t&v
al^wav fuj VQfd<n)Tt Stt iK^ru^taOf rowro.

Kal Tovra piv ix tov vp^rao jSt^Uov 'Ei«!>x "^pl ™*' ^CI*

ydfM)!).

3. And now as to the watchers who have sent thee to
intercede for them, who had been aforetime in heaven, (say to
them,) 3. "Yon have been in heaven, and though the
hidden things had not yet been revealed to you, you knew
worthless mysteries, and tiieee in the hardness of your hearts

Lex. Col. 34. The Giz. Ok. supports tlie view taken above: U r^t
^X7' r^c vap*it avrAv 7<rrai, though it wroiigly omits the it. Dln.'s
test is very corrupt and misleadiDg. Over the watobers and
the godlma. Not in either Greek fragment. 3. Worthless.

See Appendix. Cf. the Oiz. Gk. rb <V tov 6tou ytytvrnuiMi*.

yuhiforetiietimtV Oonanminktloa: SfroM. ed. DinUoif. iii. g ; JtyyiMt
■M xIt. a (not«). S. Thii ttate- imaoi ol rkr Sw KK^r *hqx^(t,

■sent b ths buii of Clem. Al«z. K«ttKir9iirwmt tit lilcwdt, <E«(m» ri

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

8«t I.] Chapters XVI. ■i — X VII. 4.

you have recoanted to the women, and thiougli these mysteries
women and mrai work mnch evil on earth." 4. Say to
them therefore : " You have no peace." '

[XVII. I. And they took me away to a place where there
were forms like flamingo fire, and when they wished they
appeared as men. 3. And they conducted me to the place
of the whirlwind and to a mountain, the point <A whose
summit reached to heaven. 3. And I saw the places of
the luminaries and of the thunder at the ends thereof ; in the
depths thereof, a fiery bow and arrows and their qaiver,
and a fiery sword and all the lightnings. 4. And they
took me to the water of life, and to the fire of the west.

XVII. 9. O r«ads 0)AJU=the7 oondnotwd ma. Cf. i/'M in
TV. I, 4. Other MS8. give OiAjU, ' one conducted me.' The Qis.
Qk. BupportB O. 3. Tha plaoas of tb« lomlnarles. 80 M O—
«»»l9t: flCVrt-, aho G an^-flCt: -acyfl-. 80 alao the Qiz. Gk.
Din, and F H L N : ' brightly shining places.' After tlia plaoes
of the lumlnarleB the Giz. Gk. adds uil nAt Btjmnipoit ru*
doTipiw. At the ends tlLsreof. See Appendix. And

hifp^rm rmt yvraiHr tra rt «If
Yrwrv atrw ifSmi. 4. Ho p9«oo :
■ae r. 4 (note).

XVU-XIZ. Then chftpters an
etrtMialj roreign to ths mt of tliis
MctioD. The; us full of Greek ele-
ment*. We bare nferenoM in zvii.
5, G to the pTtiphlegeChoD, Stjx,
AoheronuidCaejtai; inzTiLj, 7, S;
iviil. 10, to the Ommi Strewa : in
itU. 6, to Hadea in the wot. Again,
xviii. 6-^ it t, AafikUia aooonnt of
Tiix, 1-3; xriiL 13-16 a dopliOBte
Bcoonnt of ui. 1-6, and xii of zd.
7-10, tbongh in the lait eaaa there
are important diTergeiicief. AgiJn,
lie I oontradiotazT. 4-1 a ; for, whetaM
we have in sz demcnio beingi before
tlie tUI of the angeli, in tlie Nat of
i-iizvl the demon! are dewiribed ai
the ehildrcD of the fidlen angd*.

XTH. 1. Ponna like "^"'"t
firs, Su). Tittme are lome kind of
angela; cf. xii. i. S. Flaoa of

the whirlwind : of. Job xniii, 9.
A monntaln. It ii impossible to
dstermine aujtliiiig about this monn-
tnia. S. Flaoaa of the Inmin-

arlB*. These niay be the ' ohamben
of the luminaries': of. ili.s. Of the
thnnder : of. xli. 3; zliv; lii; Ix.
13-15 and note*. In the depth*
liumot, i. e. of the places of the
thnnder. Tleir "bow — (be bow with
which the li^tnlngs are shot : cf. Ps.
Tii.ii;H*b.iiL9;LMQ.ii.4iiii. II.
Arrows, i. e. the lightninga : ef. Ps.
zriti. 14; Izxvli. 17, 18. Their
anlTor: of. Lam. lii. 13. Sword:
cf. P«. tIL la; Dent, zzzii. 41.
4. The water of Ufo: see Crit.
Note. Cf. 'tlie fountun of lite,' in

Digitized byCoOglc

88 The Book of Enoch. [Soct. I.

which receives every eettmg of the san. 5- -^^ ^ came to
a river of fire, the fire of which fiowB like water and discharges
itself into the great aea towards the west. 5. .And I eaw
all the great rivers and came to a great darkness, and went to
the place where i^ flesh wanders. 7. And I saw the
mountains of the darkness of winter and the place whence the
waters of the entire deep flow, 8. And I saw the mouths
of all the rivers of the earth and Uie mouth of the deep.

XVIII. 1. And I saw the chambers of all the winds, and I
saw how He had furnished with them the whole creation and
the firm foundations of the earth. 2. And I saw the corner-
stone of the earthy I saw the four winds which bear the earth
and the firmament of tlie heaven. 3. And I saw bow the
winds stretch out the vaults of heaven and have their station
between heaven and earth : these are the pillars of the heaven.

a Aeiy sword. Not ia the Giz. Ok. 4. Th« wator of li£e.
80 the Giz. Gk. All Ethiopic MSS. insert the epithet ' so-calW '
before water, bnt snch a description would be incompatible with
the prophetic role of the author. 6. After cams the Giz. Gk.
inserts ' to the great river and.' All fleah. The Giz. Gk. states
exactly the opposite itrav irami irftf({ oi vtpanati. If the Greek is
right, we may find a parallel to this statement in xii. 3. If tiie
Ethiopic is right, the place is to be taken as Hades, as in the
note. 7. The mountaliia of tbe darkness of winter. The Giz.
Gk. gives ' the wintry winds of the darkness.' We have no means
of determining which is light. Tlie plaoa wbenoe, not ' den
Ort wohin ' as Din. Cf, the Qiz. Gk. n}* i<qiy<r».

Pi. xiivi. g; ProT. i. tl ; xiii. 14; *«., i. b. Ooaaniu.

ziT. 37 ; xri. 3] ; Iter. uU. 17, 'miter XVIH. 1. Ohamben of all the

of life.' Fire of tlu w<at : am xiiii wlndi : sea xli. 4 (note) ; Ix. 1 1, 13 ;

(notes). 6. BlTerofflre: the »Im> xxxiv-ixxTi. Poimd>tioiu of

Hupi^ry^far. Orsat aaa : 'OmavJj the oavth. & frequent phraae in the

or tbe Qreat Ocean Stream. 6. O.T. Cf. nSam.xiil. 16; Jobixxriii.

All the srest rlvera : Styx, 4; Pa. xdii. 15; liixii. 5, fto. S.

AcberoiL and Coojliu. The place OomeratODo: Job.xzzviif. 6. The

where, An., L e. Hadei. 7. The four winds. Thia (heor; hw no

mauntaic*, Ao.: lee Crit. Note. rootinllieO.T. S. PtUaraoftlia

S. The mouttu of all tlia rlvsra, heaven: theexpreidon ia from Job

ilizedbyGoOglc

Sert.I.] Chapters XVII. 5 — XVIII. it. 89

4. And I saw the winds which turn the heaven, which brin^
the circumference of the sun and aJl the stars to their setting.

5. And I saw the winds on the earth, which cany the clouds;
and I saw the paths of the angels : I saw at the end of the
earth the firmament of the heaven above, 6. And I pro-
ceeded towards the south, and there it bums day and night,
where there are seven mountains of magnificent stones, three
towards the east, and three towards the south ; 7. and
indeed of those towards the east, one was of coloured stone,
and one of peark, and one of antimony, uid those towards the
sooth of red stone. 8. But the middle one reached to
heaven, like the throne of Qod, of alabaster, and the summit
of the throne was of sapphire. 9. And I saw a flaming
fire, which was in all the mountains. 10. And I saw there
a place, over against the great earth : there the heavens were
gathered together. 11, And I saw a deep abyss, with
pilkrs of heavenly fire and among them I saw pillara of
heavenly fire fall which were in number beyond count alike
towards the height and towards the depth. 12. And over

XVUI. 4. Instead of f OCIh AbflO, G has the Btraoge reading
tOCth lOAl MHI. 10. Heavsns. So OM tm^ aod the

0i2.Gk. Later MSS.'^.r^' waters.' ii. I saw a deep abyM.
So OM. DId. and FHELNO add 'in the earth.' But this
abyss is beyond the earth. The Gii. Ok. supports G M.

zxri. II. A. Tom thahesvui, and Uiim In the South and the uTanth

Ae: of. Izzii. g', lixiiL i. S. •tth^pointofoontwt l^odMorip-

OuiT tbe oloada. An «xpluuttion ti™ here nriea lomBwhat from tlut

of the dJScultiM (qggerted in Job in izIt. 1-3. ThsM moontadiw Me

xxtTi. 19; xxitU, 16, At the end mentionedintheBookot JnUUeeviji.

of the earth the flnnunent, Ao. S. Of lappUt* : et Eiek. i. a6.

The end> of the firmameitt of heaTcn 10. The nme idea aa in zviii. £;

iMt on the endi of th« earth: cf. xrxiii. a. 11. Thii ma^r be the tnal

nxiiJ. 1 ; the nralt of heaven ii lap- place of paniahment fbi the Mien

ported by the wlndl, ztiil i, 3. angel*. If wi, of. x. 6, 13 ; lii; xxi.

Q'0. Thi« t« another Terdoo of what 7-10 ; ic 14. Of heavenlj fire : cf.

ii reooanted In zzIt. 1-3. TheM Gen. lii. 34,' Pi. xL6; Euk. uzriii.

■eren moaatiJiu lie three in the East n. 19-16. Tliii plaoe of pnniih-

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

The Book of Enoch.

[Sect. T.

that xbyss I saw a place whi«h had ao finnameiit of the
heaven above and no foundation of earth bmeath it : there
was no water npon it and no birds, bat it was a waste place.

13. And what I saw tiiere was horrible — seven stars like
great burning monntaine, and like spirits, which besought me.

14. The angel said ; ' This is the place where heaven and
earth terminate, it serves for a prison for the Btars of heaven
and the boat of heaven. ij. And the stars which roll
over the fire are they which have trausgresBed the command-
ment of Grod before their rising because they did not come
forth at the appointed time. t6. And He was wroth with
them and bound them till the time when their gpilt should be
consummated in the year of the mystery.'

XIX. I. And Uriel said to me 'Here will stand the
angels who have connected themselves with women, and thdr

XIX. I. DId.'s t«xt is very corrupt. Hence I have transferred
the from -flHC^ \a the word before it, in accordance with the
Qiz. Qk. Again I have read XMl for XIh» with BCHMNO,
and Mt, for OOAI* with C Q L K N 0. Thus we have a literal

ment for tlie disobedient aUn ii tiffia
deecribed in zii 1-6. It \a ftli«>d;
oecupiad. 13. Seven; >naied

number in tbie book. HotmUlJlUL
The«tan ■» larger thiin they i^tpeKr.
Iiike epliits whioh beaonglit me.
The Stan kre r^krded u oomdoai
being! and aooordinglj punished for
their diaobedienoe. Cf. the l^Wptt
T\arqT<u in Jnde 13. 16. The

angdkaowa not when the pnniihment
of theee itan will be over, and de-
clarae tliia to be > myiteiy; jet in
xiL 6 Ail myateiy ia diaekaed.

XZX. Thii chftpter hai been misia-
teipreted bj Din. We hkTe already
leen (p. S7] that zvii-xix are an
intradiiti in the preaent t«it, tad tbe

ziz. I tbe angela are aaid to aednoe
mankind into laoriSoiiigtotbe demoni
aa godi ; bnt acaoiding to z-ivi thia
IB impoaaible ; for tha deman* are the
spiiitc which have gone forth from
tbe ohildren of these angela, and aa
the impriaonmoiit of the angelA and
the deatmoUon of their ohildren were
in effect Doutemponneoaa (x. 11), it
waa impoaaible for the former to teaoh
men to aaorifice to demoiu. Aooord-
ing to IV. ii-xri an end wni aet to
the daatamctive tigendee of the fallen
angel* by their impriaonment, whereaa
unlimited tioeme waa aooorded to the
demona till the Sual Judgment. We
have ha«, therefore, a different view
oF the origifn of the demon-world.
ThedemDni,aooDrdingto tbiaohapter, )
•re in eiiitenoe beibre the fidl of the

D,;,t.z.dDy Google

SMti.] Chapters XVI 11. 13 — A'A". 4. 91

spirits assuming many difFerent fomu hare defiled mankind
and will lead them astray into sacrificing to demons as gods,
(here will they stand,) till the day of the great judgment on
which they ehal! t>e judged till they are consanunated. 2.

And with their women also who led astray the angels of
heaven it will fare in like manner as with their friends/ 5.
And I, Enoch, alone saw the vision, the ends of all things :
and DO man will see what I have seen as I have seen.]

XX. I. And these are the names of the holy angels who
watch. X. Uriel, one of the holy angels, the angel over

the world and over Tartarus. 3. Rofael, one of the holy

angels, the angel of the spirits of men. 4. Bagnel, one of

translation of the Giz. Qk. 3. The Qiz. Gk. differs greatly : «ai

□I yvntaiat atrr&ir rw ynpuffair m ' AyytX-mir dt mifi^nit yarrivoiTai. 3.

WIU MS. So O M, and the Qiz. Ok. Din. and F H ' has seen.'

XX. 3. The angel over the woild. 80 G HAM^, and the

Giz. Ok. M rev k6vimv. Din. gives 'over thunder.* Over

Tartarus. So the Oiz. Gk., but all Ethiopic M8S. give ' over

uigeU.

M soda: ot D«Qt. uxii. 171 Pi.
cvi. 37 ; Bar. It. 7. Thii pMMge imd
zoii. 7 are probablj the >oiin)e of
Tertalliui, Dt Mot. It : Hnooh pime-
di««M onuda elamentft, omuem moudi
canium, qnM omIo, q<ue man, quae
term oontineatur. In idoliitruaii ver-
■aroe daemoiui et ■[uiitui deMrtoram
Kogelonun, nt pro Deo mItosui Deuin
coaBwTarentur. D^ of the sraat
Jodamant : ace ilr. I (note). Are
oonraiiiinated, or 'are dertrojed.'
9. The wt>iaen will be mtbjeoted (o
the latiie poniidunsnt ai the fUlen
»pgeU : t£. I. 13. 8. The anda

of all thinca. Qaotwl by Clemena
Alex. Edog. Pnp\. (Dind. ii!. 456) :
* AanJ)X X^i liuSafih rf "E^x rf
*lfnriTi"KaitlS9i'TistKia'*dffai,"»ai
by Otigen, D* Frine. iv. 35: aoriptniii
namqoe eat hi eodem libello dioente

Buodi ' amrenaa material per-

XZ. In mj Gen. lolrod. I have
b«atad thia ohnpler a* an interpola-
tion. The oompariioD, however, of
tli« Oil. Qk. ihowa that nuuiy of the
■tatamenta diacordant with the reat of
the aection are foreign to the tnia text.
This ohapt^, therefore, waa probably
an ori^nat part of thia Motion. 1.
'Who watoh : aee lii. 3 (nol«}. S.
The provinoe aaaigned to Uriel eerrea
to explain aueh paangea a* xxi. 5, g ;
xxrii. 1 ; xixill. 3, 4. Ct hit rAle in
rv Exra iv. I. 8. Bu&el : aaa i.

4, 7. The definiUon hen giraa ia
vague, but Huita admirably in ixiL 3,
6. In ixxii 6, howarer, Rufaal dia-
chargaa dutiea whioh aoooi^ng to xi.
7 (hoald belong to GabrieL 4.

Basnel (&tnn VJ^ ' to ohaatiae ' or
'terrify') ia the olianiuir of the la-

itradb, Google

92 The Book of Enoch. [Secti.

the holy angels, who takes vengeance on the world and on the
luminaries. 5. Michael, one of the holy angels, to wit, he
that is set over the best part of mankind, over the people.
6. Saraq&^, one of the holy angels, who is set over the spirits
of tiie children of men, whose spirits have sinned. 7.
Gabriel, one of the holy angels, who is over I^radise and the
serpoito and the Cbembin.

XXI. I ■ And I went round to the place of cbaos (lit. ' where
nothing was made'). %. And I saw there something
horrible, I saw neither a heaven above nor a firmly founded
earth, but a place chaotic and horrible. 3. And here I

saw seven stars of the heaven bound t(^fether in it, like great
mountains and flaming as with fire. 4. On this occasion I
said ' For what sin are they bound, and on what account have
they been cast in hither P ' 5. Then spake Uriel, one of the
holy angels, who was with me and was chief over them, and

qaaHng,' The Greek is right; cf. xxi; xzvii. 3. 6. See

Appendix. 7. FaradiM and the Hrpenta. So Q and the Qiz.
Ok. DId. inverta this order. The aerpentfi may be Seraphim.
See Appendix.

XXI. 2. I saw neither a haavan above. So G CUk (DlL/l<^i
AM: and tbe Git. Gk. ki>p<aa oSn ohpan^ i-nava. DIq. givea ' no
high heaven.' A plaoe obaotio. So G flolils HM: J&Ao^ but
that it wrongly omits the negative : cf. the Giz. Gk. tinior axata-
oKtiaaTov. Later MSS. add 'empty ' after 'place' sgainst G and
the Giz. Gk. 5. And was ohiaf over tbem. So the Oiz.

Ok., jcol aiT^c aiiTa,¥ jf/flro. Uriel is over Tartarus, xx. 3. Cf. for

miiuriei and leenu la be rightly bo the ipekber in zxxii fMscocding to

mentioiled in xxiii. 4, aooording to the thii Tone.

moat protMibla text. See Appendix. XZZ. 1-6. T^ plus of pnnidi-

6. Michael i* the gaardiui uigel at ment of the dinbedient ttut haa

bnel: to In Dan. i. 13, ii; xii. I, been al read; dsmibed in iTiii. 6-1 a.

andlikewiae nniTcnatly : ue W«ber, Thateilnomaterialdiffarencebetween

L. d. T, i6s ; aooording to thi« vone the two aoconnta. 1. Origan

Michael it poaribly the right speaker (C« PHne. it. 35) hw dted thii

in zziT-xxTi. fl. SaraqUL Not vene: Ambulari uique ad imperfee-

foand elaewhere. 7. Gabriel thonld turn. 2. Ofaaotio : see Crii. Note.

,l,zedbyG00gl>,

Sect. I.] Chapters XX. i — XXII. i. 93

said : ' Whei'efore dogt thon ask, and why dost thou enquire
and art curious P 5. These are the stare which have trans-
gressed the commandment of God, and are bound here till ten
thousand ages, the number of the days of their guilt, are con-
summated.' 7. And from ^ence I went to another place, '
which was still more horrible than the former, and I saw
a horrible thing : a great fire was there which flamed and
blazed, and the place was cleft as far as the abyss, being
full of great descending columns of fire : its extent and
size I could not see, nor was I able to see its origin.
8. Then I spoke ' How horrible is this place and how hideous
to look upon I ' 9. Then Uriel answered me, one of the holy
angels who was with tne : he answered and spake to me ' Why
do you entertain such fear and alarm at this horrible place
and in the presence of this pain ? ' jo. And be spake to
me ' This place is the prison of the angels, and bere they will
be imprisoned for ever.'

XXII. I. And then I went to another place, and he sbowed

phrase, xxiv. 6. Ethiopio MSS. wrongly 'and was my chief or
' guide.' Wh7 dost thou enquire and art eurloua P So O M.
Din. and F H L N O iuBert ' why doat thou ask J ' after why dost
thou enquire P ti. Ctod. So G and tbe Giz. Qk. Din. gives

' Host High Qod.' 7. The place waa oleft. 80 G, reading

0Bl||, instead of Dln.'s corrupt oAl^ and the Giz. Gk. duunr^*
tXxa i timot. 8. Hideous to look upon. So G r&tM-^.

Other MSS. !bfiH9^ 'painful to look upon.'

6. God. Late MSa read ' Mort High detailed d«Krip(ioii of Shsol or Hade*.

God,' bat WTODgljF — ne Crit. Note. Aocording to tbii writer Sheol U

riua title ii not (band in Enoch sitiiated in the fur weit accDidiiig to

tboii^ ' Mort High' ie fonnd in Greek and EgTptian ideas, and in

all the taatiDwi i Bee idz. 3 (note), thig respect the writer mna counter

7-10. In these venes we have a full to the Tiews of the Hebrews who

dewsriptioooftheGiial plane of punish- placed Sheol in the underworld. In

mant for the angels. See ivUi. 11 ; all the other seoUonsof (be book Um

xix. Hebrew oonoeptdon prevsils. This is

XXZI.'Fhii chapter contains a TS17 the matt andeub aocoimt of the

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

The Book of Enoch.

[Sect. I.

me in the west a great high mountain and hard rocks luid
fonr beautiful phuses. z. And there were there deep

and wide (places) perfectly emooth, as smooth as something
which rolls, and deep and black to look at. 3. And this
time Bnfael answered me, one of the holy angels who was
with me, and spake to me: 'These hollow places whereon
- Hhe spirits of the sonls of the dead are assembled, have
been created to this very end, that all the souls of the
children of men should assemble here. 4. These places

are appointed as their habitation till the day of their judg-
ment and till their appointed period, and this appointed
period is long, till the great judgment comes upon them.'
5. And I saw the spirits of the children of men who were

XXII. a. The Ethiopic here is defective snd misleading. See
Appendix. 3. Tbe spirits of the soula of tba dead. 80 0,
reading Al¥^^av* instead of Bln.'s l^/^aix. H gives the some

doctrine of Sheol from the Fhariwie
or Chuld standpoint, but dewl; thU
doclrioe OMinot luve leaped .into life
fullgiown u it ^ipean here, but
mnjst klreodf tuva pwied tluoogli
WTenl Rtagee of derdopment. Hades
is DO longer here, h in tlie O.T., ft
place mainly of ■ Beniicatudoiu nm-
monl Btate of sxiitanos where the
only diitinoUone that prevailed were
TCoial and not mnnl ; bat hai already
become essentially a place of conauious
eiiatcnoe, where cTerything ii deter-
mined by moral distinctions and moral
diatinotions alone. See Idii. lo for
the hidory of this dootrine. So tax
as we may infer from i-izzvl, the doc-
trin* of this ehaptw most be limited
to IsiaelitM and thsir progenitMS
from Adam, jost as only Isntdites are
taken aooomit of in Dan. liL ],

Tonr. There are fbnr dmnooa in
Hades: twofiff therig^teons, vt. g-9.
and two for tbe wicked, tt. 10-13.
BeantifUL His epithet haa 00 right

here. ItiepresentatcaXaf.aoorraptian
of KoiXoi, and tbli latter beldngsd to
the neit reise, See Appeudiz. 3.
TUf vene must rafer to the places of
ponishmeiit — ' deep and black to look
at.' See vr. 10-13. B- BnflMl.

As Schodde remarki, Bufad has the
Bsme lAle In ToUt. Bpirlta of the
Bonis of the dead : see Crit. Note.
8, 4. The ot^eot with which HadM
was oraatad. 6-7. The lint di*MaD
of Sheol contains those ri^teona aaols
which in thcdr life met with peneca-
don and suffered a riolant and an-
Jseut' II ed death, lleee ory continually
to Qod fbr Tengeanee on those who
wrongad them. In the time of the
author many of the Chaddim mnit
have perished in this way. This idea
of the righteoos or of the angels
vying ^at Tengeaace en the wicked
is In swne fctm common to all the
srctions of this book. CC iz. 1-3, 10,
It; zxU. 5-S; xlviL i, 3; luxii. 76;
xcviL 3, 5 ; xdi. 3, iS ; eiv, 3. Cf.

ilizedbyGoOC^It,

Sect I.] Chapter XXII. 2-12. 95

dead and their voice penetrated to the heaven and compUined.
6. This time I aeked the angel EaEael who was with me and
spake to him ; ' Whose spirit is that one yonder whose voice
thoB penetrates (to heaven) and complains?' 7. And he

answered me and spake thus to me saying : ' This is the spirit
which went forth from Abel, whom his brother Cain slew,
and he keeps complaining of him till his seed is destroyed
from the face of the earth, and his seed disappears from
amongst the seed of men.' 8. And therefore at that time I
asked r^arding faim, and regarding the judgment of all,
' Why is one separated from the other ? ' 9. And he

answered me and spake to me : ' These three divisions are made
to separate the spirits of the dead. And the souls of the'
righteous are thus separated (fi'om the rest) .- there is a
spring of water and light above it. 10. Such a (division}

likewise has been made for sinners when they die and are
buried in the earth without incurring judgment in their
lifetime. Ii. Here their souls are placed apart in this

great pain, till the great day of judgment and punish- '
ment and torture of the revilers for ever, and vengeance
for their souls, there will they be bound for ever. 12.

meaning ovf^^Atl If^^cn*'. Bin. and FELMN give 'the spirits,
the souls of the dead.' The Oiz. Qk. supports Q. See Crit. Note

alMiBev.Ti. lo; IT Em iv. 35; ffeber, in life. Mid SiuJly attained to bonour-

h.d.T. 314. 9, 7. Abcl't Hial able biiri»L According to Hebrew

criei for the defltruoticsL of the (eed &nd Greek ideal the privation of

of Cain; o£ Gen. ir. 10. S. Ttin fnnenl litea «■■ a great oalamity,

Tens UTvei to introduoe an acoonnt and involTed, at leait acoording to

of the three remaining diTlBl(ni8 of Greek ideas, ineTitabU ■nffeTing br

Bhe<J. S. The •eoond dividun the departed aouL 11. Great

li Cut Uie lonli of the righteooi who pain : of. diL 7, 8 1 Lake xvi. 13-3J.

have not aa thoee in the fint divliion Oraat day of jndgment. See zov.

mat with a violent and nndBurred 3 (note). Of ttaa ravllen. This

death. These have a ipring of water oonld also be tranilated ' of the ao-

and light. G may be right here :' a coned' (lit. on thoee whom one

^iringof thewaterofUfo:' af.x?ii.4, conei). For Avar. Thlimeantonly

Crit. Note. 10, U. Tba tliird to theSsal jodgment. U. 19. He

divi^on ii for thole nnnen who lived fborth dlvlakm la for the unnen who

pToapetDuily and eacaped punlahment aaffered In tbwr life and tiierefore

ilizedbyGoOC^Ic

The Book of Enoch.

[Sect.!.

And Buch a division has been made for the souk of those
who complain and make known their deetmction when they
were slain in the days of the stoners. 13, Thus it has

been made for the souls of men who were not righteous
bnt sinn^fi, complete in their crimes : they will be with
oriminals like themselves; bnt their souls will not be slain
on the day of judgment nor will they he raised from thence.'
14. Then I bleraed the Lord of glory and said : ' Blessed be
my Lord, the Lord of righteousness, who ruleth for ever.'

XXin. X. From tlience I went to another place towards
the west, unto the ends of the earth. 2. And I saw a

burning fire which ran without resting and paused not from
its course day or night but (ran) r^ularly. 3, And I

on ix. 10. 14. The Iiord of rlghtaoumuB, who mleth for

over. So Q M. Dk. and F H L N O give ' The Lord of glory and
righteousnesH who ruleth all things for evermore.'

XXUI, 1. And pauMd not. 80 Din. and F H E L M N and
the Giz. Gk. G omits.

inoor % Ian penaltj in Sheol. 18.

Booh a divldoa hu been made.
Thii ii the reading of the Gii. Gk.
»nd hu good psraUeU in Tenei 9, 10.
See Appendix. The Ethlopio USS.
inatrt sguiut Uie Greek the words
' if it «>■ before eteniitj.' Bnt
thin addition <■ meauinglen, and
mint be ooiTupt. Oomplaia, Ao.
Tlieae linnen demand vengeance on
Umm thkt did violence to them
in life, jnit aa the righteoiu in
the Grat diviaion demanded juatice
Bgainet thoie that bad dertroyed
them. In the day* of the ala-
nen: probablf thedmeeof Antiochua
Epijdianus. IS. Their aonla will
not b« alaln. Tbere are degreei of
auSerlng in Sheol. The wont peoaltj
^ipeantobe ' thealajliigof theaonl,'
but even this did not imply annibiU-
tion. Be* oviii. 3 (note); alao xcix.
II. Hor wtU tlwr be railed. The

ainnsn in the tUcd diriiiati will riae
in order to be delivered over to a
aeverer condemnation. The resllrTee-
tion here implied 1* of IumI only:
•0 the entire aeotion i-xizvi would lead
ni to Infer. Othenriae tliia declaratian
of a Qenend Keeurrectinn ia aalilary
and unique in pre-Chriatian Jewiah
Apocrypha. 14. After each fresh

revelation Enoch generally bunts
forth into a doiology. Cf. uv. 7 ;
uvli. jiziivi. 4;iiiii, g-li;ilviii.
10 ; Izizi. 3 ; Izixiii. 1 1 ; Ixxiiv \ xc.
40. These doiologies have aa » rale
% eloM oennexioD in thought with
their reapeoUve oontenta. Iiord of
Klory: see xxv. 3 (note). X>ord of

: cf. s

'■3-

TrTTTTt 1, s, Enooh atill remains
in the Weat, hot pioceeda to another
quarter of the Weat where there ia
a restless river of fire. ivii. 4 ap-
pean to deal with the same sabject.

,tradb,G0()glc

Sect. I.] Chapter XXII. 13 — XXIV. 5. 97

asked, sayiDg : 'What ie ihie whicli rests notP' 4. This time
Rag^elj oae of the holy angels who was with me, answered me
and spake to me : ' This burning fire in the direction of the
west, the coarse of which yoa have seen (is the Sre of) all the
luminaries of heaven.'

XXIY. I. From thence I went to another place of the earth,
and he showed me a mountain range of fire which fiamed day
and night. a. And I approached it and saw seven mag-

nificent mountains each different from the other, and magni-
ficent beautiful stones, magnificent as a whole, of glorious
appeamnce and fair ^terior; three towatds l^e east, one
founded on the other, and tiiree towards the south, one upon
the other, and deep winding ravines, no one of which joined
vrith any other. 3. And the seventh mountain was between
these, and in their elevation tiiey all resemble the seata of
a throne ; and the throne was encircled with fragrajit trees.
4. And amongst them was a tree such as I had Dever yet
smelt : neither was any amongst them nor were others like it ;
it had a fragrance beyond all fragrance : its leaves and blooms
and wood wither not for ever : and its fruit is beautiful, and
it resembles the dates of a palm. 5. And on this occasion

I said : ' Behold this beautiful tree, beautiful to look upon,
and its leaves are fair uid its fruit very delightful to the eye.'

XXIV. 2. One founded on the othar. Bo Din. and FHKLMO.
For 9M\ ON read )tiKl='nioaiited or reatiiig upon.' Ona
upon the other. So DEFGHKLMN. Din. with ABCO
inserts tOM-fi 'one founded on the other.' The Gia. Gk. sapporU G.

4. Thel<l(«,uIHii.>iigguti,naiuto Enoch Snd* H to ootuiat of Beren

be that the lomiiuuieg rtoniit their iammiti, the middle »nd higheat of

WMtad firee by pasting through thii vhich ii tha tlirone of God. llieie

mtlan atreani of fire In the Wait, moontalni were oompoaed of predoiu

The text Kenui oormpt 8ae Ap- Monea, each of a different one. Hie

peodii. throne wai girt with fngrant trees,

ZXIV. 1-S. Thii mountain nuige, the moat denrable of troM. 4. The

Booording to iviii. 6-g, li in ths tree here described, eo notable for ita

Smtli. On nearer acqn^tonce fragranoa (of. zzr. 6], ia the tree of

,tradb,G0()glc

The Book of Enoch,

[Sect.]

6. Then BJiswered Michael, one v/t the holy and honoured
angeb who was with me, and was in charge thereof :

XXY. J. And he spake to me, 'Enoch what dost thon aek
as touching the fragrance of this tree and what dost thon seek
to know ? ' 2. Then I, Enoch, answered him and smd :

' I ehonld like to know about everything, but especially about
this tree.' 3. And he answered me and said : ' This high
mountain which thon hast seen, whose summit is like the
throne of the Lord, is His throne, where the Holy and G-reat
One, the Lord of Glory, the Eternal King, will sit, when He
shall come down to visit the earth with goodness. 4. And
no mortal is permitted to touch this tree of delicious fragrance

XXY. 4. Till tbe great Aks ot Judgment, when He sliall
aveoBe and bring everything to its conaummatlmi for ersr;
thii tree, I say, will (then) be given, fto. So O : hlOu OOfit
OAlri XH^ IMk AoBi ^atlii iKfh wfi/^ttF^. Xlttu ATAy":
'Hh....^(DD>fl. Din., supported in the main by the other MSS.,
readu: XAtu lua>i OiLfit l^Ai AoBi ^tO^As ll>#: atfifTiJ^t
XAh; AMy": Hh- . . . filrmtM; which he translates tlios: 'Bis
Qm die Zeit des grossea Oerichts : wann Allea gesUbnt und vol-
lendet werden wird filr die Ewigkeit, wird dieaer — 'llbergeben

lira, ur. 4-6 (uoCea). 6. MlahAel,
the pfttron angel oC Imd, It in ohvge
of theM ipeaikl ii«uana of the Hei-
nuiio kingdom.

XX7. S. Thii high moimtAin,
L e. tba middle one of tbe seven.
Hill moontwD, detcribed in iiiil 6-
9, zzIt. 1-3, it not to be identified
with Knai, i. 4, for there Cioddanenda
to judgment. Thl« mount^n ii God't
thione on euth when bs ooinee down
to bleM the eMth. Cf. liiriL i.
Holy and Orekt One: ■eei3(MteJ.
Irt)rd «f OI0V7: of. uiL 14; u*.
7 ; xzfif. 3, 5 : zzxri. 4 ; xL 3 ; IxiiL
a ; IxxiiiL S. ntamal Xinc : of.
TV. 5, 7 ; xxvil. 3 ; onlj found in i-
TEXn, 4, B. Thli tree ii the tree

of life. By the efitdng of this tme
after the final jndgment men nre en-
dowed with long life — not eternal
life: of. T. 9; I. 17; nv. 6. Cf.
Apoc. Bar. IziUL 3, 3, 6, 7. The
writer of i-xzivi hai not riien to the
ooooeption of an eternal Ufu of bleaaed-
Den for the tighteoni, and ao hai not
adTKDced a tingle step beymd the
conoeptiona foand in la. liv, Izvl.
Thii materi&liitiu oonooptian of the
tree of llfo bawd on Qen. il. 9, ill n,
and here pnbliahed afresh, gained
aFCerwarde a wide emreno; in Jewiib
and Chriatian litei>tnre : d. Ber. iL
7; zxii. a, 14; ivEsraviii. 5). Why
thin tree ihoold be amongat the
in the Sonth doet not

,l,zedbyG00C^I>,

Sect. I.] Chapter XXIV. 6 — XX VI. 2. 99

till the great day of jadgment, when He efaall avenge and
bring everything to its coneominatioE for ever; this tree, I say,
will (then) he given to the righteoue and humble. 5, By
ito fruit life will be given to the elect : it will be transplanted
to the north, to the holy place, to the temple of the Lord, the
Eternal King. 6. Then wUl they rejoice with joy and be

glad: they will enter the holy habitation : the fragrance thereof
will be in their limbs, and they will live a long life on earth,
such as thy &,thers have lived : and in their days no sorrow or
pain or troable or calamity will affect them.' 7, Then

blessed I the Lord of Glory, the Eternal King, because that
He bath prepared such (recompense) for the righteous, and
hath created it and promised to give it to them.

XXVI. X. And I went from thence to the middle of the earth,
and I saw a blessed and fruitful place, and there were branches
there which had taken root and grew out of a dismembered
tree. %. And then I saw a holy mountain, and underneath

werden.' 6. WUI enter th« holy habitation. So O : iD^'h

^^; "H^itJC, bat defectively, omitting ^(la^A. which later M8S.
cormpt«d into f fliD-A-. Cf. the Oiz. Gk. t\s ri Srfw t}aiKtiiaotnu.
For V*^ G reads 40C.

XXVI. I. G omits Xy"Od: but F H L M N support Din.

■ppesr. 4. Great day of jodgment : 30. 7. For the doiology, cf.

•ee iIt. 1 (note). Arenss and bring ziu. 14.

•VMTthlns to Its oonatuumatioii : XXTX Enoch TimlHjeruuleniwid

ne Crit. Note. Blghteona : lee i. iti vicinit;. 1. The midtUe of

8 (note), qmnble: of. oriiL 7. B. the earth. The writer r^arcU Jem-

Sleot : *ea i. 3 (note). To Qi» holy MUem m the centre of the earth : of.

pUtoe, i.e. Jeruulem. Wecannottell Ezek. xziviii. 1 1 ; t. 5. In tlie Book

whether the tutlior intended heie the of J ubiteea, viif , it i« oalled the navel

New Jernnlein, wliioh aooording to of hiu^tt,ii of the earth, jut •■

Izzzix. 18, 39 wai to be let Dp by Delphi wm r^iirded amongst the

Qod Hinuelf. It Is, at aU eveoti, areelu. Id En. xc aS Qehetma ie in

a Jenualem cleansed &om all im- the middle of the earth. Blonad

pmitj, and that ii ^obably all and frnltftil plaoe : of. xzriL i ;

that the aethor meant. fl. The lxx:dx. 40; Dan. li. 16, 41, 45. A

holy habitation: lee CriL Note, diamambered tree, 1. e. IiraeL The

The fraccanoe thereof, Le. of the bnnoheearetherighteoiudetcendaiits

tne of life. Cf. izit. 4. Ho aoi^ who are to participate in the Mea-

low or pain, fto.: cf. Ii. IzT. 19, lianic lungdom. S.Aholfmonn-

H 2

Digitized byCoOglc

loo The Book of Enoch. [Sect.!.

the moimtain to tbe east of it a stream which flowed towards
the south. 3. And I eaw towards the east another nioun<
tain of the same height, and between them a deep and narrow
ravine : in it also ran a stream skirting the mountain. 4.
And to the west thereof there was another monntain, lower
than the former and of small elevation, and underneath it and
between than both was a ravine : and other deep and sterile
ravines were at the extremities of all three. 5. And all the
ravines were deep and narrow (and formed) of hard rock, and
trees were planted upon them. 6. And I marvelled at the •

rocks, and I marvelled at the ravine, yea, I marvelled very
much.

XXVII. I. Then said I : 'For what object is this blessed
land, which is entirely filled with trees, and this accursed
valley between?' x. Then Uriel, one of the holy angels who
was with me, answered me and spake : ' This accursed valley

taJn, i. e. Zion. A, atream, i. e. the
brook of Silodi. 8. Another

monat, i.e. the Hoant of Olives.
BkTlii*. i.e. the v^ej of tlie Eedron
OT of J«hiMh>ph>t. A itream, i. e.
the brook Eedron. 4. Another

moontaln, L t. the Mount of O^noa.
A ravine. \. e. tlie tkUsj of Elnnom.

5. Hie Mvonnt u to be relied on.

6. The valle; of Hinnom.
ZXVII. 1. Thlt blMMd luid:

■ee iKTi. I, note 1. Thlj 1
Talle J. QeheoDB ma earl; ■
with the wonhlp of Moloch, to whom
the Ixnelitei okiued their children
to paM throDgh tbe fire. For tbe re-
presioll of their abomiuAtioni Joilfth
took the wrereat mumrae, II Kingi
siiil. 10 ; n Cbron. xiriii. 3, but not
with any permanent effect ; (or we
find Jeremiah prouannoing the valley
aoouned, and declaring that it ahould
henoeforth be known aj tbe valley
of ilaaghter: Jer. Til. 31, 33 ; xii. a,
6; xxziL 35. Again, In Ib. Ixvi, 34
there b a dear reference to tlie vallej

of Binnom ae tlie ptaoe where the
(lain enemiei of the Henianic kingdon
ihould luffer by fire, and that in the
preeoioe of the righteani. From this
point It ii not a far cry to the definite
oonoeptica of Qebenna a* it appears
In Enoch. Gehenna i> in Snoob the
place of punishment of the ^ioabit«
DT UthlsM Jem who ■nffu' in tbe
pro— nee of the righteooa ; cf. xxvIL
i, 3; xlviii. 9; liv. 1,3; Iiil. 11, 13;
so. 16, VI. Obierve that tiiere ii a
alight modification of the conception
in the Similitude*, ilviii. g (note).
Tn the N. T. (Matt. t. ig, 30 ; z. iS ;
iviii. 9; xziii. 15, &c.) and in iv Bm
[vi. 1-3] Gehenna ii no longer the
place of paniihment of unrighteooa
Jewi hut of tbe wioked generally.
In later Judaiim the conoeptica
underwent a further change. G«benn»
wai regarded as the Purgator? of
futhloe Jewa who were afterwards
to be admitted into Paradise, bat Uie
place of eternal perdidon for the
Gentiles; <£ Weber. L. d. T. 316, 7.

ilizedbyGoOglc

Sect. I.] Chapter XX VI. 3 — XXIX. 2. lof

is for those who are accmsed for ever : here will all those be
gathered together who atter nnseemly words with their lips
agunst God, and speak hard things of His Gloiy; here will
they be gathered together, and here is the place of their pun-
ishment. 3. And in the last days there will he the spectacle
of a righteous judgment apon them, in the presence of the
righteons continually for ever ; here will those who have
found mercy bless the Lord of glory, the Eternal King.
4. And in the days of judgment over the former, they will
bless Him for the mercy in accordance with which He has
assigned them ftheir lot).' 5. At that time I also blessed
the Lord of Olory and q)ake to Him and remembered His
greatness, as was befitting.

XXVIII. I. Then I went towards the east, into the midst
of the mountain range of the desert, and I saw here nothing
save a plain. 2. Nevertheless it was filled with trees of
this seed, and water streamed down from above over tt. 3.
It was manifest that there were many watercourses which
flowed as well towards the north as to the west, and here
also as everywhere water and dew ascended.

XXIX. I. And I went to another place, away from the desert,
drawing nigh to the east of the mountain range. %. And
then I saw the trees of judgment^ particularly such as give

XXyn. 3. ThoM who have found m«ray. The text gives
tmnCS^ = ' the merciful ' ; bat the seme requires the meaning given
above. The text may be a comiptioa of ^Ih£>1='thoM who have
found mercy.' The Gia. Ok, gives iat^ls, a corruption of ttiat^'it.

S. Utt«r nnMMaly word* : Me v. which npKrntei thb plun tnan Jeni-

4 (note). 8. SpMitttoto : cf. zlviil. nltm. Aoconling to Eiek. zlrii. 8,

9}lz]j.i).'Whoh«T0foimditiMnnr: tUi dcaart should one dky b* well

■M Crit. Not«. Ziord of KI017 : lee wktarad and ooTorad with tnea.
ziT. 3. SteniAl "Ttng : Ke izt. 3 X3EJX. 1- Enoch goa itill fnrtLer

(note} . But ind conun to ths ngicw of h*-

XXVni. 1. Din. lakei the plain grant tT«a. S. Treei of JndsniMit,

hen referred to to be that of the i. e. tree* whioh will be given to the

JotdAn, and the mouatain range of righteooi after the judgment : a£ x.

the deMTt to be the rock; r^os 19; Ii. Ix. 6; Fi. IzziL 10. 80

ilizedbyGoOglc

I02 The Book of Enoch. [Seoti.

forth the fragrance of frankmceDse loid myrrhj iiad the trees
also were BuniUr.

XXX. I. And above that (even) above thesej above the
Eastern Motmtam and not far digtant, I saw another plaee,
v^leya (fed) with onfuling streams. 2, And I saw a
beautiful tree, which reaembles a fragrant tree such as tiie
mastic. 3. And on the eides of those valleys I saw sweet-
smelling cinnamon. And paseing over these I drew nigh to
the east.

XXXI. I. And I saw other monnt^uns on which there were
trees, and there flowed forth from them ae it were nectar, and
it is named Sarira and Galbanum. 1. And over that
mountain I saw another mountain whereon were aloe-trees
and those trees were full of a hard substance like almonds.
3. And the taste of that fruit (lit. 'when one took of that
fruit ') was better thui all &agnuit odours.

XXXII. I. And after these fragrant odours, as I looked to-
wards the north, over the mountains, I saw seven mountains
full of choice nard and aromatic trees and cinnamon and
pepper. 2. And thence I went over the summits of those

XXIX. 2. Tlie trees also were aimllar. So Q M : tt9tD-ti
jB^h»yflA. Add 'to walnut-trees' from the Giz. Ok. Din. and
F H K L N give d8a>l: A^'T'Tftft', which Din. tranHlates 'waren
nicht gleich (gewobnlichen) Kumen.'

XXX. 2. WMoh reHmbles a fragrant tree mioh aa tlie maatio.
SoQM: ltBaPMi;Oe: tfoWi htfo; X>h Hfth.?^. Thiereading
supports the reading of Q M in zxix. 2. Cf. zxxii. 4. Din.
find F H L N give ' the fragrance of which is like the fragrance
of mastic.'

XXXL I. There flowed forth, firom them, as it were neotar.
Ho 0: a>jC0dIk: 3l?"fcU": hin>! WTC. Din. and FHKLNO
insert "H-t (Dfi^otX 'and there flowed forth water, and there
flowed forth from them as it were nectar.' M points to the text
of G. The Giz. Gk. sappoi-ts G.

Jfln., but (fail interpreUtiott nema tr»« he mwui* U nncerUin.
forced. XXXL 1. 8«e Crit. Note.

XXX.a.AbeaatifaltrM. What

iiized by Google

Sect. I.] Chapter XXX. i — XXXIII. i.

103

mountains, far towards the east, and passed above tlie Ery-
thraean sea and went far from it and passed over the angel
ZutSl 3. And I came into the garden o£ righteousness tuid
saw beyond those trees many large trees growing there, of
goodly firagmnce, large, very beantifol and glorious, and
the tree of wisdom which imparts great wisdom to those who
eat of it. 4. And it is like the Carob tree : its fruit is
like the clusters of the vine, very beantifnl : t^e fragrance
of the tree goes forth and penetrates afar. 5. And I said :
' This tree is beantiful, and how beaatiful and attractive
is its look I ' 6, And t^e holy angel Knfael, who was with
me, answffl^ me and said : ' This is the tree of wisdom, of
which tJity old father and thy aged mother, who were before
thee, have eaten, and they leamt wisdom and their eyes were
(^>ened, and they recognised that they w^« naked, and they
were driven ont of the garden.'

XXXIII. I. From thence I went to the ends of the earth
and saw there great beasts, and each difiered from the otlier,
and (I saw) birds also differing in appearance and beauty and

XXTETT. a. Bi7ti>neM ■•«■ Tha
Psniao and Indiui oceans : of. Ixxni.
6, 7. ZxMA. Thu •MDu U> be (li«
angel who guarded the entrance la
Paiadiie. S. Oardan of rishte-

onaneia : oC IxinL 3 ; alw Ix. 8,
13; IxL II, with nolM. In IxxTii. 3
the garden ii in ths N.B., and the
description hen would admit of the
same localit?; In \xx. 3, on ths other
hand, it is in the N.W. Again, in
xxiTii-lzx, as well as in the Koachio
fragmeote, tbi* garden !• tbe abad«
of tike departed i^htaons ; bat in i-
xxsvi this is trot so ; to a special
dinsion in Sheol Is assigned to the
souls of the righteooa. It would seem
therefiiM that tbe Garden or Pantdiae
spckoi of In zizTii-liz is not the
esrthl; Paradise, bat the heavenly
one, and that it is in fiwt identiosl
wilh the dirisioD set ^lart in Bheol

for righteoiu saub. This Tle«r is
farther oonfirmed by the &ot that
this Faradiae of the righteons is said
to lie in the N.W. in lix. 3, 4-~a
■talement that baimoidies peifeotlj
with the looaU^ asdgned to Sbeol
inxxii.l, i.e. the Wert. The earthly
Garden of Bdea tkerefbre appears to
have no further ctmnezion with the
destinies of manldad according to the
Ethiopie Gnocb. 6. Adam and

Eve are hare snpposed to be still
living. Henoe, if x. 1 belongs to this
■ection originally, the writer adopted
the Samaritan chronology, bat if, as
we mnit rather believe, z. 1-3 is
an intrnpolatfon, then the Hebrew
reckoning is here possible. Bee Iiv.
a (note). Observe that Adam's ain is <
not regarded a* the oaosa of man's
fin and deatniotion in the deluge.

DMzcdDyGoOC^lL

104 "^^ ^^^ °f -^WiwA. [Sect. I:

voice, and they all diffned the one from the other. 3. And
to the east of these beasts I saw the ends of l^e earth whereon
the heaven rests, and the portals of the heaven were open.
3, And I saw how the stars of heaven come forth, and I
counted the portals out of which they proceed, and wrote
down all their outlets; of each individual star by itself,
according to their number, their luunea, their connexions, their
positions, their times and their montiis, as the holy angel
Uriel who was with me showed me. 4. He showed all
things to me and wrote than down for me : aJso their names
he wrote for me, and their laws and their companies.

XXXIV. I. From thence I went towards the north to the
ends of the earth, and there I saw a great and glorious wonder
at the ends of the whole earth. z. Here I saw three open
portals of heaven in the heaven : from each of them proceed
north winds: when one of these blows there is cold, hail,
frost, snow, dew, and rain. 3. And out of one portal it
blows for good : but when they blow through the two other
portals, it is with violence, and it brings misfortune on the
earth, and they blow (at such times) violently.

XXXV. From thence I went towards the west to the
ends of the earth, and saw there three open portals such as I
saw (afterwards) in the east, the like portals and the like
outlets.

XXXYI. I. From thence I went to the south to the ends

XXXm. 4. Thelp oompanlas. So M '^■JflfrtlPtfO'. Din.
gives y^fW-Wtf*" ' their fanotlonB.'

XXXIV. I. A great and glorious woniter. So Din. and ail
MSB. but G, which reada .?Tu;=' device.'

XXTTTT. a. WhMAontliabAwrMa mod moon, IzziL 3.

tHte: Me zTiii. 5 (nota). 8. The XXXIV. In thii eb»pt«r EdooIi

poittll of the Itan ben numlioned daBQiib(athep<nieJsoftlieiiarthwJDd'

■MduaribadatlengUiiiilizU-lxizii. m well m the lutiire of theie irladi.

If we are to regud tlis two moooomta Cf. Ixzvi.

M In the nudn OMiiiitetit, tike poitali XXXT. Poiiidi of the welt wind*,

of th« itan ue kbo thoae of the lan XXXVL L Pottali of the loitUi

ilizedbyGoOglc

g*ct.r.] Chapter XXXIII. 2 — XXX VI. ^. 105

of the earth, and eaw there three open portals of the heaven :
thence come the eouthwind, dew, rain, and wind. a. From
thence I went to the eaat to the ends of the heaven, and saw
here the three eastern portals of heaven open and small portals
above them. 3. Throogh each of these small portals pass
the stars of heaven and ran thar course to the west on the
path which is shown to than. 4. And when I saw it I
blessed (Him) and thus each time I blessed the Lord of Glory
who had made the great and glorious wonders, to show the
greatness of His work to the angels and the souls of men,
that they might praise His work and all His creation : that
they might see the work of His might and praise the great
work of His hands and bless Him for ever.

XXXVI. 4. Hlght pralM Hla work and all Hlx oreatioii :
tbot the; might mo. So G H : iKAr: tVOC. Other MSS. and
Dla. give 'Might pnuse His work and that all His creatures
might see.'

windi. 3. Enoeh Ntonu to llie tho winds and the portals for tbe etan

Eiut, and here he wee the portalg fw above them.

jdbyGooc^lc

SECTION II.

(chapters xxxvn — lkxi.)

THE SIMIUTDDSS. INTRODUCTION.

A. Critieal Strueture. B. Sdaiion of xxxvii-lxxl to th» reH of
the ho^ C. DaU. D. The Probhm and iu Sotutum.

A. CSritioal Stmatnre, This Section gives on the whole
a coneisteiit apocalyptic u distinguished from a prophetic picture
of the future, and may be regarded, as coming from one and the
same hand. It contains, however, numeraiia and extenaive inter-
poktions, i.e. xxxix. i, 2»; sli. 3-8; xliii ; xliv; 1; liv. 7-lv, 2;
Ivi. S-lvii. 3*; liz; Iz; Ixv-lxix. 35; Ixzi. These interpoktions,
with the exception possifaty of 1 ; Iti. 5-lvii. 3'; Uxi, are drawn
from an already eziBting Apocalypse of I^oah and adapted by their
editor to their adjoining contests in Enoch. This he does by
borrowing characteristic terms, euoh as ' Lord of Spirits,' ' Head of
Days,' ' Son of Man,' to which, however, either through ignorance
or of set intention he generally gives a new connotation : see Notea
for details. 1; Ivi. s-lvii. 3* may be from the same hand, bnt
belong rather to the prophetic than to the Apocalyptic school of
thought. Ixxi ie of the nature of a mosaic and is modelled, as
Kostlin saw (Tiuol. Jahr. 1856, p. 378), on ch. xiv, and on
various sections of the Similitndea, of which it appears to ^ye
a deliberate perversion. See Notes.

B. Belatlon of xzxvU-lzxi to the rest of the book. As all
critics are now agreed that the Similitudes are distinct in origin
from the rest of the book, there is no occasion ibr treating ex-
haustively the grounds for this conclusion. Accordingly, we shall
give here only a few of the chief characteristics whioh differentiate
this Section from sU the other Sections of the book. (a) Ifamea
of Ood flsund (miy In xxxvli-txxl, ' Lord of Spirits ' (passim);

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

Introduction. . 1 07

'Head of Days' (zlvi. 2); 'Lord of the Highty' (Ixiii. a); 'Lord
of the Ralers'(lxiii. 3); 'Lord of Wisdom '(Ixiii. a). (6) Ai>s«l-
olog7. The four chief angela in xxxni-lxzi are Michael, Bniael,
Gabriel, and Fannel. Fanael is not mentioned elsewhere in the
book, whicb gives Uriel instead. In xiv. il Gbd is surronnded
by Cherubim: but in Ixi. 10; Ixxi. 6, by Cherubim, Serft-
pbim, and Ophaoim, angels of power, and angels of dominions.
The angel of peace (xL 8) is also peculiar to the Similitudes,
(c) Domoiiologjr. In the other Sections of the book the mns of
the angels consisted in their lusting after the daughters of men
(vi-viii), bat in liv. 6 in their becoming subjecta of Satan. In xxirii-
Isx an evil spirit-world is presupposed ftwa tbe beginning, but not
in the reet of the book. Satan and the Satane, xl. 7; lili. 3; liv. 6,
are not even mentioned in the other Sections. These have access
to heaven, il. 7, whereas in the other Sections only good angels have
access there. Tbe angels of punishment also are found for the first
time in xxxvii-lxxL (if) The Heaalanio doctrine in xxxvii-lxx
is unique, not only as r^ards the other Sections of Enoch, bub
also in Jewish literatnre as a whole. The Messiah pre-exists
xlviii. a (note) &om the beginning : be aits on the throne of Ood,
xlvii. 3, and possesses universal dominion, Ixii. ti ; all judgment is
committed unto bim, Ixix^ 37, and he slays the wicked by the word
of his month, Ixii. a. Taming to the other Sections we find tbat
there is no Messiah in i— xxxvi and in xci-civ, while in Ixxxiii-xc
the Messiah b evidently human and possesses none of the great
attributes belonging to the Messiah of the Similitudes. (s) The
^cffiff of tlie TlfniinlaTilfi kdngdom in i--xxxvi is Jerusalem and the
earth purified from sin ; in ixxxiii-xc, a heavenly Jerusalem set
up by Ood Himself; in xci-civ, Jerusalem and the earth as
they are ; but in xxxvii-lxz, a new heaven and a new earth,
zlv. 4, 6 (note). Again, the duration lA the H eeaianio Ungdom
in i-zxxvi is eternal, but the life of its members limited. The
duration of the Mesmanic kingdom in Izxziil-xo is eternal, and
the life of its members eternal (!). The daration of the Uesuanic
kingdom in xci-dv is limited, and the life of its members limited.
(In xci-civ the real interest centres, not in the Messianic kiQg-
dom, but in the future spiritual life of the righteous.) But
tbe duration of the Messianic kingdom in xxxvii-lxx is eternal,
and the life of its members eternal.

C. Date. From a full review of the evidence, which is given
and discussed in the notes on xxxvili. 5, it appears that the kings

ilizedbyGoOglc

io8 The Book of Enoch. [Sect.li.

and the mighty so often denounced in the Similitudes are the later
Maccabean princeB and their Sadducean sopporters — the later
Maccabean princes, on the one hand, and not the earlier ; for the
blood of the righteous waa not shed as the writer complains (zlvii.
I, z, 4) before 95 B.C.: the later Uaccabean princes, on the other
hand, and not the Herodiaos; for (i) the Saddnceea were not
supporters of the latter, and (3) Rome was not as yet known to
the writer as one of the great world-powen — a &ct which neces-
sitatee an earlier date than 64 B.c^ when Borne interposed
authoritatively in the afbirs of Judaea. Thus the date of tlie
Similitudes conld not have been earlier than 94 b. c. or later than
64 B. c. But it is possible to define the date more precisely.
Ab the Pharisees enjoyed unbroken power and prosperity under
Alexandra T9-70 b.c., the Similitudes most be assigned either
to the years 94-79 or 70-64. Finally, if we consider that Ivi. 5-
IviL 3" is an interpolation, and that this passage most have been
written and interpolated before 64 B.C., the Similitudes might reason-
ably be referred to the years 94-79. See also Qen. Introd., p. 30.
D. The Froblem and ita SolntioiL Seeing that Ood ia a
just Ood, how comes it that wickedness is throned in high places
and that righteousness is oppressed 1 Is there no end to the
prosperity and power of unbelieving rulers, and no recompense
of reward for the suffering righteous % The author (in the geouine
portions) finds the answer in a oomprehenBive view of the world's
history : only by tracing evil to its source can the present wrong-
nesa of things be undwstood, and only by parsaing the world's
history to its final issnes can it« present inequalities be justified.
The author haa no interest save for the moral and spiritual worlds,
and this is manifeBt even in the divine names ' Lord of Spirits,'
' Head of Days,' ' Most High.' Whole hierarchies of angelic beings
appear in Ixi. lo-iz. His view is strongly apocalyptic, and
follows closely in the wake of Daniel. The origin of Sin is traced
one stage Jtirther back than in i-xxzvi. The first authors of sin
were the Satans, the advemries of man, xl. 7. The Watchers fell
through becoDUBg Bubject to these, and leading mankind astray,
liv. 6. Punishment was at once meted out \a the Watchers, and
they were confined in a deep abyss, liv. 5, to await the final jndg*
ment, liv. ti ; Iv. 4 ; Ixiv. In the meantime sin flourishee in the
world : sinners deny the name of the Lord of Spirits, xxxviii. a ;
xli. 3, and of His Anointed, xlviii. 10; the kings and the mighty
of the earth trust in their sceptre and glory, Ixiii. 7, and

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

Sect, n.] Introduction. 109

oppress the elect of the children of God, Irii. r i. But the prayer
of tha righteoQB BBceudB, and their blood goes np before the Lord
of Spiritfl crying for vengeance, xlvii, i ; and the angels unite
in the prayer of the righteous, xlrii. a. But the oppresmon of
the kings and the mighty will not cootinne for ever : suddenly
the Head of Days will appeu and with Him the Son of Man,
xIti. a, 3, 4 ; zlyiii. a, to execute judgment npon all alike — on the
HghteouB and wicked, on angel and on man. And to this end
there will be a Reanrrection irf all Israel, 11. i ; Izi 5 ; the books
of the living will be opened, xlvii. 3 : all judgment will be com-
mitted nnto the Son of Man, zli. 9; Utx. 37; the Son of Uan
will poBsesa univerBoI dominion, Ixii. 6, and sit on the throne <si
his glory, IziL 3, 5 ; Ixix. 27, 29, which is likewise Qod's throne,
xlvii. 3 ; li. 3. He will judge the holy angels, Ixi. 8, and the
fallen angels, Iv. 4, the righteous upon earth, IxiL 3, and the
sinners, bdi. a ; bnt particularly those who oppress his saints,
the kings and the mighty and th(»e who poasesB the earth, xlyiii.
4-7 ; liii. 3 ,* hdi. 3, 1 1. All are judged according to their deeds,
for their deeds are weighed in the balance, xli. i. The fallen
angels ore cast into a fieiy furnace, liv. 6 ; the kings aiMl the
mighty confess their aina, and pray for forgiveness, but in vain,
Ixiii; and are given into the hands of the righteous, xxxviii. g;
and their destruction wiU famish a spectacle to the righteous as
they bom and vauieh for ever out of sight, xlviii. 9, 10 ; Ixii. la ;
to be tortured in Gehenna by the angela of punishment, liii. 3-5 ;
liv. I, 2. The remaining sinners and godless will be driven from
v& the &ce of the earth, xxzviii. 3 ; xli 2 ; xlv. 6. The Son of
Man will slay them with the word of his mouth, Ixii. a. Sin and
wrongdoing will he banished from the earth, xlix. a ; and heaven and
earth will be transformed, xlv. 4, 5 ; and the righteous and elect
will have their mansiona therein, xxxix. 6 ; xli. a. And the light
of the Lord of Spirits will ahine upon them, xxxviii. 4 ; xlriil 9 ;
they will live in the light of eternal life, IriiL 3. The Elect One
will dwell amongst them, xlv. 4 ; and they will eat and lie down
and rise up with liim for ever and ever, bdi. 14. They will be
dad in garments of life, Ixii. 15, iti; and shine as fiery lights,
xxxix. 7 ; and become angels in heaven, li. 4. And they will
seek after light and find righteouBness and peace with the Lord of
Spirits, Iviii. 3, 4 ; and grow in knowledge and righteousness,
Iviii. 5.

Digitized by GtXlglc

The Book of Enoch.

[Sect. II.

TEANSLATION-
XXXVII. I. Tbe vision whicli he saw, the eecood visioB of
wisdom — which Enoch the son of Jared, the son of Mahslalel,
the son of Cainan, the son of Enoa, the son of Seth, the
son of Adam saw. 2. And this is the b^finning of the
words of wisdom which I lifted np my voice to declare and
reconnt to those which dwell on earth : hear, ye men of
old time, and see, ye that come after, the holy words which I
will speak before the Lord of Spirits. 3. It were better

XXXVII. I. Tb« vUdon whlob lie saw: £AA HCXt- Ihese
words are omitted in Dhi.'s irtmBlation. 3. Iiiftod up my voloe
to declare. Al^XlH k^fVC- Bhi. givee wrongly 'anhab zu
reden,' but tbe phrase is rightly translated in his Lexicon. ^A
is to be nnderstood after Al^A. The same idiom oconrs in
zxTvii. g: Izxxiii. 5: Ixzxv. 3. When tbe writers of Enoch
wish to express the idea of beginning to do an action, tbey
use XtHi XIH followed by tbe indicative, as in Ixxrvi. 5;
Ixzzviii. 1, or A'fH followed immediately by the sal^Dnctive,
Iviii. I. (DOIf is also used In this sense in this book followed

XXZTXI. 1. The genMlogy with
whioh this •ecticm begini agrees with
toMiy other ehaiaoterutioi of the
Sunilitndei in nurking It ont u tux
independent work. 9. ICan of old
time. Tbcae would EmbrMe Cmdau,
Mkhabled, uid iitA, aooording to
the LXX. chronology, which ii ful-
lowed in the ffimllitudea. See liv. 7
(note); Izz. 4 (note). ZiOrd <d
Spltita. Tht«

oontemporary or earlira wriUngi that
I mm ftwue <J. It it fbnnd in ixxvii.
4 (twice); ravlii. 1 (twice), 4, S;
xuli. 3, 7 (twice), 8, g (twice), i» ;
xL I, 1, 4, g, 6, 7, \a\ lU. 3 (twice),
6, 7 ; iliii. 4 (twice); iIt. i, 3 ; xlvi.
3 (twice), 6, 7, S ; iItII. i, 3 (twioe),
4: zlTiii.3,3,5, 7(twice), 10 (twice);
xliz.3,4; L 1,3 (twice), s; li.3;Ui.

5,9; liii.6; liv. 5,7; 1t,3,4; l»it. 3;
lvlii.4,6(twioe); liz. I, 1; 11.6,8,14,
isCtwice); ID.3, s,B,9 (thrioo), II, 13
(twice); liii. 1, 10, 11, 14, 16 (twice);
Ixiii. I, 3 (twioe), 7, 19 (twice); liT.
9, II ; Izvl. 1 ; livii. 8, 9 ; liTiii. 4
(twice) ; Iiii. 34 (twioe), 39 ; Ixz. i ;
lui. a, 17. Id the text (f G, whtoh
I hkve followed, this title ooonn in
zl. 10 And Izi. g, where it doe* act
ftppeu in DIn.'i text. In Din. 'a enn-
ioD of the pnnegei in which it
ooccra, he omits Mven by ovenlght.
We find it in ell 104 timee, and 18 lA
(heie at least in the Interpdatioaa.
Iq the genuine portiMU It atand* in
the cloeertaonnazioD with the charac-
ter of its context: of. iixii. tl; xl.
i-io; xlri. 3-8, .4c.: but in the In-
trapolntioni t)jti appropriateneai li
wanting : et ili. 6, 7 ; lii. i, 3, where

ilizedbyGoOC^Ic

tei.ll.] Chapter XXXVII. \— XXXVIII. I. iii

to declare (tiiem) to those men of old time, but even from
those that come after we will not withhold the beginning of
wisdom. 4. Till the present day the Lord of Spirits has
never given snch wisdom as I have received according to
my insight, according to the good pleasure of the Lord of
Spirits by whom the lot of eternal life baa been given to me,
5. Three Similitudes were imparted to me, and I lifted up my
voice and recounted them to those that dwell on the earth.

XXXVIII. I. First SimiKtude. When the congregation of
the righteous will appear and sinners are judged for their sins

immediately by the subjunctive, XlH with the indicative, <
and a finite verb. 5. Zilfted up m; voice : see note on v.

only tbingi of tiia D»tiinl world ue
- in queation : cf. «Ibo the other pai-
Bkge*. This loBjli to the coDjecture
Uut thii ^tle wu iDtrodaoed into
these InterpoktioOB when they were
inoorpoTkted in the SimOitiide*, with
a view to kdspting them to their new
conteiti. 4, ThA lot of at«Rl«l
Ufa : cf. iL g ; Uiii. 3 ; liii 14. In
i-mri the life of tlie member of the
Meaduue kin^om i* at the be*t
limited in dsnti(Hi,T. 9; z,l7;zxT.6,
In xzirii-lzlz it ii etemU : in the
Heavanic kingdom of the Dream
Viiions, lixziii-lizzii, its doration ia
uncertain. The kingdom itMlf li
teoipnru; in xd-^v and the real re-
oompenae of the fighteona ii the eter-
nal life whioh folioin on the dote of
the Meaiianio kingdom and the Sua)
jadgment. 5. SimlUtode*. The
Ethiopio word here repreientt im-
mediately vapa^aAoi and mediately
Q'pl^, 7^ is u«ed pretty mnah
in the came aenae here m in Nnm.
"•"' 7,lS en' JobzzTii, 1, and means
merely an.eUboratediaoouTM, whether
in the Ibrm of a viaion, a propheoy,
er a poem, Itt objaot ii genentlly
parenetic. ^nioMtlMt dwell on the

earth. This phraae (except in xlvi.
7 and Izz. 1, whero it is merely geo-
graphical) ia need ia a good ethical
•ensa in tbe gannine portiona of thia
aection. CCixxvii. j; x1.6,7i xlTiii.j.
80 Bev. xIt. 6. Bat b the Interpo-
lations it calls ap different aaaoclv
tiona : these are bad in liv. g ; It. I ;
Ix. S; IxT. 6, 11; liTi. i; Ixvil. 8 ;
und either doubtful or mere]; geo-
graphical in iliiL 4 ; liii. I ; 1!t. 6 ; Iv.
1; Ixvii. 7; lxix.1. We ihoold obaerre
that thia phraae haa an evil aignifi-
canoe in Berelation, except in xiv. 8.
Cf. iii. 10; Ti. 101 Tiii. 13; li 10
(twice); liii. 8, 14; xvil. 8.

Z XXV 111. Hie time of requital
ia coming. When the Meanah a^
pean and the light of the Lord of
Bpirits ahinee on the face of the light-
eoOH and eleot, where will be tbe
future hatutntion of the ilnnera and
godless T !> Tlio ooDSragatioiiof
ttia riglit«oaa. Thia phraae, whi<di
ia peculiar to the parahlaa, ii explained
by a oimipariaoii of xxxrlil. 3 ; liii, 6 ;
Ixii.S. CtPB.oilii.1, 'In tbeoongie-
gation of the aainta ' ; Faa. Sol. xtU. 18.
DrivDU from ths fMe of the earth.
Thia form of pniuahmant ia &eqoantly

itradb, Google

1 1 2 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. ii.

and driven from the face of the earth : a. And when the

RighteonB One shall appear before the eyes of the elect right-
eous whose works are wrought in dependence on the Lord of
Spirits, and light will appear to the righteoos and the elect
who dwell on the earth — where then will be the dwelling of
the sinners, and whae the resting plaee of those who have
denied the Lord of Spirits ? It had beoi good for them if
they had not been bom. 3. And when the secrets of the

righteous shall be revealed, then will the sinners be judged
and the godless driven from the presence of the righteoue and
elect. 4. And from that time those who possess the earth

XXXYIII. a. WhoM worfca are wrought In dependenoe on
tlie Iiont of Spirit* : lit. ' hang upon.' The same meaning is to
he given to the word IlMi in zl. 5 and xlvi. 8. In these three
instances Dln-'s translation gives to this word the meaning of ' gewo-
gen," weighed': 'whoee works are wei|^ed by the Lord of Spirits,'
hut in his Lexicon he has tacitly withdrawn thk interpretation.

(bond. Cf. Li; xxxvifi. 3 ; ill. t ; bMTenly wcrld, zIt. i ; the Hesdah,

ilv.1,6; ilri.8; ilvHi.9,io;IiiL]; zlviii. 10; the ipirit of God, IziiL 10 ;

Iziz. 17. 2. ThsBishtooiu One. Uw righteoiu jndgmait, li. 6. The

The Hemkh will not appear tOl the righteoiu on the other hand beUere

final judgment. TheMeanah ii Tari- in the name of the Lord, zliiL 4.

only named : ' The BIgbteoni and Obeerre that thig i^raw U taken orer

Elect One,' llii. 6 ; ■ The Eleot One of into the Interpolationa, IitU. 8, 10.

right«Diume(B and of buth,' mli . 6 ; It had been good for them, Ae.

■ Tbe Elect One,' zl. 5 ; iIt. 3 ; lUz. CI Bt. Matt, xivi 14. Edcnfaeim,

1. 4;U-3, 5; lii.6, 9; lit;. 6; It. 4; UfaimATiimt»>ffJt»mti*Uu*(iA,

lii.5,8, loj bcti. l; 'TheUonah,' 11. 1 ao, ptdnla out that this wai a well*

xlriii. 10 ; lii. 4. For other dengna- known rabbinic eipresdon. fl.When

tianJ^ tee note on ilvl. i. Obeerre the aaoreta of tbe rlchteona ahall

that ai the memben of the kingdom be revealed. The hieeiingi In itore

are ' the righteoiu,' wo the Mnwiiih ia for the rightemu, die heritage of faith,

■theRighlMoaOne'; cf. ' The Elect,' are iUll hidden, IviiL 5; bnt the; wHl

'HieBleotOne.' Xleot rlsbtooiu. one day be revealed. He Meadah

Hwe only tn Enoch. Denied the hlm—lf ii hidden with the Lord tA

ItOld of Spirit*. TUl charge ii fre- Bplrite, liii. 7. 4. Hie eapremacy

qaeutly bmo^t againat the onnen : and oppreiaion d the earth'* mlere

It If In bot 'tte head and front of and great onee are gpeedUj drawing

their offending.' Cf. xU. a ; iIt. 3 ; to a ele«e. Ttd* ii the ooBrtant theme

slTi. 7 ; xlviii. 10 ; Iziii. 7. Cf. St. of the KmiUtndea, xlvi. 4-8 -, ilviiL

Jndc^ 4. Th^ denj llkewlM the S-iOilULsi Izii. i-ia; Uii, and

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

sect.n.] Chapter XXX Vm. 2-5. 113

will no longer be powerful and exalted, and they will not be
able to bdiold the i»xa of the holy, for the light of the Lord
o£ Spirits is seen on the face of the holy and righteous and
elect. 5. Then will the kings and the mighty perish and

5. Tha UngB and tbe mlgh^. So Q M.

hu been Uken over Into Uw Int«rpo-
latinu, liTii. 6-13; •nd thli ta odb
of the leading oharacteriitie* which
diitiaguiih zxxrii-Uii icasa zci-<iiT.
With the rolen of the euth m sDidL
the Ikttor HctioD hu pnotic^y no
eonoem. The holy uid riaht-

eotu and eleat. Thi* deaignktian ><
found ftUo in ilTiii. i. The light
of tHe Z.aTd of Spirits la Men on
the boe of the holy. Thii light ii
>t oDoe iplritiul knd phyuokl : the
neunen of God'i pneenoa tranafigurea
the coantenaooe and penon of His
akinta. Light in &11 its fomu ia the
ble«a!Dg of the kingdom. The right-
eona will have lights Ukd jo;, and
peace, v. 7, and the light of Ood
■billing upon thnn, i. 8. In th«
Similitudea the heaven will be trana-
fonned into an eternal light, iIt. 4;
and light will appear onto the right-
eona, xixviii. 3 ; and the light of daj^a
will abide upon them, 1. i ; tbej will
abide in the light of the ana and in
the light of eternal life, Iviii. 3 ; their
faces will be illuminated with the
light of the Lord of %irita, xxxviii. 4;
and the; will aeek after light and find
righteouaneaa, and the light of truth
will be mlghtj for eTenuore, Iviii.
3-4. The Idea ta atill further de-
vdoped in xd-oviiL The lighteoua
belong to the geneiation of ligh^
eviii. II ; and will be olad in light,
eviii. Ill and will walk in eternal
light, iidi. 4 ; and will be raaplendent
and ahine aa the light* of heaven for
eTBnn<H«,cTiii. 131 dT. )■ S. Tha
Unca and Uie michty 1 cf. IziL i,

3,6,9; Iziii. I, ), ij; Iivii. 8, 11.
Thaae deaignationa ate ptMtioaUy
«7non7moaa in the Similitudea. The
phiaae ' nu^t/ kinga,' which appears
cAen in Din.'s text, ia without the
•opport of the beat HSS. eioept in
It. 4, and there I feel we maet regard
the text aa oorrupt, and read ' the
kinga and the mighty.' Ilia better
teit removea,a» we ahall find, atleaat
one foRDidabls difficulty in the Inter-
pretation. Who then are thsM kinga
and might; one*! Hie facta taken
together point deddedlj to nnbelier-
ing native rulere and Saddnoeea. Thej
have denied the Lord and HU Aiunnt-
edL ilviii. 10 ; and a heavenly world,
xlv. I ; the; belong to the hooaai of
Hia eongregaliona — to the Theocratic
conununity, ilvi. 8 ; but they are an
offence thereto, an offaove on the
removal of which the Theocratic ideal
will be realiaed, liiL 6 ( they do not
acknowledge from whom their powa
la derived, ilvi. 5 ; bat tniat in their
lichee, ilvi. f ; and place thelt hope
in their aceptre and gloiy, IziiL 7 ;
tUey have made the righteoua thtir
aervanti, itvi. 7 ; and outraged God'a
children, IziL 1 1 ; and ahed their
blood, ilviL I, i. Accordingly they
will have to stand before the Meaaiah
whom they have denied, when He
jndgea the angeli, Ixi. 8 ; Iv. 4; and
the tightaoui, liil. 3 ; and the ainneri,
. Izii. 1 ; and they will be terrified,
IxiL s i and fall down and wonhip
theMeanah, Izii.9 ; and acknowledge
the righteouaneaa of their judgment,
IziU. 9 i and pray (or a rea[dte in oidec

,tradb,G0()glc

114

The Book of Enoch.

[Sect. II.

be g^veD into the band of the righteous and boly. 6. And
thenceforward none will seek for mercy for them with the Lord
of Spirits, for their life is at an end.

to rspeut, liiU. i ; and eipre« tbdi
thank B£[iviiig of faith, IziU. 8 ; bat
tboir prayar will not b* heard, and the
Lord of Spirits, Ixii. ii, and the
lightaont, xlviil.g, wJU eieoate judg-
ment npon tbem, and their dettruc-
tiou will form k Bpeotaole over which
the lighteoiu wiU rqtricc^ bcii. I a ;
and thej will be delivered over to the

will deeoend into the tortme* of hell,
liiii. lo. Only one atatement aeenu
to point to heathen rulen : i. e. ' their
f^th ii in the godi which they have
made with their handji,' ilvi. 7. But

n (br

the heathen or Saddnoean attitude
of the Uaccabean princee and their
Bnpporten, and with it we might aptly
oompare Fn. Sol. I, 8 ; viii 14 ; xvii.
17, wherein the lame personi are
charged with snrpaaring the heathen
in idtdatriea. There I> a like exag-
geration of the wtckedneea of the Sad-
daoeea in xciz. 7 ; civ. g. Hie king*
and the mighty In the text^ therefore,
are native nilen and Saddnceea. We
thai agree with KSaUin. Thtol. Jahrb.
1856, 368 iqq., and Din., Hazog,B.E.
Kii. 351, in iilenti^ing tfaese piiuoee
withtheUatofthed ecsy ing Aemonean
dynaity. The Herodion dynasty waa
not aupportad by the Sadduceea, and
thni may be loft ont of oonaidavtion.
Further, M there are no references
to Borne in the ^militudea, it can-
not as yet have made Its power to be
feltinPaleatine; and the Similitudes,
therefore, mast have been written be--
fore 64 B. a, when Borne in(«rpo«ed in
fiivour of Aristobului IL Baldeniper-
gei,DatStlbf&ttt>UMtt«inJ»*u(;p.\i\
Indeed, triea t« ibow tlwl there «re

the Roman power; but
hii main oantention, that the falling
A smoneans could htrdl; be designated
M ' mighty kings,' it already uuwered
□n critical gronnds: the phrase' mighty
kings,' does not belong to the tme
text. Hie lower limit is thoe €48.0.,
and the higher may be reasonably
fixed at 94. His dlfferenoee between
the Macoabaes and the Pluuiseec,
vhioh had already grown important
under John Eyrcanus with his Sad-
duoean policy, were further developed
under Arlatobnliu I> and In the early
yean of Alex. Jannasus were intena-
fied into an irrecondUble antagonism.
This antagoniBmJtrtt Issoed in Uood-
shed about 95 B. 0. , when 6000 Pbari-
Bees were pot to death becaiue they
insulted Alex. Jannaena for (ailing to
comply with their views on ritual.
TbbfaotexpUina the writer's demand
fbr vengeance for the murder of the
righteous, xlvii. i, 1, 4- Subseqaeut
jean only embittered tliB strife be-
tween the Pharisee! ard the Asmo-
neaa head of the Sadducees, and
provoked a dvil war in which 50,000
Jews felL Weary of the straggle,
Jannaeu* aaked the Pharisees to
name their conditions of peace : their
anawer was laconic ondirrecondlable,
'Thy death'; but in the subsequent
strife they were for the time crushed
into impotence. Owing to the molti-
tndes of Pbariaees slain byJaunaeu*,
he oame lo be called 'the slayer of
the pious.' With the aooession of
Alexandra 79, howevra, the Pharisees
became master* of the nation, and
peace prevailed Ull 70, when again
(he nation vras rent in twain and
plunged into deraitatlDg and Uoody

,l,zedbyG00gl>,

Sect, n.] Chapters XXX VIII. 6— XXXIX. 4. 115

XXXIX. [i. And it -will come to pass in those days that elect
and holy children of the high heaven mil descend, and their
Beed will become one with the children of men. 2. In

those days Enoch received books of zeal and wrath, and books
of disqniet and expulsion] and ' mercy will not be accorded to
them ' saith the Lord of Spirits. 3. And in those days

a cloud and a whirlwind carried me off from the earth, and
set me down at the end of the heavens. 4. And here I saw
another vision, the mansions of the holy and the resting-places

wan, through the fratemftl atrife of
HjrcanDi II and AHatobnliu II.
To a devout Phuiwe, the Uaoeabeee
with their SMiduoeui mnd Hellanio
piincipl«« might waQ t^pear m eii»-
min of the Theocratic oomniaiiily
during the yean 94-79 or 70-64. To
one or other of theea periods, therefisre,
we aeeign the eompoution tA the
Sinulitnde*. Will be giveD into
thB hand of the ligbieoiu. Thi«
phnoe wodM ■eom to indicate the
period of the iword, when the right-
sona were themaelve* to llaj the
wioked. fiat thia woold be uunit.
able hem : the jndgmeitt ii cataatro-
phio and fbrenmc The Sou of Man

OBted by the angeli of puoishment,
ill. 3 ; IxIL II. Thii phrue recuia
in xlviii. g ; hat tbsre thu context
nqoire* nt to nndentand the caaCing
rf tb hingi into Gehenna. In L 1,
where we again find this idea anmie.
takeably, the dtfficolt; U obriated by
the faot that 1 ia moat probably an
interpolation. Sither, then, we have
here an inoonniCent featoro introduced
by tlie original writer, or elie the
phnae la only to be taken in a gen-
eral eeDta, aa eiprewing the triumph
of the righteoui. Blshteoiu and
bolr- This de>ignaDon of the mem-
ben of the kingdom ia fonnd abo in
xlriU. i,4,7;li. J (liT.ia). 6.

Nona wHl aeok for meroj. The

aeaaon for mercy ig paat, L 5. Thaiz
lift Is at an end : i.e. their tenipraxl

•. Tlua ia nndanbt-
edly an interpolation : Din. tried in
hia commentary to take thia a* an
account of the deacent of the unTollen
angels to lire with the righteoni, but
he haa dnoe (Henog, B. E.) come to
tee that it can only refer to the de-
Kent of the watcherB to unite them-
eelvei with the daughters of men, and
must therefore be an intmiion here.
By omitting it we get a amooth text.
SIsot and holy ohUdrMl of tJM
hiflh heaven : ot cvi. 13, ' Some
from the height! of hearao.' For
the epithet 'elect,' cfi I Tim. t. 31 'the
elect angeU.' Sehodde eomparea Tob.
Till. ij. XniMh rsoelved taooka of
leal, to. Aa we ahall find later,
Kanetimes an angel dictates to Enoch,
at othen the angel himself write*
the boolc and oommits it to Enoch,
a. Carried me olE TiOM leems tn
be reoonnted u a real translation of
Enoch, at in lii. I ; af.ii£ingiii. 11,
and not aaa mere incident in adream,at
iniiT.8,9. A.Kantloiu. Thiaoould
be rendered 'dwellings' or 'abiding-
placet': tee zxiix. 7, S; xli. 3. The
Tidon here(iizix. 4-1 >)eet forth ia pro-
phetic, but there are many diffiflultiet
in the inteapretation which we oan sor-
moont only by bearing in mind that
what we have here todeal with iaa vitf on

ilizedbyGoOC^Ic

1 16 The Book of Enoch. [8«ct. n.

of the righteooB. 5. Here mine eyes saw their dwellings with
His rigbteotiB augela. And their reeting-placea with the holy,
and they petitioned, and interceded and prayed for the children
of men, and righteousness flowed before them as water, and
mercy like dew apon the earth : thus it is th^ Care for ever
and ever. 6, And in that place mine eyes saw the Elect

One of righteonaness and of faith, and how righteousness
shall prevail in his days, and the righteous uid elect sh^ be
without number before him for ever and ever. 7. And I
saw his dwelling-place under the wings of the Lord of Spirits,
and all the righteous and elect before him are beautifully
reeplendent as lights of fire, and their mouth is full of blessing,
and their lips extol the name of the Lord of Spirits, and
righteousness before Him never faileth, and uprightness never

XXXIX. 6. And In tliat place. So : VtSO-'UVx aoY^. Db.
reads na)X*ti OifOA 'in those daya.' The Elect One erf
rfcbtoouaneBS. So QM: ^tA\ AftJS^. Bin. and FHKLO
give 0Vf|l! "W^'. HX'J&^ = ' the pkce of the elect ones of right-
eouaneBS.' In his dt^s. So H. Din. and F H K L O (^ve
'in their days.' 7. His dweUloK-plaoe. So QM '^'tJUT.

DId. and FHKLNO ^^'t^A^P'oix = > their dwelling-places.'
The original reading of O is obliterated: a late band gives
fifflXtt. And uprightness never lUleth befbre Him.

of Aef^tim McwJanie kingdom, uid under the wli^ of th« Lord of Spbila;

that we mnit not pttm the deUiU; ;et this ii impoMible, a* the hutory

for in thii, M in vuunu frequently, of mankjud ii Bot yet oonminuuated,

there i» no ezaot obatuvuuie of the and tlie Uenah appeua only to oany

niutiai of time and pUce. No one out iu coniDnimatian. Tlie chief

individual period i< indicated ; for the iuference that wa can legitimately

&«t Uiat the Meieiah ii miTouaded drav U that the MsManio oommani^

t^ all Hii righteoua and elect me* vill one day be oompowd of both

•howi that the hiitory of the world ai^eli and tneu, under the rule of the

ia doaad, and the final judgment Meanah and the immediate proteo-

already paMed; yttthisiiimpowible, tion of tlie Lord of Spiriti, B. The

H the angela are atill praying on be- water and daw are her« gymbolioal

half of men. Nor from thii chapter, of abundance. C£ I*. Zl. 9 ; Amoa

taken by ilaelT, ean we argue ai to t. 14. See alw> ch. zlix. i ; xciii. 9.

the locality indioatsd by the virion, e. The Blaot One of rls^teouttMM

At fint dght it ■eMDt to be heaven, and of faith : lee note on inviii. 1.

a> theMwriah and the righteoniare 7. Baaplendant m Ushta of Are —

ilizedbyGoOglt.

S«ct. n.] Chapter XXXIX. 5-14. 1 17

failetli before Him. 8. Here I wished to dvell and my

§oul longed for that dwelling-place : here already heretofore
had heen my portion, for so has it been established concerning
me before the Lord of Spirits. 9. And in those days I

landed and extolled the name of the Lord of Spirits with
blessings and praises, because He hath destined for me
blessing and glory according to the good plesBnre of the Lord
of Spirits. 10. For a long time my eyes r^arded that

place and I blessed Him and extolled Him, saying: 'Blessed be
and may He be blessed from the beginning for evermore.
II. Before Him there is no ceasing. He knows what the
world is before it is created, and generation nnto generation
that shall arise : 12. Those who sleep not bless Thee :

they etimd before Thy glory and bless, land, and extol, saying :
" Holy, holy, holy, is the Lord <£ Spirits ; He fiUeth the earth
with spirits." ' 13. And here my eyes saw all those who
sleep not, how they stand before Him and bless, uid say :
' Blessed be Thon and blessed be the name of the Lord for
ev^ and ever.' 14. And my &ce was changed until I

could no longer sea

BoGEFaHLHNO. Dhi. omitB with A B D. 10. Blessed

Blm and ertolled. Bo CEGM. Dhi., with ABD, omita 'and
extolled Him ' iDttfillJaP. 1 4. TTntQ I ooold no lon^r see.

Instead of Mlh='anttl,' Q reads XIl('B=' for.'

'ihiiw M the itan.' S. Enoch pre- i. s I hkve tdantified thun with the

deatined to % pUoe in the kingdoni. ' W&tohan.' Holy, holTi holy,

Cf. brii. 14-17 ; to. 31. 9. !rhe la the Itord of Spirit*. The change

Bood pleuure of the Ziord. Ju in (ha trisagioD, Llt!. 3, iain keeping

ixxvii. 4, and hen. tiie free graoe with the character of the entire aec-

of God ia faronght £:7war(1, but not (Um. 18~XIi. Eoooh next aeea all

exclnaiTely ; for, like a tme Phariiee, the chief angela and thoiuand* of

■nan'a put in aalTatkiu ii omphaaiaed thouaandt of angela who ttood before

in ixzrii. 4 ' acoonUng to my inaight.' the tbrooe of God, and reoonnti (hia,

U. Before Kim tlx«re ia no o«aa- not aa a pn^helio rldon, but at an

Injr- Paat, prceant, and fatnra are be* actual eiperienoe. 14. The change

fore Him. 13. Thoaa who aleep of face here ia not to be nndentood aa

not: cf. mil. 13 ; zl. 1 ; Izi. 11. Thia a tranafiguiatioQ, a« In Aaoeudo Itwae

deaignation ia taken OTer into \ha In- vii. ig ; Enoch ia ' iUxiad bj excela

terpoktiona, Ixzl. 7. In the note on of light.'

ilizedbyGcXlglC

The Book of Enoch.

[Sectn.

XL. I. And after that I saw thonsands of thooaaods and
tea thooeand times ten thonsand, a multitude beyond number
and reckoning, who stood before tbe Lord of Spirits. 2. I
looked and on tbe four sides of the Loid of Sjpirits I saw four
preseDces, difFerent from those that sleep not, and I learnt
their names : for the angel that came with me made known
to me their names, and showed me all the hidden things.
3. And I heard the voice of those four presences as they gare

XL. I. Bsfbre tbe Lord of Splrlta. SoADFOMO. Dhi.
and H L N ' Before the glory of the Lord of Spirits.' 3. TboM
that Bl«ep not. So O hM(D^»'. This is better than Db.'s
(also FHLNO) f^fO^O' 'those that stand': cf. xxxir. 13; Ixi.
12. Dln.'s f4o>-0^ is probably an emendation of M's reading

XIi. 1. ThODMUida of thooauidi
and ton tbouMQd ttmss Mn thon-
sand. Tliu phraae U takm OTSr
axAotly into ths InterpoUtioni, li. I ;
liil. 8, tboogb tha phrase wo* of
coune a ouirent one, awing to Dan.
vii. 10. 9. Them are h^her angels
than tboH thai alaep not: Uieae
are the four angels of the prearaioe —
□<^ *3k!)9— so called from I>. Iiiii.
9. Thur names hers are Michael,
RnEwl, Qabriel, and Fanael ; and the
same list is oarried over into the Inter-
polations, lixL 9. In Inter Judaism
we Bnd Uriel instead of Panuel. In
ix. I the names of the four obiefs
are Miohaal, Gabriel, Suijan, and Ur-
}an (for Sarjan, the Qreek text givea
Bf^hael). In xi there are ^ chief
angda Minmeiated ; Uriel, Bahel,
Ragnel, Miehael, Saiaqael. and Oa-
briel. Thns, Hichsel, BuEmI, and
Qabrlsl belong in oommon to xi aad
il, but the fanoUotu reqiectivsly as-
signed them in these cbaptcn are
irreconcilable. Li ic 91 there is a
reference to tercn chief angels :
in IxxxL f ; xc. 31 three angels are
mentioned «rha were chuged with

the escort of Enoch : in IxxxTii.
3, 3 we find again fbnr. It would tw
a mere wnste of time to attempt to
reoondle the angelolcgj of th««e Titri-
ouB passage*. On Angelologj see
Ksenmanger, Enldeei^t* J%d. ii. 370-
468; HaRag,iJ.J?.iv.J30-]>7; bat
especiallj Hamborgei', R. E. i 305-
313: Weber, LAren d. Taltmid,
i6i-i6g, 141-ijD. The angel

that oams with me. This angel is
mentioned in the some vi^ne manner
in iliii. 3 ; ilri. i ; lii. 3,4; lii. i, 3 ;
IxiT. I, bat is named the ' angel of
pe««e' inxi. S; Vi. a liii. 4; Uv. 4;
Ivi a. nsTe is gansrall; a osriain
fltneae in the deeignatiou ' angel of
peace* in the oonteitt^ where It
oceora in contrast to the wicked angels
and the angels of punisiiment. This
designation has also been taken ov«r
into the Interpolations, Ix. 14 ; and
bono wed by the writer of Teet. Beig . 6.
The origin of the phnse is prottablj
to be traoed to Is. »^""" 7, as that
vsrw was, aooordiiig to Jerome, uuder-
■tood of the angels, and Xihf '3>tf>9
woald in that case — ' angels of peace.'
Cf. BosenmUller's Seiuiiia in loo.

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

Sect. II.]

Chapter XL. 1-7.

119

glory before the Lord of Glory. 4. The first voice blesses

the Lord of Spirits for ever and ever. 5. And the second

voice I heard blessing the Elect One and the elect ones who
cleave to the Lord of Spirits. 6. And the third voice I

heard piay and intercede for those who dwell on the earth and
Eupplicate in the name of the Lord of Spirits. 7. And I

heard the fourth voice fending oS the Satans and forbidding
them to appear before the Lord of Spirits to accuse them who

^}aMn>', which wanU the negative. 5. See note on xxxviii. 2.

4. The fint prsMiuw, MichMl, hu
for his talk the pnise of the Lord of
Spirita, M Ui nuae indiotea, i>K3^.
In Tene 9 he li 'the meraifnl uid
long •offiBridg.' B. The teoood

preeenoe ii Rabd, who prueee the
Elect end tbe elect isaat. Conronn-
ablj to hii name (from (ttn, to haal)
he ii appdnted to heiil the wounde
and lUt of men (tbibo 9) : of. Tobit
xii. 14 'Ood WD( me (Raphael) fa
tMlthee'i and Hi. 17 'Raphael wh
wut to haal them both.' In Rabbinic
writings he was the power that pre-
sided OTW medicine : cF. Eiseameng.
fa/d.J'iHl.ii. jSo. Seealw)!. 7;xz.3.
The meot On«. This designatioB
of tbe Mesdah oomca from Is. iliL i.
Its later nae seenu to be confined (o
tbe Similitudes (aee zzxriiL 3] end
St. Lake ix. 35, oErdi iimr J vUt
fwi' d lK\(\<7fU>'i>t— 'the Elect One'
(W and H). Tbis, the oarrect text,
has been preserred in the Ethiopia
N. T.: St. Lnke niii. J5 ' the Christ of
Ood the £lect One.' 6. The third
presence is Gabriel, whose task ii that
of intarcesdon on behalf of the ia-
habiters of the earth. Aa the hero or
atrong one of God (IX and ?et) he Is
natorall; set otct all the powers
(vene 9). Those who dwoU, Ao. ;
see invii. j. 7. The fourth is
Fanuel, who is set over the repen-

tance and hope of the inheritors of
eternal life (verse 9). He prevents
the Satans from i^pearing before the
Lord of S)Hrits to Boonse men. The
Satnns appear here for the first time
in Enoch, zl. 7. Thej seem to beloog
to a oonntar kingdom of evil, raled
bv a c^ef called Satan, liii. 3. Thej
existed aa evil agencies before the fall
of the watchan ; fbr the guilt of the
latter consisted in becoming sabjeot
to Satui, liv. 6. This view har-
moniaee exactly with that of Gen.
iii. I combined with vi. 1-4. Usee
Satans had the rigfat of access into
heaven, il. 7 (of. Job i. 6 ; Zech. iii)
— a jnivilege denied to the watchers,
ilii. 5 ; xir. 5. Thdr functions were
threefold : thej tonpted to evil, Ixti.
4, 6 i the; aoonsed the dwellers upon
earth, xl. 7 ; thej punished the oon-
demued. In this last character they
are technically called ' angels of pOD-
iiihment,' liii. j; Ivi. i; liil. 11;
Ixiii. I ; this designation has been
taken over into the Interpolationa :
cf. livi. I (note). The Tahnnd (cf.
Weber, i. i. T. 14»-»4S) *»• "o*
draw this dear Une of demarcation
between the Satans and tbe follen
angels, but rather confuses their attri-
bntes just aa in ch. Izix. For the
dose connexion between the De-
mondogy of Enoch and the N. T. see

itradb, Google

1 20 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. ir.

dwell on the earth. 8. After that I asked the angel of

peace who went with me, who showed me everything that
IB hidden, 'Who are these four presences which I have
seen and whose words I have heard and written downP'
9. And he sud to me : ' This first is Michael, the mercifnl
and long-suffering : and the second, who is set over all the
diseases and the wounds of the children of meu, is Rufael :
and the third, who is set over all the powersj is Gabriel : and
the fonrth, who is set over the repentance and hope of thoee
who inherit eternal life, is named FanueV 10. And these

are the four angels of the Lord of Spirits and the four voices
I heard in those days.

XLI. I , And after that I saw all the secrets of the heavens,
and how the kingdom is divided and how tiie actions of men

8. Wbo are, ftcP Before these words DId. inserts 'and I said
unto him' against GM. 9. Ttds first Is Hiobael. So OM.
Din. and F H K L N r«Bd ' this firat is the holy Michael.'
The third . . . OabrlaL So O U. Dlu. and F H K L N 'the
holy Gabriel.' Is named FanueL 80 GM: HDoP? 44AA.

Other M88. 'is FanueL' 10. Tb« iKird of SplrUa. So GM. .
Din., with other MSS., ' the Moat High Ood.'

GeD, Introd. (pp-sa-j). 8. Ancst with tbe diwtrliie of divine ^noe ;

of paaoa : tee note on vf ne 1. bat in the Tklmnd it is abaolulelj

XIiI. 1. The klnsdiini U divided. DutteriallBed, uid miin'B nlvktion de-

What 'tbe kingdam' meftna here it pencU on » literal prepondermnce of

donbtfnl. Din. tkkea it to mean the hit good deeds over his bkd one* : see

Meedudo kingdom; Sohodde, the Weber,!/. d.Z'. 169-373. This weigh-

kingdom of thi« world. Can it refer ing of man'g deedt goee on dail;

to tbs divlinon of heaven Into leven (idem 171]. Bat u the nenlta of toch

pMla t The motions of men at* judgment) were neoesmilj nnknown,

weighed! of. Izi. 8. The idea is there oonld not Ml to be muoh nneeai-

derived from the O.T., where Job nen, and to allay tbii the doctrine

(iixi. 6) pro;! to be weighed in an of Abrahiun'g meriturioui righteoiu-

even balance, and the ipirite of men oeai was in due time developed, in

ate weighed by Qod, Ptot. in. 1; virtue of which all natural deieen-

xxi. 3 ; uiv. II, and tbe wicked are danti of Abraham thioagh Jacob

foand wanting. Ph. liii. 9 ; Dan. v. a 7 ; became enUtled to aalvation (Weber,

Ph. Sd. V. 6. In Enoch, la in the 180-185). 1^'* doctrine, though aa

O. T., thii Idea ii not inoompntible yet unknown in Enooh, waa a popular

,tradb,G0()glc

Sect, n.] Chapters XL, 8 — XLI. 5.

are weig'hed upon the balance. 2. There saw I the i
of the elect and the mansione of the holy, and miae eyes saw
there all the eiuners being driven from thence which had
denied the name of the Lord of Spirits, and being dragged
off : and they could not abide there because of the punishment
which proceeds from the Lord of Spirits. [3, And there

mine eyes saw the secrets of the lightning and of the thunder,
and the secrets of the winds, how they are divided to blow over
the earth, and the secrets of the clouds and dew : and there I saw
from whence they proceed in that place and from whence they
saturate the dust of the earth. 4. And there I saw dosed

ehambers ont of which the winds are apportioned, and the
chamber of the hail and winds, and the chamber of the mist,
and tiie clond thereof hoTers over the earth from before
eternity. 5, And I saw the cluunbers of the sun and moon

XLI. 3. Instead of fJdStWO^ O reads fA<b(h. The senBe
practically comes to the same, but O gives a more nnlform text.
Cf. the co-ordinate verb in the previous line ^AjK. U ^AAifr
— an easy corraption of O. 3. The dust of the earth. Oreads
MM 'the dusty earth.' 4. The ohamber of the hail and
wlnda, and the chamber of the mlat So Q3I. Din. and
F H L N {^ve : ' The chamber of the hail and the chamber of the
mist and of the clonde.' O combinea both readings : ' The chamber
of the hail and winds, and the chamber of the mist and clouds.'

belief in N. T. tfniM : cf. Hfttt-Iii. 9. winds. On tlie muilfold funo^oiiB

3. Tha •fnnara being driven from of ibe winda in Eaooh we iviii. 1-5 ;

Uienoe: tee xnviij. i. Denied iiiiT-Tl; Ixiii. 4, The oliamben

the nuns of the Iiord of Splrlta: of the winds, miat, cloud, Ao. Thaie

see ixrviil. 3. , 3-8. Thcae veraes oouceptimu rtwt du the poetaol fan-

ue, it ii obvioo^ alien ia ipiiit and eiei of Job ixiviii. 33. The writer*

podtion to the oonteit. Tlisj belong in Enoch conceive all the natorsl

in chanuter and detail to zliii. 1,1; powera, ai thunder trad lightning,

iliv; lix; Ixix. 13-15: nailfii. Thej nin, hail, dew, essa. and moon, Ac,

may pcedbly, ai ndemu thinks, aa dwelling in their respective cham-

bdong to the Noab-Apocnljpee. 8. ben. The olond thereof. I.e. the

The lightning and thunder Me treated clond of mirt. DWb reading (ue

of repeatedly : see ivii. 3 ; zliii. 1-2 ; Crit. Note) is full of dlfBculty. Have

zliv ; liz; li. 13-15 : o£ Job mnii. we here a rsfsrenoe to Oen. i. a t

14> >£> 35' ^I^he wozeta of the S. For the teaching of Enoch on (he

Digitized by Google

122 Tiu Book of Enoch. [Sect. n.

whence they proceed and whither they come a^ain, and their
gloriooa return, and how one is saperior to the other, and
their stately orhit, and how they do not leave their orbit, and
they add nothing to their orbit and they take nothing from
it, and they keep faith with each other, abiding by the oath.
6. And first the Bun goee forth and traverses his path ac-
cording to the commandment of the Lord of Spirits, and
mighty is His name for ever and ever. 7. And after that

comes the hidden and the visible path of the moon traversing
the orbit of her path in that place by day and by night — the
one holding a position opposite to the other before the Lord
of Spirits. And they give thanks and praise and rest not ;
for to them their thanksgiving is rest. 8. For the sun

changes oft for a bleesing or a cnrse, and the course of the
path of the moon is light to the righteous and darkness to
the sinners in the name of the Iiord, who made a separation
between the light and the darkness, and divided the spirits of

5. Their stately orbit. Din. translates 'Ihren festbestimmteu
Lauf.' But this meaning of ■fllMk is not possible, and is tartly
withdrawn in his Lexicon. Abiding by the oath. £ G U give
Hf.£{< instead of HHlf>, bnt the seDse does not differ materially.
8. The vun. So O. All other MS8. read ' the Bhining san.'

suD and moon, see Ixxii. 5. Their cf. liii. 14. God call) tlu itwt by

Ktorlon* return, i, e. from veit to dmhc and thuy aiwwer, iliii. i ; thej

eut on (he other ode of the Snnk- keep &ith with eeoh other, iliii. 3 ;

ment,or,>oeardingt<iluii.5,roandby theyara veighed, u men, in a rif^t-

w«y of the uortb. Tlie perfect tngq,- eou bkUiioe, iliii. i i the diaobedlent

larily with whiDfa the nm uid moon iten ua poniahed, xriii. 13. In

IraTeras dieir orbiti i> hsra empha- luii-lxxix Tarioua funotioiu legard-

■i>ed, aa in Ixiir. 13 ii that of the ing the dlrigion of time an aadgned

moon. Tet in Ixzi. 4 it ii Mid that to them. In the Fenian religion

the noon will become inegolar. We the itan were regarded aa embodied

eball find, bowsrer, that Iziz ia an eiirtenoee £«ided into tm^ eftdi

interpdatlon. The oath. A ear- nndm it* own leader, Hcriog, R, E.

tain degree of Bonwioaineaa uema li. 335. Thii theory woold loit

to be attribated to the Ran, moon Imli. 9-10 .perfectly. It moat be

and itan. The aon and mora are oonfeaaed, however, that the conoqv.

lubjaot oidy to God, xlL 6 ; they give tion variM. 7. Hidden path of

thanlu and pruie, and reat aoti for the moon, le. when the moon i>

to them tLiDkigiTiiig ii rert, zli 7: lnTidbU:teelsuii-iT. 6.0i*id«d

ilizedbyGoOglc

Sect, n.] Chapters XLI.b — XLIL%. 123

men and Btrengtbeos the epiritB of the righteous in the name
of His righteoosneaa.] 9. For neither angel nor power is
able to hinder; for He appoints a judge for them all and
he judges them all before Him.

XLII. I. Wisdom found no place where she might dwell ;
then a dwelling-place was assigned her in the heavens. 3.
Wisdom came to make her dwelling among the children of
men and found no dwelling-place ; then Wisdom returned to
her place and took her seat among the angels. 3. And

9. For nrither sn^ nor power la atde to hinder ; Ibr He
appoints a Judge fbr thent all and bo, fto. This is the trans-
lation of O, out; that I have read oob-l? as ovlhli; for in this
MS. the nominative and accusative are constantly confused. This
text gives an excellent sense, and harmonises perfectly with the last
words of xli. i ' because of the punishment which proceeds from ^e
Lord of Spirits.' tv. 3-4 are an interpolation. O differs from tiie
other MSB. and I <1d in reading Kf^Pi. instead of JL^MlX, and
f^otL instead of MA. . The sense of Dln.'a text is poor : ' For an
angel hinders not and no power can hinder: but the Judge sees
them all and He judges them all before Him.' F U E L M O sap-
port Dh). If we do not change in>|i>11 into OOlbH, can be
translated 'For the judge ha8appoint«d them all.' N reads fCJL-

the Bptrit* of men. 'Dwe nami Job nviil. ia-14; 10-14; Banioh
to be an Mttul pndeninktioD hers tii. 19 ; Eccliu. xiiv. 4 ; and m oom-
ipoken of. Thii divisioD into ohil- ing (o eMth Mid dgeiring to make her
dnu of light and duknesi u ia the »bode with men, Prov. i. 10 iqq. ; viii
pMt: the ifdrit* at (be tighteooi era iqq.; ix. i-io; Eooliu. niv. 7: bnt
strengthened in the preaent. 8. M men refused to reodm hu', c£ zcut.
See Crit. Note. The jadge appointed £, ihe retomed to heaven. Bat in the
i« the Hetalfth. Thli vgne !■ to be Meaeiaoio Umee (he will retum, and
read directly after ili. 1 : of. Act* will be poured oat aa water in abnn-
«viL 31. dance, xUz. i ; and the tlunty will
XTiII. A« Din. and ottun liave drink to the fall of witdom, iWiii I ;
already reeogniied, iUs dutpter is a ihe will be beatowed on the elect,
iragment,and ont of coikBezion with fti t. S; xd. 10: cf. Apoc. Bar. iliv.
present ocat^ : where in the present 14 ; iv Ezra viii. Ji ; and tlie spirit
book of Enoch it shoold staud, I do of Wisdom will abide in the Messiah
not know. 1, 8. The praise of the Elect One, xliz. 3. We are re-
wisdom was a fiivonrite theme. Wis- minded in some toeaoure here of the
dom was regarded aa having her Pnilagne of SL John. 8. The
dwellJng-plaoe in heaTsn, Iziziv. 3; ditbrent welcome wliioh the wioked

;dbyGcH)c^[c

1 24 T)u Book of Enoch. [Swt. il.

unrighteousneBs came forth from her chambers : and she
found those whom she sought not, and dwelt with them
(being welcome if> them) as rain in a desert and dew on a
thirst; land.

[XLIII. !■ And again I saw lightning and the stars of
heaven, and I saw how Me called them all by their names and
they heard Him. z. And I saw how they are weighed in

a righteous balance according to their proportions of light, the
width of their spaces and the day of their appearing, and how
their revolution produces lightning ; and (I saw) their revolu-
tion according to the number of the angels, and how they
keep faith with each other, 3. And I asked the angel who
went with me and showed me what was hidden, ' What are

XLIII. 2. Tlie day of tlielT appearing, and how their ravo-
lotion produoM lightning. 80 Q, omitting the ONUt in Din.
U also omitfl it, but Taries otherwise. Other MSS. give ' The
day of their appearing and reyolution : bow one fiaah of lightning

gtva to miTlghtMtitneH Inleiuiflee
tbelT guilt In rapeot to irladoiii. Thej
modved not wiadom when she Dame
unto them ; but thaj took home unto
thenuelTea Dmighteominan though
■he lODght theiii not.

XUn, ZIiIT. Then ohapten
belong to the ume cImm of Interpola-
tion! ni xli. 3-S. The itudy of the
thinl Smilitude, wbara the Interptdk-
tioni oknnot be miMaken, end of the
Similitudes genenllj, ehows that the
original irritiir had no interat in
natural phenomena, but that all hii
attention wu diisctod Immediately
to the fi^Titnal world, and the great
■[riritual background and oriiU of the
woiid'i hiitwy. The laterpoUtioiu
ooms from mindi of a fiw inferior
type ; and though of an ethioal turn,
they are ai a rule fantaitic and frivo-
loBB, and their authon are oloiely
allied to the later Rabbinioal writen,
but have nothing In ocmmoo with

the great and imaginative thinker
who wrote the Siinilitudea. Hie
original ending of this Kinilicude ii
loet ; that of the other two t* pre-
■erred : we Irii 3 ; Ixix. 19.

ZI.III. 1. Callod them all by
their namee; of. Fi. cxlvii. 4; Ii.
zl. 16 ; Bar. iii. 34. 9. Weighed
In a rishteoQB balanoe. On the
oanKdou* eiigteDiie attributed to the
rtiui, (ee ih. 5. 8. Tha ansel

wlio want with me Mid ahowed me
what WM hidden :cf.xlTi. I. Taken
over into tiie Inlerpolatdone, li. II.
S, 4. Them i( lome myiteriou ooii'
neiion between the ttan and the
holy, whereby the itan lepreaent the
namei of the holy. Doei il mean
that the holy will be ai numwon* aa
the (tan 1 or ai bright ai (be itan !
of. cdv, 1 ; Dan. xU. 3 ; Hatt. siii. 43.
There waa a doae connexion between
the atan and the augdi in the O. T. :
of. Job xzzviii. 7, where the morning

,tradb,G0()glc

s«i.ii.] Chapters XLIJI.x — XLV.i. 125

these ? ' 4. And he said to me, ' the Lord of Spirits hath

showed thee their parabolic meaning (lit. 'their parable'): these
are the names of the holy who dwell on the earth and believe
in the name of the Iiord of Spirits for ever and ever.'

XLIY. Also other phenomena I saw in regard to the
lightnings : how some of the stare arise and become lightnings
and cannot part with their new fonn.]

XLY. I. And this is the second Similitude concerning
those who deny the name of the dwelling of the holy ones
and the Lord of Spirits. 2. They will not ascend into the

heaven, and on the earth they will not come : such will he
the lot of the sinners who deny the name of the Lord of
Spirits, who are thus preserved for the day of suffering and

produces another.' 4. Their parabollo meanlnff. Din. trans-
Utes ' ein Bild von ihnen.' The names of the holy. So G M
AtOil. Other MS8. ' The names of the righteous.'

XLIV. Hoir some of the ators arise and become llghtnlnga
and OKnnot part with their new fbrm. Dbi. translates: 'Wie
die (i.e. die Blltze) sub deu Sternen entstehen und z\x Blitzen
werden.' But Xy°hTll'fl^ is a familiar idiomatic espresaion for
■ aome of the Btars.' In the above translation we have token
yflAJTao* BH if it were f^^ltao'. Din. points out that it stands
for this form in Eiod. xzxiv. 13.

Btkn Aie Dndoabtedly nngeli : cf. ilio kcoimtt deaoriptjon of the coatente

Dent. IT. 19. 4. Bollere in tbs of tba Similitude from tha oponing

nune : ef. zzziz. 6 ' tha Eleot One . . . tstw or luperacriptiDn. We find none

of /olU'; Iviii. 5 'the inherituioe of aoch in xxxviii. 1,1; nor yet in iTiii.

f^ih ' ; liL 4 ' the meainres gi«6n to l, a. For a BanimaT; of the thought

/oiU'; Ixi. II ' in the spirit of /aiU.' of the SimititadeB, tee pp. 10S-109.

ContraM the ifenial of anneiB, Thoae who dsnr the dwelllna: : lee

zzxviii. I. iiiTiii.i(notfl]. 9. On the aarth

XIiJT. Tiie refereuoe here ia to they will not oome. The «uth will

■hooting (tan, daripit ttoBtorrn \ be tnuufbrroed (v. g) and be llienoe-

Axiit. Mtteor. i. 4. Lightning in forth the abode oF the righteooi only.

geuetal ii produced b; the quiok Deny tlie name of the Iiord of

morement of the itan, xliii. 3 ; but Bpiilta : lee zizvlii. ) (note). Day

■oroe of tlie ican at timei an tram- of mfferi&g and tribulation. The

funned wholly into lightning. final judgment ii vu^otial; named

XIiV. L It ia idle to eipeot an 'that greatdaj.'Uv. 6 ; 'dayof jadg-

ilizedbyGoOglt.

126

The Book of Enoch.

[Sect. II.

tribulation. 3. Oa that day Mine Elect One will sit on tbe
throne of g'lory and make choice amongst their (men's) deeds,
and their mansions will be innomerable, and their sools will
grow strong within them when they see Mine elect ones and
those who have called npon My glorious name. 4. And on

XLV. 3. Klne Elect One. So G 14sC?. FHLMN

and Din. give ' The Elect One,' as we find ia zl. 5 ; xlix. a, 4 ;
li. 3, S ; lii. 6, 9 ; Uii. 6. Bae Hine elect ooes. So Q L N :
dl^rcn^ tiVe^; HJtC. Din. and FHMO give 'See Mine
Elect One.^ Glorioua name. So OU. Other MSS. and

ucnt,' ixii. 4 ; 0.4; 'day of jodgnumt
and oonmrnmation,' x. ii; 'd*;
of tha gnat ooniummation,' zn. I ;
'Um gTa*t judgmsnt,' xiz. i ; zxii. 4;
' da; of the great jadgment,' lii. i ;
IxuiT. 4; lUT. 9; loriil. 10; ida.
15 ; Ay. 5 ; 'gnat day of judgment'
z. 6; ixH. 11 ; xxv. 4 ; 'judgment
vhioh ii for ever,' dv, 5 ; ' great
jodgment which ii for ever,' xci. \t, ;
'judgment which ii for evsr and
aver,' 1. 1 1 ; ' da; of tribulation,' f . i ;
zovL 3; 'day of tribnlatCoa *nd [mJd,'
Iv. 3 ; ■ day of tribnlntion and great
ihame,' zcriil. 10; 'day of anffering
Kud tribalktiDa,' zlv. 1 ; Iziii. S ; 'dny
of affliotion,' zlvili. 10; 1. 3 ; 'd»y of
angquili Bod kfflioUon,' zlviii. S ; ' day
of deatraotjon,' xcviiL 10; 'day of
■boghtcr,' zoiv. 9 ; ■ day of nnoeudng
bloodiliad,' idi. 6; 'dttyofdarkneM,'
xdv. 9; 'day of nnrlghteoiuueu,'
zcrli. I. Ab the umo phnue ii ap-
plied to qnite diSarant evsnti it ii
nee ei iary to obeerve tbat — (l) The
Deluge or Hnt world jodgment ti le-
fetred to in z. 4, 5, la"; liv. j, 7-10;
zd. 5; idii. 4. (3) Final win^d
judgment at (ta htgiiminq ofOa Ma-
«<aNti> JHn^om, x. 6, ll<; (vi. i;
xiz. 1 ; zzii. 4, 1 1 ; zxv. 4 ; zlv. 1 ;
liv, 6; Iv. 4; zo, 30-17. (3) J>«te-
ment of the iword ai lAe htguaang
of ikt Jfeotoiib hingiom, when the

rigbteoniilay tbe wicked, I. 3; zc 19:

Final world-judgment ai Hit doit of
theMtaiatiie kiiigdtiBt,xAt.9; zaviii.
10; 0. 4 ; cili. 8 ; civ. 5. In zlviii. 8-
10 there laems to be a oombinatioQ of
(3) and (3), and in zoii. 9, xcii. 15 of
(3) lud (4). 8. Mine EUeot One :
*ee xl. 5. On tha throne of glory.
The Elect One will tit on the throne
of hii gloiy, zlv. 3 ; Iv. 4 ; Ixil. 3, s :
M Son of Man, he will lit on tbe
throne of hti glory, Ijit 17, 39 ; being
plaoed tbereon by the Lord of Bplrite,
Ixi. S ; IzU. 1 ; and bii throne U like-
wiwi the throoe of the Head of Day*,
ilviL 3 ; li. 3. Hie Elect One lite on
hii throne to judge; for all judgment
hai been oommitted nato him, lili.
37. Uaka ohoioo amons their
deed*. Tbii eeems to mean ' to eepa-
rate their good deedi and thcdr evil
deedi in order to weigh them in the
balnaoa for parpoaea of jodgment.'
Hie itep Ii here distinctly taken
towarda the later groat oonoapUoni of
thaTalniDd: leezli. I (note). Han*
aioni. This ia not tbe nme word aa
!■ need In miz. 4 ; but may be nm-
dered ainularly. aa It is the Ethiopio
rrnderiog of manaio, fiorl). 4, 8.

After the judgment the Meadanio
kingdom la eatabliahed and tta ■oene
will be a tranaformed heaven, zlv. 4 ;

,tradb,G0()glc

Sect. II.] Chapters XL V. 3. — XL VL 2.

127

that day I will catute Mine Elect Oae to dwell among them,
and I will traneform the heaven and make it an eternal
blessing and light. 5. And I will transform the earth and
make it a blessing and cause Mine elect ones to dwell upon
it : but the sinners and eril-doere will not set foot thereon.
6. For I have seen and satisfied with peace My righteous ones,
and have caused them to dwell before Me : but for the sinners
there is judgment impending with Me so that I may destroy
them from the &ce of the earth.

XLYI. J. And there I saw One who had a head of days,
and His head was white like wool, and with Him was another
being whose countenance had the appearance of a man and
his face was full of graciousness, like one of the holy angels.
a. And I asked the angel who went with me and showed me
all the hidden things, concerning that Son of Man, who he

Din. give: 'Holy and glorions name.' 4. Cause Kino Eleot
One to dwoU among tbem. O r«ads KiOCl (HTXhA:; A'K^li
HJtt nhich is nntranalatasble. All other MSS. support the text.
XL VI. 3. The angel who went with me. The Ethiopic gives

U. 4 ; uid earth xlf. l ; iIt. 5 : its
memb«n«Illbe>iigel«,iiiii.4(nate),
and men ; and ths Elect One will
aUile amoDg»t them. Thla idea oT
the tnuuformation of the worid wm
derived directly bom Is. liv. 17 and
liTi. 3, and probably ortginall; ttttai
ZoToaitrianlam ; Bee Chejne'B Origin
0/ th« Ptdlttr, 404, 405. It ia foond
aliewhere in Bnooh in Ixzit. i ; toL
16. In laaiah thla idea li ontj
adopted eclectlcallj ; for It ll hicom-
paUble with other £icta in the ooiilezt ;
i.e. Ixv. 10, Ac,; but in JInoah it ii
•coepted in !t« enUn lignifiaaiwe aa
logicallj' involving the immortal bleaa-
•dncM of man : of. Apoo. Bar. szxii.
< ; IviL 3 ; iv Eir* [»i. 49].

XLTLl. InthiiandthaMoiring
ebqtlwiDMtiel vii has been laid nndn'

conbribntion, and fhm it have been
drawn direoUj the expreniom ' Hiad
of Da;*,' and 'Son of Man.* The
former means in Daniel the Everlaat-
ing. It is round in Enoch in ilvj. 3 ;
ilvU. 3; ilviii. i,and has heencairted
over into the Interpolatioos, Iv. I ;
lx.i;lxii. 10,1), 13,14. Theoriginal
writer naei this axpreadon of Daniel
with mnoh appropriateneaa In oon-
nezlon with the iiup«mataral Son of
Man and the qaeatiui of Goal judg-
ment ; in hoi the two expre«ion> are
correlative: obeerre the qoeation,
•V/hj h* went with the Head of
DayiT' bat this technical appropri-
ateneaa b wanting in the Interpola-
tiona. Another beinc - . . Uke one
of the hall' angela : cf. 1 8am. xiii.
9 ; A«ta vl. 15. 8. Bon of Kan.

ilizedbyGoOC^Ic

1 28 The Book of Enoch, [Smi. n.

was, and whence he was, and why he weot with the Head of
Days ? 3. And he answered and said unto me ' This is the

'one of the angels who went with me.' But, ss Volkmar has
already recoguised, Enoch has only an Angel to guide him in the

Thera >re lome difficulUea conneoted
«ith lhi« eipreaioD In Eooch, u it
hu there thiea different EUiiopio
refideriugi, "filiui homiiiii, xlvi. 1,
3, 4; ilTJtL 1, filiot Till, libt. 19;
Ixn*. 14, Htd filial prolii mktiii vi-
veatium, Izii. 7, g, 14; Iziii. 11; Iiix.
16, 17 ; Ixz. I ; liii. 1 7 ; and theie
are the greMer a> the Ethiopio trvu-

'4mtor «aii only h&TS had oiia KrA the
Mme phnM before him, i. e. j iiloi

' Tou dpe^nw. Far the LXX. invui-
■bly luei ulii irBpirtoo aa a rendsring
of Ditrp «id e*Uir|3, ud euct
Greek equivalents of the Etbiopic
eipre«ians ore huxlly conoeivable.
Are Me tben to anppoae that theee
variationB exiited in the Hebrew,
Mid aooordingly poatolate on the part
of the Ethiopic tranfllAtora a direct
aoqaaintauce with an Hebrew MS.
(vmilarlf, M Niildeke, Enegc. Brit.
ixi. 654, in the CMe of the Ethiopia
Bible, poatulatea the pMeeiiae of
Aranmo teachov in order to ex-
plain the fact that certain religious
conceptioiu are tltere eipteaaed by
The** inppoailioaa
There i* no itrict
nnifonnitj of rendering in the Ethiopia
Btble- vlit irtpdiwou is rendered bj
prolea matrix riTentinm in Num. uiil.
19 [ P». TiiL 4 ; oiliT. 3 ; oil»i, 3 (in
the laat two iniitance^ two distinct
HArew nprenivai are and) : bat
by SUoM prolia matrls TiTentiam in
Pi. lux. If. Thii latter rendering is
practically the anthorised one in the
Ethiopio >i it ii found throughont
EwkUl, in Dan. vii. 13, and nni-

Tersally In the If.t. Agwn -(til/Li
vir is freqaentlj nsed where we shonld
expect IMlAichomo, and yice vena.
Hence filini viri and &lias hominis in
the Ethiopio text may be ayiuHiymoas
and the variation may be due to the
oareleamewof the tranalator. Of inch
carelenneii there are many instances
in Enoch. In Ixixii. i we find ttlA
where we ahould have 4lnlL ai it it
oorrectly in tv. 9 and 36. Again in
linii. 45 we have twice the render-
ing 'sheep' where according t« the
context and the Greek it should be
'lamb.' Aooordingly we hold that
these variatioas were coaSaed to the
Ethiopia veraioa, and this oonolmioD
is omGrnwd by the CuA that filiui
viri, hdx. 39, does not imply one
bnm of man without the mediation of
a mother as some have supposed ; for
tlte tatoe phrase ii applied to Enoch
In Ixxi, 14, and it therefore the eqaiva-
lent of filins honiinii in zlri. ), fto.
We have above remarked that the ex-
pression in the Greek verdon of Enoch
must have been i vlh rev irSfirmou,
and not lAbs ArSpiiwm, for in Enoch it
is the distinct designation of the pei^
Bonal Meaiah. In xlviii. lo; liL 4 be
is styled the ' Meniah.' For the rela-
tion between the titie ' Sod of Man ' In
Enodi and in the N.T., les Appendix
on 'the Son of Man.' S. The Met-
tilth is conceived in the Kmilitnde* a*
(0 the Judge of the worid, (9) the Be-
vealer of all things, (3) the Messianic
Chatninon and Euler of the righteons.
(i ) As judge, he poiienei {a) righteons-
neaa, (b) wisdom, and (o) power (Pm.

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

Seot. ir.]

Chapter XL VI. 3, 4.

129

Son of Man who hath righteouflness, with whom dwelleth
righteonfinesa, and who reve&lfi all the treasures of that which
is hidden, because the Lord of Spirits hath chosen hirh, and his
lot before the Lord of Spirits hath surpassed everything in
uprightness for' ever. ' 4. And this Son of Man whom thou
hast seen will arouse the kings and the mighty ones from
their couches and the strong from their thrones, and will
loosen the reins of the strong and grind to powder the teeth

SimilitudeB. Hence, as in lii. 3, we must read A(n>AJtt) instead of
A||X0B<tX)t^- The error probably arose through the occurrence

ilv. 4-8 ; Uxii ; I». xi, 3-5 ; Jm. siiii.
5, 6}. (a) He U (he RightmuB Ods
ia an extraordinary leiue, xnviii. 3
(aee note) 1 liii. 6 : be poEMuea right-
oouineM, and it dwell* with him,
xlvi. 3, and on the gronnd of hli
eesentinl rigbteousncBs, xlri. 3, hai he
been ehown no leu than according to
Ood'i good pleasure, xlix. 4. (b)
Wiadom, which could Bod no dwelling-
place on earth, xlii, dwella in him
and Uie spirit of Him who gireth
knowledge, xlix. 3 : and the secrets of
wisdom itream forth from hii mouth,
li. 3, and wisdom b poured oat like
wat«r before bam, ilii. i. (c) In him
liMta the ^>fait of power, xlix. 3, and
be poosesKS univenal dominion, Ixii.
6. (a) He is the revealer of all
thing*. His appearance will be the
signal for the revelation of good and
(he unniBiiking of evil : will bring to
light everjtluDg that is hidden, alike
the inTiaible world of rigbteousness
and the hiddrai world of sin, xItI, 3 ;
xlix. 1, 4 : and will racnll to life
those (hat hare pcriihed on land and
sea, and those that are in Sheol and
bell, li. 1 s IxL 5. EtO when once
onma'kcd will vanish from his pre-
tence, xlix. a. Hence all judgment
has been oummitted nnto him, Ixix.

1;, and he will alt on the throne of
his glory, ilv. 3 (see note), and all
men and angels will be j udged before
him,li.i; lv.4; I1L8; Irii. J,3, and
no lying ntterance will be potaible
before him, xlix. 4 ; liii. 3, and b; the
mere word of hll mouth will he slay
the ungodly, Ixii. 1. (3) He is the
Messianic champion and ruler of the
righteous. He is the stay of (he
righteous, xUiii. 4, and fau already
been revealed to them, liii. 7 : he is
the avenger of their life, xlviiL 7, (fas
preaerrer of their inheritance, xlviii.
7 : be will vindicato the earth as (hetr
poeeesnon for ever, li. 5, and establish
the community of the righteous in
unbindned prosperity, liii. 6 ; liii. S ;
their faces will shine with joy, H. j,
and they will be vestured with lifc^
liii. 1 5, and be resplendent with l{gh(,
xxiii. 7, and he will abide in closes(
commnnion with them for ever, liii.
14, in die immediate presence of the
Lord of Spirits, iixii. 7, and his glory
is for ever nnd ever, and bis might
unto all generations, ilii. i. Hath
ohoaen him. Hence he is called ' the
Elect One ' : see xxxviil 1 (note) ; il.
4 (note). HIa lot . . . hath anrpaued
araty thine in nprlKhtn«M:cr.Heb.
L 4. 4 B. Grind to powder.

ilizedbyGoOglc

1 30 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. n.

of the einners. 5. Aod he will pat down Uie kings from

their thrones and kingdoma because they do not extol and
praise him, nor thankfoUy acknowledge whence the kingdom
was bestowed upon them. 6. And he will put down the
countenance of the strong and shame will cover them : dark-
ness will be their dwelling and worms their bed, and they will
have no hope of rising from their beds because they do not
extol the name of tbe Lord of Spirits. 7. And these are
those who make themselves masters of the stars of heaven,
and raise their hands against the Most High, and tread down
the earth and dwell upon it, and all their deeds manifest
unrighteousness and all their deeds are unrighteonsness :
their power rests upon their riches, and their &uth is in the
gods which they have made with their bands, and the name

of the latter phrase in ibe preceding line. 5. Put down the
kings from their tfaronas and kiogdoma. 80 all M&S. but Q M,
which pve fi-li/irPao', A17/"Yi aoq^ictffaif. flJUli inK'-nCW**'
'Put down the kings, throne upon throne of them'(l) 7. All
their deeds m&nlAet unrlf^teouaness and all their deeda are nn-
riehteonaness : their power, fto. So U, omitting the a> before
.fCXf- with DEFHL, and inEerting lD»it after .PCXf-. Din.
and O give : ' All their deeds are nnri^^teouanesB and manifest

The phn«eolog7 of these vema ia tdien m a figurative ezpTeni<ni fi»

largely drawn from the O.T,: cf. w. the dertruoUon awwting tie mighty

4Bnd6 withli.xiv. 9, II ; Paa. iJi. 7; the oppreMon ofthe righteoiu : cf. II.

Iviii. 6; Lam. Hi. 16. We have here IztL 34: Jadith zvL 17 ; Eocliu. vil,

a highly figurative descriptioQ of Hie 17 ; Marit ii. 48, Worms their bed

HeMiauic judgment of the migh^ . . . beoanoe ther do not extol the

ones of the earth. B. Put down namo of the Itord : of. Acts lii. 13

the kings from their thrones : of. for a like coonexioD of thought. 7.

Lnke i. 51, which seemi to depend Hake themselvea mastera at tbo

directly on thii veiee in Enooh in itan. The stan by it txJd figure

phrasing and thooght. Ror aeknow- stand in Enoch for (l) the angeli;

ledse wbenoe the kingdom: cT. (a) the righteoui, as in tfali verrc ;

Wisdom ii. 3 1 Rom. xiiL I. 6. cf.xliil.4; Dan. viii. 10, 11, 13, 35.

Woniu their bed. Baldentperger Dwallnponlt (i.e. thecarth). When

(p. 14) thinks that thlH expression thispbraseocoarsbyitselfintheSimili-

refen to the disease of which Herod tndes it has a good ethical sense. See

died (B. o. 4). In II Maoo. ii. 5, g it mviii. » (note). Their powor re«t*

is said that Antiochus Epiphanes died upon their rlohes : of. Psa. xlii, 6 ;

of tbii dlseue. It ia rather to be lii. 7 ; En, ztav- S (note). Their

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

Sect, n.] Chapters XL VI. i—XL VII . 3. 131

of the Lord of Spirits have they denied. 8. And they wUl
be driven forth from the houses of His congregations and of
the faithful who cleave to the name of the Lord of Spirits.'

XLVII. I. And in those days the prayer of the righteous
and the blood of the righteous will have ascended from the
earth before the Lord of Spirits. a. In those days will the
holy ones who dwell above in the heavens unite with one voice
and supplicate and intercede and laud and give thanks and
bless the name of the Lord of Spirits on account of the blood
of the righteous which has been shed, and the prayer of the
righteous that it may not be in vain before the Lord of
Spirits, that judgment may be done unto them, and that they
may not have to suffer for ever. 3. And in those days I

eaw the Head of Days when He had seated Himself on the
throne of His glory, and the books of the living were opened

nnrighteouaneea, and their power, ftc' The Iiord of Spirits
have they denied. So Q. FHLUNO and Din. read 'The
name of the Lord of Spirits have they denied.' 8. Will be
driven forth from the houses of Els oongree^atlons. OM
rea'I f-t\Jl:K^ Aflfi" ' The houseB of Hia congregations will drive
forth.' Cleave to the name : see xxxviii. 3 (note).

fkith ta in the godi wbloh tliay rigMeoia ons will arise from ileep

h&vemftde. .. and the name of the and wiidoin . . . will be given unto

Lord of Spirita have the; denied, ihtm.' Above all, In tli« n«it verge.

This b a itrong eipreEBion for the where the phrase occun Rgun, we

idolatroui tendenciei of the Sadduceon Bad ' the blood of the righteous one!.'

court. For ■ diacnnion of the verve, The fint of the Mnccsbeei to ahed the

tee XEXviii. 5 (mote). 6. Cf. liii. 6. blood of the righteoua wm Alex.

XIiVH. 1. Od the dethronement Jonniieiu, 95B.C. Seexixviii.g^note).

and destruction of the mighty follows 3. On the iatercesgion of the uigrls

» description of the jndgmeat. The see zv. i (note). The prayer of the

blood of the righteous. ' The righteous ; of. Bev. vi. 10 for exactly

righteous' is hem a colleotive in the the same Jadtustio sentinieDt. Bee

singnUr, though, in the preceding xcvil. j (aote). 9. Book^ofthe

phnse, ' the prayer of the righteous,' living. The idea underlying thii

it uintheplnral. Some have thought phreee in to be traced to the O.T.

the singular side by siils with the There the book of life (or itt equiva-

plural must be ngniGcant here, — in lents, Exod xiiii. 31 sq. 'God's

bet a Christian allusion : but this is book ' ; Ps. liix. 18 ' book of the liv-

not so; the name juxtaposition of oases ing') wan a rsgister of the oitiiena of

is found in xlvii 4; xci. to 'the the Theocratic community. To have

K %

ilizedbyGoOglc

132 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. II.

before Him, and His whole host which is in heaven ahove

»ne'B name vritt«ii in the book of life
implied the privilege of puticipoUng
in the Umfmal bleningi of the Theo-
CTMj, Is. IT. 3, while to be blotted
nut ufthiBbook.Exod.xxiii.aa; Fa,
liii. iS, meuit ezclmdaa thersFroni.
In the O.T. thii expTSRUon wu
nriglDkll; cnuBned to ttinpotaX blsM-
ing» only, but in Dun. xii. i it ii
transComied through the ioSuenoe of
the new conception of tlie kingdom,
■nd diitinotly refen to itn immortality
of bleesednen. It haa the Bamu mean,
ing in oar text. A fnrtlier rafereBoe
to it ii to be found in civ. t. Tlie
phnue again q>pean in the Book of
Jubilma izz in oontrut wiUi ' the
book of thoae thnt ihall be destroyed,'
but in tile O.T. tenie. Hie 'Books
of the Sainte'inoviii. 3 (dii. I T) has
practically the HHoe meaning. In the
N.T. the phntw a of frequent occui^
renoo, Phil. iv. 3 ; Hev. iii. j ; liii. 8 ;

'7i

i.19.

Hud the idea in Luke 1. 10 ; Heb. :
33 ' written in heftvan.' For later
instancee of its use sea Pastor Her-
niae, VU. L 3, 3 (gee Hamack in loc) ;
Sim. ii. 9 ; Mand. viii. 6 ; i Clem. xlv.
8. There is no idea of abaoliite pre-
destination involved in this conception.
The same thought, i. e. the inicriptEon
of the name in the book of life, under-
lies the words ' the memorial of the
riyhteoni will be before the Face of
the Great One unto all generationt,'
ciii. 4. Contraat Pas. Sol. liii. lo,
' the memorial of the wicked ahall no
more be foand.' (i) Booka of remem-
brance of good and evil deeds. For
tfaoae wherein good deeds were re-
cordeil, nee Ps. Ivi. 8 ; Mai. iii, 16 ;
Book of Jubileoa ui; wherein evil
deeds were recorded, Is. Ixv. 6; En.
Ixxd. 4; luxii. 61-64, ^^1 7°i 7'i

76,77; »C17,30i IOTiii.7,8; dT.7i

Apoc Bar. ixiv. I ; wherein good and

evil deeds were recorded, Dan. vii. 10 ;
Rev.ii,ii; AiicIs.ii.JO. (3) Tlie
heavenly tables -^ vXitmc vaii oiifmioa
in Test. >:ii. Patriarch. The concep-
tion anderlying this phrase is to be
traced partly to Ps. cuiiz. 16 ; Eiod.
iiv. 9, 40 ; iivi. 30, where we find
the Idea that there exist in heaven
divine atcbetypei of certain things on
earth : partly to Dan. z. ti, where a
book of God's plana is referred tor
but moat of all to the growing deter-
minism of thought, for which tliis
phrase stands as a concrete expression.
In Apocryphal literature hiBt<nic*J
events are not depicted acocsding to
the maniTold variety of life, but are
methodically arranged under artificial
cat^oriee of measnre, number, weight.
Wisdom li. 10 1 IT Ezra iv. 36, 37. The
conception is not a hard and Gied one :
in Enoch and Teat. iii. Patriarch, it
wavers between an absolute determin-
ism and predictioa pure and simple :
whereas In Jubilees, in addition to
these significationa it Implies at tJmes
little more than a oontemporsry
heavenly record of events. In Enoch
the idea is mainly predestinarian, the
■heavenly tabiea' recordall the deeds

of HI

3 the r.

Ixxxi. I, 3 ; and the entire iiietory of
tho earth, iciiL 1-3; and all the
unrighteous ness that will anae, cvi.
ig; Gvii. I ; aa wtU a< all the blesa-
ings in store for the righteous, dil. a,
3. They are likewise called the Book
of the Angels, ciii. 3 ; for they are
designed also for the pemsal of the
angels, cviii. 7. that they may know
the future reooropenseaof the righteous
andthewicked. In Twt. iii. Patriarch.
Levi 5 ; Aser 7, the idea is predictive

Levitical law. Id Jubileea the v

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

Sect. 11.] Chapters XL VII. ^ — XL VIII. %. 133

and aroand Him stood before Him. 4. And the hearts of

the holy were filled with joy that the number of righteotisnesa
had drawn nigh, and the prayer of the ri{{bt«ouB was heard, and
the blood of the righteoos required before the Lord of Spirits.
XLVIII. I. And in that place I saw a fountain of right-
eousness which was inexhaustible : around it were many
fountains of wisdom, and all the thirsty drank of them
and were filled with wisdom, and had their dwellings with
the righteous and holy and elect 3. And at that hour that

XLTn. 4. Had drawn nigh. So GM tCO isalead of (l]l*ffi
of Din.

XLVIII. I. Wblob waa inexhaustible. It is not necessary- to
conjectnre with Din. tliat JL^4*)A^isa corruption of iL.^4~fAf ;
for the former is the natural rendering of ampldniror, which in
Hellflmstio Greek meant TariouBly ' great,' ' strong,' ' immense,'

; of tin He>-
; ofthereocTdini;

of the phrMs ii ver; loose ; the
beaveoly table* we the irtstale hook
of the Theocntc;, or k mere contem-
pomr; record, or else are prediotive or
deteimiiifttive. TheheareiiljtKbleara-
coid: (1) L&wi Levitiol Knd criminal.
In aotne iiuhuicee previuiuly obeerred
in heftveo, in otben, eitabllihcd tor
Ihefirittlmeoneulb: Peaet ofweeki,
vl; Tabenudet, ivi; Paiaovgr,
■tlie FeatiTal of the Lord,'
CaremonUl ulnannim. iii ; Ci'-cunici-
■ion, 1; the Sabbath, XT i Uthea, xzzii
uuriiatre of elder dftDghter, iivili
deetmction of him n-bo give* hit
daoghler to a Gentile, izi ; of the
moiderer, iv ; of the ioaeatnoat penon,
xniii (ordained because of Seuben) ;
of (he teed of Lots xvi ; of the Fhilis-
tinei, izir. (i) Merely ■ oontem-
porar; STent: the slangbter of the
Sbecbemites, ixz; the insUtntion of
the ■ FecUval of (he hori,' xviii i the
(bowing of the Seven Tables to Jaoob,
mil ; Isaac'* blessing of Levi and
Jnd«h,>xxi; the naming of Abraham,
liz ; and of Levi, iii, as (Henda of
God. (3) Piediotions : of the judg-

t ofal

Blatiie kingdon

of the faithful as Menda of God and
the transgressors a* liateis, iiz. HU
whole host. God, as the Jehovah
of Hosts, ill His manifei
general!; bo sooompanled :
Iz. I, 4; bed. 9-14. Aeoordlng to
the Similitudes It is the Messiah that
judges. 4. The nnmber of light-
eonsness. Din. takes thUtomean the
period determined beforehand for the
complete revelationof divinerighteonn-
neas, i.e. the year of the final judg-
ment. This interpretation ii pei^apa
favoaredbj ler. l. On the other hand,
would it not be better to take the
phiMe as meaning that iht nunib^ ••/
tketUctmxtalmoit/ntfititd^ cf.Bev.
vi. to, II.

XliVm. 1. Flaoa: see xlvi. i.
Foantaiua of wisdom: aee xHi.

I, 3 (note). Cf, Is. Iv. I sqq. 3.
At that hour, i. e. when Enoch was
beholding these visions. That Bon
of Man was named. The pre-
exiitenoe of the Son of Man is plainly
taught in the Similitudes. He (not

,tradb,G0()glc

134 ^^ Book of Enoch. [8«et. II.

Son of Man was named in the preeence of the Lord of
Spirits and his name before the Head of Days. 3. And
before the snn and the signs were created, before the Btars
of the heaven were made his name was named before the
Lord of Spirits. 4. He will be a staff to the righteous

on which they will support themselves and not fall, and he
will be the light of the Gentiles and the hope of those who
are troubled of heart. 5. All who dwell on earth wilt fall
down and bow the knee before him and will bless and laud
and celebrate with song the Lord of Spirits. 6. And for
tliie reason has he been chosen and hidden before Him before
the creation of the world and for evermore, 7. And the
wisdom of the Lord of Spirits hath revealed him to the holy

' innumenLble.' g-ThelKtrdof Splrlta. 80 G : ANTHJt; OD^ffl't*-

Din. gives ' the name of the Lord of Spirits.' 6. And for ever-
more. So E G H M N 0. L and Din. add (W-JS^D- ' And he

his name) hu been choam imd hidden
ID God's preunce &om before creation
and unta eternitj, ilvlii, 3, 6 ; the
Moat High liu preeerred him and
revealed him to the elect, ilri. I, Ij
l:tii. 7 ; hit glory ia Tor ever and over,
xlii. 3 1 >jid when Enoch was trana-
lated, the Son of Man WM already
abiding with the Lordaf SpiriCa, lii. i,
Tbii actual pre-existence if the Son of
Man i§ only in keeping with his other
■Dpematiual aCtiibates of QniverBol
do[ninion,lxii.6, and unlimited judidal
authority, liii. 17. That the eailier
Itabbi* taught only an ideal pre-
existence of the Meaaiah (Weber,
IaKt. a. Talmud, 339-41) doei not in
the leait make against the idea of an
actual pre-eiistence being found In
the Similitndes, as the whale con-
cuption of the San of Man there i«
uniqae in Jewiih literature. It is
moreover found in it Eira lii, 3a ;
xiii. ]6. Beaidea, Edetsheiu, L^t

and Timet of Jeiat, i. 174-6, main-
tain! that thii doctrine is taught in
the oldest Babbinio writings, and
Wsber (p. 340) conoedee its appeal^
ance in the Uter. Cf. SohUrsr, IXv.
ii. vol. ii. 159-16], who agreed with
the view above followed. 3. Tho

slKna. These are ths aigna of
the Zodiac ^^~^, Jab luviii. 31.
See alio viii. 3 ; Ixiii. 13, 19. 4.

Ths ligtit of the OeotUea. Is. ilii.
6 ; iLix, 6. The Mesaiah will become
the light of the Gentiles through hia
future coming and character being
made known unto them. Cf. liii. 7>
where he is already revealed to the
rightvoui. S. All will bow Ul«

knoa before him. Even those who
have denied him, Ldi. 6, 9, lO; liiii.
See also xc. 33-38. Cf. FhiL ii. 10.
e. Tar thia reaaoD, i.e. that given
in vv. 4, 5. Hidden: cf. it Ezra
xiii, $3. 7. BoTealfld bim to

th* holy and rigbteooa, i.e. throogh

ilizedbyGoOglc

Sect, n.] Chapler XL VIII. 3-10. 135

and righteous for he preserreth the lot of the righteous,
becaQBe they have hat«d and despised this Trorld of ud-
righteoosaess, and have hated all its works and ways in the
name of the Lord of Spirits : for they are saved in his name
and he is the avenger of their life. 8. And in those days
the kings of the earth, and the strong who possess the earth
will be of downcast countenance because of the works of their
hands, for on the day of their anguish and affliction their
souls will not be saved. 9. And I will give them over into
the hands of Mine elect : as straw in fire and as lead in water
they will bum before the face of the holy, and sink before
the face of the righteous and no trace of them will any more
be found. 10. And on the day of their affliction, there

will be before Eim for evermore.' 7. He la tli« avenger of
tbeir lifo. So all MSS. but O, which reads lU^A 'Accordiag
to His good pleasure is their life ordered': lit. 'it happens iu
regard to their life.' Q's reading preserves the paralleliEm in both
form and meaning. 9. Befiire the fiuM of the I10I7. So G.
Other MSS. except M read: 'before the face of the righteous.'
Befbre the fboe of the rlght«ous. So O M. Other MSS. and Din.

O.T. ptopheoy. Cf. lili. 7. Frs- Ibe huida, Ao, : ne uxviit 5 (note).

MTVBth the lot of the righteona. Ab atrkv i& Jlro. A omnmoD figure

Tha Mewah ii th« itkj of the right- in the O.T., Eiod. ir. 7 <» Ii. v. 14 ;

eoiu uld tbs gnardiui And ■oraty of Mai. iv. I : '*» lead in water,' Bzod.

the inhsritanoe that awaita them. i*. 10. Before the (aoe of the holf.

Hated aad deepind thli world of The nference here ii to Gehenna,

nnrlghteoasneaa : cf cviiL 8, 9, 10; Cf. xivii. a, y, id. a6, 17: but in the

Gal. L 4. Saved In hla name : ct SimUitudntheidraofGeheiuia under-

I Cor. Ti. II ' Juitified in tha name goea lome traniformntion. In izvil.

D^' &11. Avenger of their Ulb, ij 3 1 ic 16, 37, the sufferings of the

i. e. by reoompennng the rigbteaua wioked fonn an ever-preieiit ipcctMcle

and requiting their foea who ihoold to the rigbteoas. Cf IV Em [vi. i],

be handed over to the angeli of ' BevelaUtor fumui gehenoae, et ez

paniahineut, liii. 11. S. Day of adveno sjuiiteraia paradisuejaotnidi-

thelr uignlah: aee xIt. 1 (note), tatom*: but in the Siniilitudea, where

8-8. Aa the Metdah li the Saviour faeaven and earth are traniformed on

of the righteona, m ii ha the deitioyer the advent of the Mceriah, thie >pec-

of their oppreMon. The louU of the taole U only a temporary one, and

<^reaMn ' will not be aaved' : of. GehsDna and it* vlctimi vnniah for

ixiviiL 6. Olve them over Into ever &om tiie tight of the righteout,

;dbyGcH)c^[c

I3<S

Tke Book of Enoch.

[Sect. II.

will be reBt on the earth ; hefore them they will fall and Dot
rise a^in : and there will he no one to take them with his
haods and raise them : for they have denied the Lord of
Spirits and His Anointed. The name of the Lord of Spirits be
blessed.

XLIX. I. For wisdom is poored ont like water, and glory
faileth not before him for ever and ever. %. For he is
mighty in all the secrets of righteousness, and nnrigbteoufiness
will disappear as a shadow, and have no continuance, because

give : ' before the face of the holy.' lo. Before them. So O M

^SfWeO'. Other MSS. ' before him.' Hia Anolntsd. Tlie
name of the Iiord of Spirits be blessed. These words are
omitted by Q through homoioteleuton : found in all other U8S.
XLIX. I. Is poured oat. Q reads ^!^ (sic), which when

ilTiU.9;lxi!. 13, 13. CeiUv.zx.14.
10. B«M ; of. UU. 7. 'Wm &U and
not rise scsin : cf. var. 4 (or the op-
pontei cf. ilio P«. zixvi u. The
Lord Mid Hli Anointed : cf. Pi. ii
i. Ths term 'M«s>iab' or 'Anoiutod
One' wu Hppliciible to any one
(ipeciaUy oommiBEiooed by God to »
religious or Theocratic functioa: henoe
to David and bia aooceisora, ind even
to » Gentile piinoe — Cyras (la. xlv.
1}: to the Jewish h^^h-piieat — 'the
nnointed prieit,' Lev. iv. 3, 5, 16;
vi. II : to the Servimt of Jehovah,
\\. lii. I. In the Fsslms the title
geaanlly xt^er* to the Rdgning king
or to the Dftvidic king m looh : yet
iM ideal aspent is never lost sight of^
When the hi«toiioal kingship came to
an and, the idea atiU remained and
waa kept prominent tluoagh the
liturgical nee of the Pialms. Its
imperfect realisation in the Unga of
(he pMt made Israel look forward to
the true MeMauio king in wbooi it
should be perfectly embodied. But
the term is never used (echnioally in
thii senie in the O.T. In this technical

sense it is firet (bond in the KmOitndef,
xlviii. lo; lii. 4, and a decade or so
later in Psa. Sol. zviL 36 ; ivlii. 6, 8.
For its later oacairenoe see iv Eva
vii. 39; liL 311 Apoo. Bar. ziix.
3 ; zzx. 1 ; mix. 7 ; xl. i ; Ux. 9 \
lixiii.aiidN.T. passim. SeeOteyne^
OriQim oj" Ua FmUer, 338-39 : Art.
on the Messiah, ^lej/e. Brit. xvi. 33-
56. On (he qneation generally, cf.
Henog, B. E. ix. £41-73 : SchUnir,
JHv. ii. vol. ii. 110-87.

XTiTZ. That the UeaaiahwiUthiu
deal with ths migfaty ones of the
earth Is dear from bis nature and
attributes. 1. Wisdom 1« poured
oat like water : oL Is. xi. g. Wisdom
hare — the knowledge and fear of God.
Cf. xzziE.5. aiory feileth not, Ac.
The MeisiBL is the object of endlesa
glorificatiou. 3. HlslLtr In all

the aeoreta of risliteoaaness. On
the revealing and maaifeating power
of the Messiah see zlvi. 3 (note).
Disappear as a shadow, and liave
no oontlnnanoe. The pliraaealcgy
is borrowed from Jub ziv. 1. The
word translated ' continoauce ' i*

;dbyGcH)c^[c

Sect.!!.] Chapters XLIX. i — L.i. 137

the Elect One standeth before the Lord of Spirits, and his
glory is for ever aod ever, and his might nnto all generations.
3. And in him dwells the spirit of wisdom and the spirit of
Him who gives knowledge, and the spirit of understanding
and of might and the spirit of those who have &llen asleep in
righteoufiness. 4, And he will judge the secret things and
no one will be able to utter a lying word before him ; for be
is the Elect One before the Lord of Spirits according to His
good pleasure.

[L. I. And in those days a change will take place in the

taken intraneitively is equivalent to Dln.'e reading i%(i0. 3.
Vila spirit of Him irho gives knoirlsdgs. Instead of ovlAits
HfAA- O reads cnl^; Il^lUlr="The spirit which speaks to
him.' 4. He Is tbs Eleot One. Instead of ')4s)& O reads 't4<^
' He is consecrated.'

formed from the verb tnuulatad
' (tand^ ' : ' uuriglitMDaien will
hava no itaadiDg-ground bewnH the
BlMtOne*t*iideUi,'&a Qlorrlifor
•ver and. ever, Ao.: o£ Ib. Iz. 6, 7 ;
Hio. T. 1. 8. Farther emiow-

menta of the Meadah after I*. li. 1.
The apirit of wladoia: cf. li. 3.
The apiilt of Hhn who (jvea
knowledge. Thli may oarreapoed
to ' the spirit of oooiuel ' or to ' the
ipirit of knowledge' in Ie.zi.3. The
apizit of thoae who have fallen
aileep, Ao. Hie ri^teonimeai which
In Bome meaante belonged to all the
Uthfnl in the paat will tn him attain
perfect rcaUtation. 4. Jodge the
•eoret Ihlnca : eC t. ) and iMii. 3
(note). A Irlns word. Falwhood
will ba impMuble in hia pwaenoe.
Ot Izii. 3 ; and IxnL 9, where It ia
taken over in the Inteipolatloni.
The word tianilatad 'Ijing' denotea
■ emptineaa' : there ia no reality oor>
. Cf. li.6<takeHia
i.e. oommlt perjoiy.

Tor ha la the Bleot One, fto. For
these Teiy pnrpoaei haa he been
oboaea : of. iItIu. 6.

I.. Thii dtapter mnit, I think, be
regarded aa an interpolation : if it la
original, the writer waa inconaittMit
with himaelf, and the iucongrnoas
detail! were due to literary reminle-
oenoe. Theee dataila belong to the
aanie iphera of thonght aa Ixxiili-xo
and xci-^v, where the jadgmeot of
the Bword forma the prelude to the
Meananic kingdom which ia gradually
eltabliabad and attended by the e«n-
Tanion of the heathen, xc. 30, 33 :
zd. 14, and Dltimately followed by
the final jadgment. But izivli-lui
are etrongly apoealypUo in obaracter,
and the klngdem ia ndieied in by the
aedden ^ipearing of the Son of Han,
who inaaguratea hia retgn by the two
tremendona acta of the reaurreotiiMi
and the final jndgmant. Thie jodg-
ment i« (onuiiary and foreaaio, IxiL 1.
Hiere U no plaoa of repeetanoa : cf.
Izii 1 Iziii. Ged'a mercy ia ahown in

itradb, Google

138

The Book of Enoch.

[Sect. 11.

lot of the Koly and elect ones : and the light of days will
abide upon them and g^ory and honour vill tom to the holy.
2. And on the day of affliction, evil will gather over the
fiinners, bat the tighteous will be victorious in the name of
the Lord of Spirits : and He will cause the Gentiles (lit. 'the
others ') to witness (this judgment) that they may repeit and
forego the works of their hands. 3. They will have no
houonr through the name of the Lord of Spirits, yet through
His name will they be saved and the Lord of Spirits will have
compassion on them, for His compassion is great. 4. And
He is righteous in His judgment, and in the presence of
His glory and in His judgment do unrighteousness shall
maintain itself : whosoever repents not before Him will perish.

L. a. Bvil will gatbw orer tbe ■limer*. Instead of ^V7-fl:
Xh-t O reads Itttl?!!: XM and M H7>(Ui XM. Other MSS.
support Din. May repent. A(hl>>. G reads f^fh- 'tn&j
arise.' M N A^flrfti. 3. Throni^ the name of tlie Iiord of
Bpirlta. So O M. dtlao instead of A^J^-OD of other M8S. and

Hi* dealing! with llie righlootu, lii.
13. All nnnen ue furtliwitli driven
from off the otrth : heaven and ewth
»xe tranafonnsd and become tlia habi-
tation of the righteonl. Henoe Ihsre
ii DO room for the period of the
aword> or for the progieniTe con-
venion of the heathen. The writer
baa not, any mwe than Dauid, takes
into aooount the deitin; of the
latter, save indireatly in teaching a
geoeni judgment. TheH Tciaea, then,
are a later addition made with the
purpoae of fiillng up a gap in the
tUmilitodea, bnt in reality they eerve
only to tend the nfiBmlnw TeatDie of
their thoagbt nod qntem. 1. The
night of oppi^adon will give place
to thu iiinihine of glory and honour
for the rigbteona with the advent
of the MnMJanin kingdom : of. Iviji.
5,6. Ofaaarve that tilers is no meuticm

of the MeMiah in tt. t-4, nor yet of
the klngi and mighty onea, boUi of
whioh faots tend to eonfirm the oim-
cludon we have above arrived at.
H0I7 and slaot : cf. Izit. S. S.

The period of the iword, when the
rigfateoDi alay the wicked, ii here
refened to: cf. 10. 19-J4i ^- *'■
Day of aiSiotioli : cf.zlviii. 10; klv.
3 (note). Oaueo tbe Oentilea . . .
that they m*7 repeat: cf. xo. 30,
33> 34; loi- 14- 8- The Gentilet

who repent will be nved aa by fire.
They will not have the abnndMit
entering In of the Jews. 4, 6.

Whui the honr of the final jadgment
anivet, the Maaim of meroy for the
Gentilea ii paat for ever. Note the
afflniUea of Ihonght between 1, 3-5
and Ix. 5, 15. Ct IT Em vU. 33;
Apoo, Bar. Ixiiv. is. Obaarve tint
the final jadgment here la not at the

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

Sect. II.]

Chapters L. i — LI. i.

139

5. And from heacef orth He will show no mercy to them, saith
the Lord of Spirits.]

LI. 1. And in those days will the earth also give back those

Din.: 'Before the Lord of Spirits.' 5. He wiU show no
meroy. This may equally well be translated ' I will show no
mercy.'

banning of the Meananic reign, aa
in the Similitades, but *piwroDtly ot
ita cloae, u In loi-ciT. In iv Exra and
the Apoc. Bar., when the Mearianlo
kingdom li of temporarj duration,
and brought to a close b; the Gnal
judgment, a period of npentatioe ii
rightly ipoken of. Cf. Apoo. Bar.
Ixxxv. 13 ; 17 Ezra vil. 34.

LL 1. The reeoireetdan here is a
retDrreodon of all Iirael, but not of
the Gentilea. IL I would indeed aeem
to point to the latter, and tbiB all the
nuH^ no a» rv Ena vii. 31 and [tL 1],
wbleh an evidently bated on it, and
on En. Iz. 6, aie applied to a general
iMunection. But the whole hiitory
of Jewish thoui^t poiote in an oppo-
■ite direction. At we ihall see below ,
no Jewiiih book except TV Ecra teachei
Indubitably the doctrine of a general
reaurrectlati; and this may be due to
Christian influence, aa iv Em cwinot
be eariier than So a. D. Individual

Talmud wiU be noticed below. On
the qneatian generally, ue Chejne,
Origin 0/ (4e fu^ter, 381-4SJ ; ' Po«-
uble Zoroaatrian InflaenceE on the
Religion of Iimel,' Ear^miary I'lnof,
1891, pp. 314-113 ; 148-153: Eiaen-
menger.^Mccjtffli ./wienUum, iL 8lg,
810-949 = Weber, Hit Lehrm d. Tul-
niu^,35l-4i37t-So;&chalE.XT.Ii<?Ae
Z^i>Io^,4>*AuB. 753-68: Hera^
B. E, Art. UniterbUohkeit, voL iri.
189-195: HambiiigM',A-£ii. (rSeqq.
(Art Belebnng der Todten) : Eden-

heim, £{/> and Tima <^ Jan, ii.
397-403: Kahle, Biiiisrfe Etchato-
loyie.ie^OiSttde.ffberd.A.T.liBhen
VortielUmgen von dem Zailandt nach
dem Tode, 1877: Caatelli, 'Future
Life in Babbinic Literatare,' Art. in
JeteUk Q;tiarterly RtmetB, July,l8S9,
pp. 314-51 : Montefiore, ' Doctrine of
Divine Betribution in 0. T.,' Oct.
1890,1-1 3. The varionefwDu in which
the Jewiih doctrine of the reaorrection
appeared are: (i) a returreetion of all
laraditea. Thiidoctriiieiafirettaught
in Dan. lit, 1 ; but, though ao power-
fully Btterted, It did not become the
prevailing belief. It i« the aoeepted
iaith in En. i-zuvi (with the eioep-
tion of one olaai of rinneie in ixiL 13) ;
zzzviJ-Uz;lxxxiii-zc; Pb. liv (title)
inSept.;nMBcc.vii. 9, 14, I3il9<3<i;
xii. 43, 44 compared with vi. 36 ; Apoc.
BaT.l--li.6. (3) A retarTectionoftha
rigbteouB laraelitei. In post-Giilic la.
XIV. 8;iivi. ]9:Fu.xvLl0,ll;KvIi.
l5:xlix.l5,l6;lxxiii.94-i7(cf.Cheyne,
Origin ofthg Pmltar, 406-408); Job
xiv. 13-15 ; lix. a6, aj ; En. xoi-oiv ;
I^SoUiii. i6;iiii. 9;xiv. 7; xt. 15;
Apoc. Bar. xix ; Joaephna, Ant. iviU.
I, 3 ; .Self. Jad. ii. 8, 14. That the
reaurrection waa the sole prerogative
of righteous Israelite* became the ac-
cepted doctrine in Talmudio the<dogy :
Weber, Die Leiritt d. Tahntd, 371-
3. Individual voices, however, are
not wanting who aaaerted the leaur-
reotion of pious Gentile*, Biaenmenger,
Eittd*etta»JadaUhitm,g08,9x Indeed

ilizedbyGoOC^Ic

140

The Book of Enoch.

[Sect. II.

who are treasured up within it, and Sheol alao will give back
that which it has received, and hell will (^ve back that which
it owee. %. And he will choose the righteous and holy
from among them : for the day of their redemption has drawn
nigh. 3, And the Elect One will in those days eit on My
throne, and all the secrets of wisdom will stream forth from
the counsels of his month : for the Lord of Spirits hath given

LI. I. Those who are treasured up within It, and Sheol
also wlU give back that whloh It has received. So G : XAi
■HI7(h (DfltJ^ (DOMiL: Tl-Vdc Htimmarir. The text of G ia
manifestly better tb«n that of Dki., the parallelism of which is
destroyed apparently by the incorporation of marginal glosses.
IT Ezra vii. 32 which is evidently modelled on 11. i conRrmB text
of G. DIq. is supported by F H L N O and gives : ' That which is
entrusted to it, and Sheol wUl give back that which ia entrusted
to it, which it has received.' M agrees with Din. but that it
omits OT'101^ iu the first clause an<) ;f^-AX in the second. 3.
On Ky throne. SoGM. Other MSS. and Din. 'on His throne.'

tint of kU the GeDtllu, with aome few
moeptioiu, but only to die again,
EiMTunenger, 90S-10; Weber, 373.
We ihould obaerre tbat even imper-
fect lanelitee might atUln to the
Teaumetion of life nfCer purgation in
Gebenm, Webn, 371. [Obaarre that
la the Didachs it ii taogU ae »
Chiiatiiin doetiine thatonljthe right-
eon.«Bnu*d.»i.7.] (3) Areaar-
reetion of all mankind, n Ezra vii.
33; [»i. J;] Tert. lii. Patriaioh.
Jadae zxv ; Benjamin x. In both
came the doettine ia probaU; dne
to Chriatian inflaenoea. Coaourrait];
with th« above fotma of doeliine,
otho' Jewi believed onlj in llie im-
mortality of the aoul wiUkont a reaur-
reotion ; Wiidom of Sol. iii. i aqq. ;
IT. 7; V. 16; Till. 30, conpand with
ii. 15 ; XV. S ; Jnhileei izit. 1.

Bhaol. Thu word b here used in Ita
new Boiae of Hie Intermediate State.

For the hiitoiy of thia word and itn
varioDB meanings, aee IxiiL 10. Hell,
litenlly ' deatruction,' ixitKtta, ii the
aanw aa ' Abaddon,' Job ziTi. 6 : cf.
Rer.ii.ll. With the whole verae cf.
IV Eira vil. 31. The ranirmetlon ia
H reaurTseUon of the body : cF. Iiii. 14.
So alio in i-iiiTi ; liudii-ic ; In zoi-
oiv it Ii only a nianrrection of the
soul and apirit. Ia thii respect the
Pag. Sol. probably Kgree wiUi iri-oiT.
A reeorreotion of the body is taught
in It Uacc. ; Apoo. Bar. ; IV Eira.
3. The dar of thalT lodemption
has drawn nigh: of. Lake ixi. iS.
Ab the Meaaiah in hia judicial oapadty
diicriminatea between men'i deeda,
iIt. 3, ao he diacrimlnatea between
the righteoua and the wicked. 8.

Hie Maeeiah ia the eaibodiment of
wiadotn, ilii. 3 : and in tUa wiadom
■halt the members of hia kingdom
ahare, llviii. i; \A. 1, It. Cf. xlii.

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

Sect. II.]

Chapters LI. 2~LII. 2.

141

it to him and bath glorified him. 4. And in those days
will the mountains leap like rams and the hills will skip like
lambs satisfied with milk, and they will aJl become angels in
heaven. 5. Their faces will be lighted np with joy because
in those days the Elect One has appeared, and the earth will
rejoice and the righteous will dwell apon it, and the elect
will go to and fro upon it.

LII. I. And after those days, in that place where I had seen
all the visions of that which is hidden — for I had been carried
off in a whirlwind and borne towards the West— 2. There
mine eyes saw all the hidden things of heaven that shall be,
an iroD mountain, and one of copper, and one of silver, and

LII. 2. AH. tbe bidden thin^ of heaven that shall be. 80
GM, omitting the ilJEOt ^"^C of Din. and FHLNO. Dlu.
gives ' Tlie hidden tbiugs of tlie heaven, all things which shall be

3 (note). 4. Tlie monntaini will
IsftP, Ao., i.e. witli joy: tS. Pb. osiv.
4,6. All beooms ongela In heavsn.
This is not to b« weakened down into
m, mere likeueu (o the angels. At
the leut it denoted an equaUt; of the
rightcom with them. In an earlier
Motion, loi-dT, there is the same
idea. The rlghteonB will be com-
panimu of the heavenly linets, civ. 6,
and re}oice ru the luigela in heaven.
civ. 4. The idea ie further developed
In Apoe. Bar. ; the righteons will be
tratiBformed into the glory of the
nngela, li. 5, and be made like onto
them, li. lo, and their lurpasxing
■plendoar will exceed that of the
angelj, li. II. This too !■ the teaching
of the Talmad. 5. The ssrth r.'.

joicca, for it is tranaformed, xlv. 5,
and hai at last become the inheritance
of tlie righteooi as anciently promised :
cf. Ps. invii. 3, 9, 11. J9,34.

Iitl. This obsoare ohupter aeemi
to lymbolize the varioni fiitore king-
doms of the worLI, and to be founded

on Dan. ii. 31-45. These kingdom!!
of material force, symbolized by iron
and brass sod silver and gold and
clay, will be aa the chaff of summer
threshing-floors before the kingdom
of the Messiah, Dan. tl. 35 : tbey will
be broken to pieces and consumed,
Dan. ii. 44. So here the varions world
powers represeated by these moun-
tnins of iron and copper and silver
nod gold, Ac., will melt as wai before
the fire in the presence of the Mesuah,
Hi. 6, and be destroyed from off the
face of the earth, Iji. 9, and no earthly
might will avail in that day, lii. 7, 8.
Observe that the idea of aymboliiing
the world powers by mountains Is
dnwn from the same section of Daniel.
In ii. 35 the Meagianic kingdom is
symbolized by a mountain. 1. In
that plaoe, i. e. In heaven, where he
had seen all (he preceding viuons.
It is idle to attempt to get an eiavt
idea of Enoch's movements. In xxxix,
3 he was carried off by ■ whirlwind
to the enda of heaven : heie he is

,tradb,G0()glc

142 The Book of Enoch. [Soctli.

one o£ gold, aad one of soft metal, and one of lead, 3.
And I asked the angel who went with me, saying, 'What
things are these which I have seen in secret ?' 4, And he
eaid unto me, ' All these things which thon haat seen serve the
dominion of His Anointed that he may be potent and mighty
on the earth.' 5. And that angel of peace answered me
and said, ' Wait a little and there will be revealed to thee
everything that is hidden, which the Lord of Spirits has
established. 6. And those mountains which thine eyes

have seen, the mountain of iron, and of copper, and of silver,
and of gold, and of soft metal, and of lead, all those will
in the presence of the Elect One be as wax before the fire,
and li^e the water which streams down from above upon
those mountains and will become powerless before his feet.
7. And it will come to pass in those days that none shall
be saved either by gold or by silver, and none shall be able
to escape. 8. And there will be no iron for war nor

on the eartb.' 5. Wait a llttla and there will be revealed
to thee everything. So G M. Other MSS. and Din. after Walt
a little inBert 'and thou wilt see.' For ltttlA=' which he Las
established,' Q reads HhArt:='which encompaaaes the Lord of
Spirits.' 6. Whloh thine eyes have seen. So O M : HC^Lf i
JtO^Ttll. Other MSS. and Din. ' which thou haat seen.' 7.
ZTone shall be able to escape. So G M. Other MSS. and Din.
read ' None shall be able to save himself or escape.' 8. There

bame to the west. S. Soft metal. tiou of these venea eee introductory

The origiiul word denotes an esaily note to this obapter. The writer giveri

melted metal, kud may aliio stand a« a twofold ai^iifianoe to theae metali :

a general name for tin aad lead: cf. that given above and that developed

liL 6 ; Izv. 7, 8 ; livii. 4, 6. 4. in vv. 7, 8. 6. Aa wax before

Tbece vrorld powen will serve to show the flra : cf.i.6; Ps. icvii. j ; Micah

forth the might of the Mseaiah by i. 4. Iiike -water which atreama

being dertmyed liefore hii faoe. This, down from above : cf. Micah i, 4.

thongh not the natural sense of the Before hla feet: cf. Mioah i. 3. He

vene, \% the only one it can have in will tread down the moantains. 7.

this ouDnezion. The natural answer The pbraxeology Is derival from Zeph.

to the qneation in t. 3 appears in i. 18: cf. Is. ziii. 17. The more

V. 5, and this verse may be a later preoioaa metals will nt>( redeem from

6-8. For the interpreta- danger and death, S. The harder

ub, Google

SMt.n.] Chapters LI I. ■i, — LIII.^, 143

garment for a coat of mail. Bronze wUl be of no service,
and tin will be of do service and will not be esteemed, and
lead will not be desired. 9. And all these things will be
disowned and destroyed from the surface of the eartb when
the Elect One will appear before the &ce of the Lord of
Spirits.'

LIII. I. And there mine eyes saw a. valley with open and
deep months, and all who dwell on the earth and sea and
islands will bring to him gifts and presents and tokens of
homage, bnt that deep valley will not become full. 2. For
they commit crimes with their bands, and sinners as they are
they crimiaously devour all the acquisitions (of the righteous) :
accordingly as sinners they will perish before the face of the
Lord of Spirits and will be removed from off the face of His
earth, continually for ever and ever. 3. For I have seen
the angels of punishment abiding (there) and preparing all the

will be no Iron fbr w«r nor garment for a coat of mall.
This eeeme a better rendering than ' Es wird kein Eisen geben
fiir den Krieg noeh das Kleid eines Panzers.' — Din.

LIU. I. A valley with open and deep mouths. So G: 44:
C'tOi aiOflv^: iK^Vlf tfV. Din. gives ' a deep valley, the mouths of
which were open.' a. Sinners as tb«7 are tb^ orlmlnonaly
devotiT. So FHLMNO and Din. G reada (^>TA1: J&OAO*.
3. Abiding (tb«re) and preparing. So A E H M : XIH: V%S::^\

metaU will not prove a defenca but euth bringing gifts to the Mesn&h ii

will di>Bppe»r before him : cf. Hm. ii. n favoarite one in the TUmuil, Weber

18 J la. ii. 4; iz.5; Zecb. il.to; Ps. (368-g). Dln.'i interpreUtian of the

xlri. 9. moQutuDB tuid this valley is aniQ.

Iiin. L The deep valley hero is telligible. S. Bemoved Avm off

tbatof JehoBbsphKt,whero,Bccordiii2 the fooe of Hia earth: nee xiivHi.

to Joel iii. 1, la, Giod waa to BMamble 1 (note). 8. Angela of panlth-

aud judge the Gentile*. The Talmud ment: eee zl. 7 (note). These angela

teaohea the Mme view (Weber, Dit apparently propan the ohiinti and

LehTtm d. TalmiKf, J76). Alt thoae fettan for the kings and the mighty

who dwell upon earth will bring gidt in the valley of Jeboshaphat, whero

and preeenta to the Meisiah to win the kings an to be judged. The

a favourable judgment : but tbeie will chalna for the (alien angels are forged

be c^ no avail (cf. til. 7). The idea in Gehenna, liv. 3-5. The kings ue

of the nations and the rieh men of the then taken and cast into Gehenna,

ilizedbyGoOglc

144 "^^ Book of Enoch. [Sect. il.

ingtmments of Satan. 4. And I asked the angel of peace

who went with me, ' These instrunients, for whom are they
preparing them P ' 5- And he said nnto me 'They are for

the kings and the mighty of the earth, that they may thereby
be destroyed. 6. And after this tlie Righteous and Elect

One will cause the houBe of hia congr^ation to appear :
henceforth they will no more be hindered, in the name of the
Lord of Spirits, 7. And these mountains will not stand
fast as the earth before his righteousness, and the hills will
be as a fountain of water, and the righteous will have rest
from the oppression of sinners.'

LIY. I. And I looked and turned to another part of the

Ot.fftl'^jUIL. 80 also 0, but with verbs in sing. The reading of
BCD and also FLN adopted by Din. 'guing and pre|)ariii<{'
MH! f/faa)-4- seems to be an attempted emendation of the text.
5. Ther an for the kings. So OM. Olher MSS. and Dlu.
read 'They are preparing them for the kings.' The miffhty
of t*e earth. So G. Other MSS. give ' The mighty of this
earth.' 6. Eenoefbrtb. G omits; M supports. 7. And thaae
mountatna will not stand. So all MSS. but B C which omit the
negative. Din. follows B C. Before Hla rightaousnen. So

O X'J&t. Din. gives 1% ' Before His &ce.' M Ahooi ft^fi^.

liv. 3. 6. Hooaa of Ma oon- Bhallbe ua fount of water: cf.lii.6.

gresaticm: Beenxviii. I (note). The The earth's great onea will becrnne

phrue here <a in the aingiilsr: in liii. BtreDgthleuandvkDishatthepresence

6 it i» in the plural. There fa ap- of the Meniah.
pwenti; no aigniflcuioe in the dif- X>IV. In Uii the writer denribed

ferenca. The boulea of hU cangrega- the icene of the judgment and the

tioDt are (lia Bynsg^uee: cf. Pb. fatten that were being prepared to

Ixxir. 8. 7. The mountaliiB . . . biod the king) on their condemnation.

andbilU: see Crit. Note. There i> Here he speaks of Gehenna into which

a retam here hi tiie figurative Ian- the kings are cast ; thejare punislied

gnage of lii. The mountainB and the in the sight of the righteoas : cf. liii.

hills are syiiibols oF the world powen 13. The Wen angels are oaat into

ai personated in the kings and the a fai-nace of Are. The idea of the

Diight^T- Before the Meeeiah'a right- fallen angels and the kings bvng

eonsness, the moantains (i.e. t)ie judged tt^lber is to be traced to

kings) will not be like the parth which Is. iiIt. ai, ii. 1. To another

abidethfareTra,Ps.liiviiL6[); Eccles. part of the earth. Tlie writer now

i. 4 : and the hills (1. e. the mighty) tnina fiom the valley of Jehoihaphat

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

SMt.n.] Chapters LIII. \ — LIV.-j. 145

earth and saw there a deep valley with homing fire. 2.
And they brought the kings and the mighty and put them
into this deep valley. 5. And then mine eyea saw how

they made inBtraments for them, iron chains of immeaanrable
weight. 4. And I aeked the angel of peace who was with

me, saying : ' These chain instromente for whom are they
prepared ?' 5. And he said unto me : ' These are prepared
for the hosts of Azflz£I so that they may take them and oast
them into the abyss of complete condemnation, wd cover
their jaws with rongh stones as the Lord of iSpirite com-
manded. 6. Michael, Gabriel, Bnfael and Fanuel will take
hold of them on that great day and cast them on that day
into a baming furnace, that the Lord of Spirits may take
vengeance on them for their unrighteousness in becoming
enbject to Satan and leading astray those who dwell on the
earth. [7. And in those days will punishment come from

LIV. 2. Into thl» d»ep valley. So Q M Hh-. Din. 'Into the
d«ep valley.' 3. How tbey mads instrumftnts for them, iron
chains. For Hai)aO'V£lf<n»* Q reads HmMft'tD'cn*-. 5. Cover
their Jaws. So ^UM- in Bubj. as preceding verb. Other M8S.
and Din. read fhJMk 'they will cover.' 6. WUl take hold

of tham. on that great day and oast them on that day Into
a burning ftimaoe. For <Hf-, htti Hfi-iSiA O M read
64*1; nfi-iAJt and omit 'cast them/ but wrongly, u their
reading of OMDitY instead of OO'-IH' (Din.) implies a second verb.
For a like possible confaaion of A and <D see next verse (Grit.

on the north-BBBt of Jonualeni to tbe who execute the first judgment npon

vkLe; of Hinnom lying to the wnth them. 6. He Bokl judgment on

of it. A deep vklley : lee zlTiii. 9 the watohen. On that gt*tA duf :

(note). 8-6. The prs-Heedaiua see xlv. 1 (note). OUerre that in the

jndgmant of tbe intohers in ver. j Slmilitndee the gallt of the trateiien

u (hat deeoribed at length in i-zvi. originated in their becoming lubjecti

Hie BbTM of ootnplet* oondsmna- of Satan : eee zL 7 (note) ; Book of

lion la not Gehenna bat only tbe JabQeea x. Bnralnc fUnuaa: cf.

preliminary place of puniihrnait: of. z. 6', ivUL 11; ixL 7~'°> '<!■ '4i

X. 5, 1 3. We are net t«ld hj whom 15. Hie ii to be dietinguiRhed Cran

the ohaini are f<^(ed for the fillen Gehenna, 7-I>T. S. Thii digree-

■ogsU, DOT jet who are the egenti non on the Bret world-j adgmont ia

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

146

The Book of Enoch.

the Lord of Spirita, and all the chamben of waters whicli are
above the beav^e will be op«ied aod of the fountaiiu which

Note). On them. Q omits. 7. All the ohambeTB . . . will b«
opmed. Bo Din. and aU H&6. but G, which gives ittdbl tt4^
a*ll7'0t. And of the tbuntalna. For the impoBslble OhCA

I reed 0!kA. Cf. nest clause according to QM (DjkA: ftl^Ot:
oH'AI^ fAC Otherwise for UHCA read QCQ 'in addition to.'

»NoMUofr«gneat. ABookofKoah
ii maalioDcd in the Sook of Jabileei
x; uL TbsM ftagnMota, zxziz. i,
3*; Ut. 7>-1v. 3; Ix; IxT-liiz. 15,
daal nuinly with the Delnge. Iliey
an to be i^uded ai intarpolatloni
tn tha following gnxuida out of many :
(i) They alwaj) dktntb the ooDtaxt
in whiob they oooor. (a) Thsy pro-
be a terelatiiai of Noah, li.
t Ti ^y_U, )4, j; ; IxT-liTiiL J. (3)1*^
J^^,.^beloDg to a inoeh later dardopmant
of Jewiih gnods or kabbala: eC li*.
8 ; Iz. 7 aqq. ; Ut, 7, S ; liril 6,
(4) Such a defiiute dale ai ii gtren
in li. I ill nnknowniMthaSiiiulitBdca.
(£)TheMOcmdjiidgnicDtQrtheai^eli
ia dsolared an abaolute aaoret In IzviiL
3-5 in oontndiotian with liv. 4-6 ;
1*. 3, 4. (6) The demonolc^ ii dif-

wbo ara carafhlly dlatinguiihed In
the Smilitadee aia oDnfoaed in the
additions, liii. The obief, moreover,
of the Ulen angela in the Similitude*
1* Aiawl ; in the addition!, Samjaza.
(7) TIm interpoUtoT aaelu to adapt
hli addition! to their new oinitezia,

> >^ and Booordin)^; inooiponitea in tliem
many tennt and phraani from the
Similitade^ nd a> ' Angd of peace,'

' ^.Iz. 34, lea xl. * (note); *do lying
word can be ipokan before Him,'
zlix. 4 (tiote) ; 'denied the L<nd of
e^ti,' Izrii. 8, 10, aaa xxzvUi. 3
(note) ; ■ the angel who want with ma
and thowed dm what wm hidden,'

llrLi; Iz. II (note); hrfodnrM Oaf
in ntcA borr^wJn^ile mfnuM UdaAeal
Una* and jiiraMi, either throng
IgiuntBOftorof aetpnipoa*. Ot'Lord
of Spirit*,' lee * nxrii. 3 (note) ;
'Head of Sayi,' It. I, aae zItL I
(oota) i ' Angeb of pDnfthnant^' il.
7l IzTi. I (note); 'Sok of Man,' Ix.
10 (not*); 'thoae who dwell on tha
earUi,' Ut. 9 ; zxzrii. j (note}. (S)
The intopolator mitnndeiaUada the
Similitodea, and otmibinee abaoliitely
alien alemmta : cf. ' tha bnming
Talley in the metal moimt^nt tn the
wart '—an illegitimate eombinaUon of
UL I, 3 and liT. I. (9) Finally, the
KmiiitndM follow the T.YY . ahtnuo-
logy : tha Inteipolatibni follow the
Bamaritan. Tha* in bd. 11 Enooh
■paalu of the deot a* bung already in
Paiadiie, and in In. 4 whiatnuulation
he find* hi* fcardkthei* already thara.
Thi* ooaJd be tha ca*e only aooording
to tha LXX. raokoning; for aootnding
to the Samaritan all hi* fbceUliara
inniTed him, and, aooonHi^ to the
Hel»ew, all ezoept Adam. Hie Inl«-
polati<m* follow the Samaritan reokon-
ing : lae Izt. 3 (note). The object of
the interpolator li clear. Altbocgb
thafinalworld-jiidgmentistmtedat
loigtii, thna are only the biiafeit

W Wvw

tnif ly thfa datbct in the Simili-
tnde* that an eilatiiig Apocalypae
of Noah WH laid under oontribn-

;d by Google

8«ct.ll.] Chapters LIV. 8 — LV. 3. 147

are below the heavens and beneath the earth. 8. And all
the waten will be joined with the waters : that which is
iU>ove the heavens is the masculine and the water which is
beneath the earth is the feminine. 9. And all who dwell on
t^e earth will be destroyed and those who dwell nndw the
aids of the heaven. 10. And they will thereby recognise
their nnrighteousnese which they have committed on tiie earth,
and owing to this will they be destroyed.'

LV. I. And aft«r that the Head of Days repented and
said : ' In vain have I destroyed all who dwell on Uie earth.'
a. And He swore by His great' name : ' Hencrforth I will
not do so (again) to all who dwell on the earth, and I will
set a sign in the heavens : this will be a pledge of good &ith
between Me and them for ever, so long as heaven is above
the earth.] 3. And this will be according to My com-
mand: when I desire to take hold of them by the hand
of the angels on the day of tribulation and pain, before this

Din. emends by reading JEnH. 8. AU th* waters wUl Im

Joined with the waters : that whloh Is above the heaveng la
the masooliiLe. So O M, bat omitting with B fbe H which they
read before yWIA. Other M8S. and Din. give: 'And all the
waters will be joined with the waters which are above in the
heavens: the water indeed which ia ubove in the beaveD ib mas-
cnline.' 9. G omits ^vho direll on the earth, and. 10.

OwlnctotUswlUtherbedeetroyed. So M (LCAt and Q Mt.
Dbi.'B MSS. and KIiN O (DOXini— clearly an emendation.

LV. I. For lUi O reads ntiOB. %. wui not do ao. G M
omits ' BO.' 3. And thla wUl be. So M reading (0li

instead of aHiS^ = ' after this it will be.' For tt JtC G reads

8. The diitingoiihing of Iha wkton iUartntion of ths method by which

intoiiuaaiiluuimndfeimiiiDsIa qaitelD the interpoUtor leeka to ■trlniilitfi

keeping with the other lubbklUio hiiadditionibjliicorponiUiigteduiieal

ideM of theie Interpolationi : of. Iz, temu from the nuiu text. Bepsnted :

7, 8, tS. 8. AU who dweU on of. Qai. viiL ii. 3. Hare the

the earth: ne xxxvii. £ (note). original text of liv. 6 ii momed.

IiV. L The Hekd of Daye : ue Say of toibnlatlon and pala ! leu

iItL I (note). We h»ve hoM a good zIt. a (note). Before thia Hlne

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

148 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. II.

I will cause Mine aoger and M7 punishment, Mine anger and
Mj punieliment to abide apoD them, saith God, the Lord of
Spirits. 4. Ye mighty kinge who will dwell on the earth,
ye shall have to behold Mine Elect, how he sits on the throne
of glory and judges Az&z^l, and all his associates, and all his
hosts in the name of the Lord of Spirits.'

LVI. I . And I saw there the hosts of the angel of pnmsh-
meat going with sconrgee and chains of iroa and bronze.

2. And I asked the angel of peace who went with me, and
said : ' To whom are these angels with the scouiges going ? '

3, And he said unte me : ' Each one to his elect and beloved
ones that they may be caat into the chasm of the abyss of
the valley. 4. And then that valley will be filled with
their elect and beloved, and the days of their lives will be at
an end, and the days of their being led astray will from
that time on no longer be reckoned. [5. And in those

i^SSQ (sic), and this I liave followed above. 4. Kig^tf

kingfl. See xEtviii. 5 (note). Throne of ^017. 80 GM :

other MSS. and Dbi. ' Throne of Hy glory.' All hia hoaU. O
omits ' his hosts.'

LVI. I. Wltb sooorges and ohains fX Iron and bnmie.
So O (OfAAIh ai^v»<Pt\ a . . (uc). Other MS8. omit
'aconrges and.' 3. With the econrgeo. So O reading

ii«»*ivW after XA: ^A'lH'. Other MSS. omit * Bcomxea.' 5.

ftnger, I.e. 'befbra thiimanifeitBtioii The term 'beloved' is ipetiiJI; nied

cifMlne enger': of. a aimllu- aipree- of the demooe in ngird to their

lion is I. 4. 4. Tlie kingi hare pareDti in i-iiz*i : tee 1. 11 ; xl*. 6.

to wltncM the jnctginent pMaed on MoieoTer, it would be pomible to

the tngeiM : if Amcel »dA hi* hoeta tatmUte, ' the* days of their leading

nn judged and oondamned b; tlie Mtrajr.' 4. Noloogarbereakoned,

UewlBfa, how much more likely wUI i. e. be at an end. B-IiTIX. S*.

thejt The text ihould abnoat oer- We have hera anotber addition to

taini; be ' Ye kingi and mighty ' : see the text. It defriots the iMt atroggla

xxKviii. 5 (note) ; bdi. 6 (Ciit. Note), of the heathen poweri agunat the

LTX. 1-4. There i< here finally MeHianIc kingdom «atabliihed in

the judgment of the remaining theo- Jeraialam. Such a conception it quite

oiatio einneiB and thnr condemnation in place In Ixuili-xo, lol-civ, but Ii

to Gdenna. It U poarible, boverer, Irreconcileable with the ruling idea*

to interpret theievaeei of the watch- in xixni-lxi. A Mrerinh who ww

en and thsir children the demoni. only a m«n with his «eat at Jem»leni

itradb, Google

Sect. II.] Chapters LV.\ — LVI. 7.

149

days will tlte angels return and hurl themselves upon the
East, upon the Parthians and Medes, to stir up the Icings
and provoke in them a spirit of unrest, and rouse them from
their thrones, that they may break forth from their resting-
places as lions and as hungry wolves among their fiocks.
6. And they will march up to and tread under foot the land
of Hie elect ones, and the land of His elect ones will be
before them a threshing-floor and a path. 7. But the

wm return. 80 Q ^7>flAv for ^>0A> of DhL 'Will gather
together.' M supporta Din., bat is written over an eraeion.
Hurl tlienuelvea. This trauslfttion of ACMilPffV*, cf. cviii. lo,
uems better than DId.'b ' Ihre Haupter . . . richten.' For fiwJt^
a reads fitOj^. 6. Hia elect oiiea. So G tUU-. Other

might well be oouceiTed of u amiled
bj the G«nlile powen. But this U
impoMible in the oae of ft ■apei~
hnnuui Meiaith, who, paeuMing oni-
veiuJ damJniDn and ftttendod bj
legiom of angebi holds muTenol
aniie, and, ntpportad b; the aotoal
prtMiMe of the Almightj, derttoyi
all hii enemiea with the breatli of
hii month. Beddai, (t) thU aectiun
fonns a banh break in the oo&tazt.
(i) The Suiilitade* deal rail; In

tioned aa heie, nor is may definite
infonnation given M a neMU of
determining their date or the penoni
against whom they are direotvd. (3]
And finally the teat of the kingdom
on the Advent of Itie Meuiah will
not be JernMlem nimely aa is here
iupUed, bnt a tranafcnned haaTea
and earth. HiIb aeelion though into-
polated b itnpM'tant m fumiabing
a lower limit ibr the date of the
SmlUtndea. The doKription la pto-
phetioal, and i> menil; a rtfiroduetion
of the ooming itrife of Qog and
Uigog againat laiaeL Tfae latter
aame* are replaced by thoae of the
Uedee and Paithiani, who aie (be

only great worid powera ftrom whom
the interpolator believea great danger
Di»j be ^prebanded. Syria bad
ceased to be formidable frran 100 B.C.
onward, and liome wm practically
unknown till 64 B.C. The date then-
fore of thia aection miut be earlier
than 64 B. o. Furthv, ws fbnnd (pp.
107-8) on independent gma&di that
the Similitade* ihonld be referred
either lo 94-79 or 70-64. If,
then, thia addition ww written and
added before 64 B. o., the SimilitDdea
should probably be rafemd to 94-79
B.O. We ought to have remarked
above that Ivi. j-lvii. j* exhibits no
sign of having been an independent
writing before ita appearance in ite
present context. 6. lii Enk. xxxriii.
4-7 it is said that God wUl stir
Dp the Gentiles ; bnt here Id kecking
with Uie views of a later time thin
bosinssB is auignsd to the angels:
of. Dan. X. 13, 10, ai ; xii. i. The
:adM. These are
the leagne against
land. e. The land of Hla

elect onaa, i. e. Palestine. Threah-
Ins-floor: vt. Is. ixi. lo. 7. Bat
the attack on Jonsalem will fiul.

ilizedbyGoOC^Ic ^

1 50 The Book of Enoch, [Sect. ii.

city of My ri^teoas will be a hindruico io their horses, utd
they will begin to fight amongst themselves, and their right
hand will be strong against themselves, and a man will not
know his brother, nor a son his &ither or his motlier, till the
number o£ corpees through theii slanghterje b^ond count,
and their punishment be do idle one. 8. And in those days
Sheol will open its jaws, and they will be swallowed np
therein, and their deetmction will be at an end ; Sheol will
devour the sinners in the presence of the elect.'

LVII. I. And it came to pass after this jthat I saw again
a host of waggons, whereon men were riding, and they came
on the wings of the wind from the East, and from die West
to the South. 2. And the noise of their waggons was

IttSS. and Din. ' their elect ones.' 7. A man will not fenow
TdSa brother. 80 O M omitting the A^lAA^ (D of Din. Other
MSS. tuid Din. give : ' A man will not know hU neighbour or his
Irotfaer.' Through fhelr alauglitor. G omita: M Xf^flV*, a
corraption. Is berond oount. Following Dln.'a SDggeBtion

I iiave emended MlCD-'} into Kf^VO^. Their punishmsnt be no
Idle one. So G M reading A.tfrl: Ml:. Din. gives (DA.^UD-'};
flh which he tranalates ; 'Das Strefgericht Uber Bie — ea wird
iiicht vergebUch sein.' 8. Tbey will be swallowed op. O
reads ^iMmy. Thalr deatruotlon will ba at an end. So O
AT*iH>1 •M.W. M reads rfi^lPfl*; -IvTa*; OAJUi. Other
HSS. and Dhi. give : * Their destruction . . . Sheol will devour the
Binners, Ac' ' Their destruction ' in the text means ' the destruc-
tion wrought by tliem.'

LVII. 1. Whereon men were riding, and tbey oome on the
winga of the wind. So Din. and FHXO. For jUUPov^
mf^f!h\ HXa l<H) G reads m^^. iBXaogrkt JCOs f^'tt'. So

Zach. iti. a, 3; and civil itrife will Jawi : cf. Num. xtL 31-3; b.

break oat amongit ths invading v. 14. Seo Ixiil. lo (note).
Dktioni, Enk. xzxtiii. 11 ; Zech. liv. IiTIZ. On Uu deatraotdoii of Ui«

13 ; Hag. ii. 11, >nd thaj will Involve Gentile invkden, tha diiperaed of

•a^ other in common deitniation : Imel Tetom to Jerualem ftua tbe

cf. 10. 4 } 0. 1-3, to which notion Emit and from the Weet : of. Ib.

th«»e ideal rightlj belong. B. On xivii. 131 iliii. 5,6: xUx. i>, 3), 13.

thia and the prsoading venal, lae 1. Oame on tha wlnga of tha wind.

Grit. Kot«>. Bheol will open Ita A Bgure expranii^ the awiftncai of

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

Sect n.] Chapters LVI.i — L VIII. 5. 151

heard, and when this tunnoil took place the holy ones from
the heaven remarked it, and the pillars of the earth were moved
from th^ place, and (the soond l^ereof) was heard from
the one extremity of heaven to the other in one day. 3.

And they will all fall down and worship the Lord of Spirits.]
And this is the end (^ the second similitade.

LYIII, I. And I b^an to speak the third similitude con-
cerning the righteons and the elect. 2. Blessed are ye, ye
righteoos and dect, for glorioos will be yonr lot. 3. And

the righteous will be in the light of the sun, and the elect in
the light of et«mal life : there will be no end to the days of
their life, and the days of the holy will be without nomber.
4, And they will seek the light and find righteousness with
the Lord of Spirits : there will be peace to the righteous in
the name of the Lord of the world. 5. And after that it

M but with the correction of K^/H* into It^H'. a. From tb«
one extramlty cX heaven to tbe other. So GM X^ftiK^
tPnf-: Xntu AJKV. Other U8S. ' inim the extramitj of earth
to the extremity of heaven.'

LVin. I. G omits this verse, bat leaves space for It. 4. In
the name of the lK>rd of the world. So G ClAov. Other MSS.
And Din. give (I'M ' with the Lord of the world.'

tfadr irtDTD. 2. The pillars of
tha earth were movsd : cf. H>g. iL
6, 1 ; Joel iH. 16.

IiTIII. Hera begim ths third
timUttude. It ii probable that >
large pui of it hu been kwt, beii^
diipUoad to make room for tbe
NoMihia fragment!. Ai it ebtudi. It
•mbiaeei Iviii ; lii-liiT ; Ixix. 16-ig.
ITba Introdaotory wordi, * CoDoeming
the rl^teooa and the daot,' in thi*
dmUitude, aa in the other two, are
but a very indiflbrent Index to Ita
ooatenta. 13» ^militnde »■ it hag
rMoIied n*. might reaionably be d»-
•oribed aa ' Concenilitg the final Jodg-
mant held by the 8<hi of Man over

all created bei&gi, bot aapedally over
the gTMt on«t of the earth and the
final bleawdneas of the rigbteon* and
eieat.' S. Qloriona will be yoar
lot. This lot ii prceerred for them
by tbe UoMiah, ilviii. 7. a. Iiistat
of tbe Bun: see xixviii. 4 (note).
Bternal lift : eee xxxril. 4 (note) :
of. Dan. lii. a; Pai. of 80L lii. lA.
4. They will throngh a natnntl af-
finity seek after light and righteoni-
nee*: <A. ixiviil. 4 (note). Ziord of
the world. Thii title U found again
in Iizxi. 10. For rimilai azprtedona
of. t. 3 ; xU. 3 ; IxzxI. 3 ; Ixxiii. 7 ;
Ixzxiv a. B. They will be triddea
to leek Mtd make thmr own the

ilizedbyGoOC^Ic

/. t Tj-W

152 Th« Book of Enoch. [Sect. 11.

will be Baid to 'San holy tbat they should seek in heaven fihe
secrets of righteousness, the herita^ of faith ; for it has
become bright as the sun upon earth, and the darkness is
post. 6. And there will be unceasing light and on a

reckoning of the days they will not enter; for the former
darkness will be destroyed, and the light will be established
before the Lord of Spirits, and the li^t of uprightness will
be established for ever before the Lord of Spirits.

[LIX. I. And in those days mine eyes saw the secrets of
the lightnings, and of the luminaries, and the judgments
they execute (lit. 'their judgment'); and they lighten for a
blessing or a curse as the Lord of Spirits willeth. 2. And
then I saw the secrets of the thunder, and how when it re-
sounds above in the heaven, the peal thereof is heard; and
they caused me to see the dwelling-places of the earth, and
the pealing of the thunder how it ministers unto well-being
and blessing, or serves for a curse before the Lord of Spirits.
3. And after that all the secrete of the luminaries and
lightnings were shown to me, how they lighten to give
blessing and satisfy (the thirsty soil).]

[LX. 1. In the year five hundred, in the seventh month, on

LIX. 1 . Of tha ItuabuuioB. So O ■{kCI'Pt and rightly : cf. ver. 3 .
Din. gives this word io the ace and translates : ' die Lichtmassen.'
2. Bafbre. So Q a^,iew>. Other MSS. 'According tothe word of.'

bidden reocanpeiiae of rigbteousneM it&tcmenta ri. (Le writer nat on Job

(of. x»iTiii. 3), tha glorion* heritage xxxvi. 31 ; xxxvil. 5, 13; mriil. 14-

whli^ Iki be«n ordained for them 17. He wiahea to laing oat the

in hMTen and preaerved for them bj gthical end* of Uie thunder and the

tbs Maena h , xlviii. 7. mil will not lightnii^. Vor a bleMlng or a

be auhteved oDoe and for all ; bat thU oarae: oC Jobizzvl. 31 ; zxxriL 13.

will be a progr««i (rom light to light 9. CT. bt. 13-15- 'Lord of ipirita '

and from iighteoiimee« to righteooi- incorponted &om the adjidning oon-

ncaa. Herltace of fklth : cf, ixiii. teit. 8, Job iKirlii. ^4-17.

6 ; Izl. 4, II. BriKht •■ tbe aim. LX. Tbk ciiaptei li one of the

Ao. : ef. 1 John I. g. Noachie &agmcait4. For the ground*

UX. Thii oh^itar ii an intnufmi, cm wbioh tbcae are regarded ai Inter-

and balongi to the aame olaM aa ili. polattons, «ee liv. 7 (note) : aln the

3-S; zllli;zliT. It ii probaUj drawn following note* on Iz. i, 3, 6, 10, 11,

fhim a Noah-Apoi»l;p*e. 1. The Iw. 1. Tha reu Ave hundnd.

Digitized by Google

Sect, n.] Chapters LVIII. 6 — LX. 4. 155

the fourteeDth day of the month m the life of Eooch. In
that similitude I saw how the heaven of heavens quaked with
a mighty earthquake, and the host of the Most High, and
tlie angels, a thousand thousands and ten thousand times ten
thousand, were thrown into an exceeding great disquiet.
3. And the Head of Days sat on the throne of His glory
and the angels and the righteous stood around Him. 3.
And a great trembling seized me, and fear took hold of me :
my loins became relaxed and my whole being melted away,
and I fell upon my face. 4. Then Michael sent another

angel from among the holy ones and he raised me up (and)

LX. a. Tha Hand of Di^a sat. &o. So O M. Other MSS.
insert Mlf\ CUl- ' then I saw the Head of Days ait.' 3. IC7

loliui beoamQ relaxed. So O M. Din. reads ' my loine bent and
were relaxed.' For •hwfloJ ' melted away ' G reads Oijt^ '■ M
omits. 4. Then Hlobael sent another angel fix>m among the
h^ ones. So QM omitting ^fHi and reading iiS^Aiih in-
stead uf fJ(^|| Xjr^i OP^toti ^KKi in DId.'s text : ' then the
holy Michael sent another holy angel, one of the holy angels.'
And he ralaed me up. After these words all MSS. but G M

TUi date is dnws from Gen. t. 31,
and ii ■ date in the lifs of Noah and
not of Enoch aa it itaud* in our text.
For Bnoch we shonld read Noah.
In the aeTenth month, on ths
foorteentb day of th« month.
TU* aooordiDg to Leritioal law
wai the ere of the Feart of TUiar-
mwlei. In that almlUtada. Thii
fdkraae marki a oltmuy attempt to

oontait, but batoaya the hand of the
intcipolator. A nmHitade in Enoch'*
MMe i« an acooQnt of a Tirion ; bat
the text reqnirei here the word
' viiion ' ; for the writer eayi, ' I law
the hMTen quaking.' The hMtren
qnakod. Tbii «a> a token of the
manifcitation of dirine judgment :
ef, 1 6, 7. Hoot of the Uort HIch
... a thonaand Ihoiuanda : of. i. 9;

xl. I ; Ixii. B, 13. a. Head of

D^a ; aee xlri. I (note) ; Ut. 7
(note). The angela and the rlfht-
eona. Aocoidiag to this we are to
regard God ae accompanied by angels
and rainft. The lighteoiu here can
haTfl no other meonlng. Such a con-
oeption of the final Moarianic jndg
ment ia diffioolt thongh poMlble;
but in the OMe of the fint jadgment
(i. e. the Flood) it ia not poedble
except throngh miaoonceptloa. Here
again the hand of an ignorant inter-
polator ia diwiloaed. 8. Cf. xiv.
14,14. Loiiu beoame relaxed Pa.
Ixix. 13; I«. xIt. I. 4. Cf. Dan.
TiU. 17 1 X. g, 10. Klohael sent
amother augeL Miohael In the obief
aiohangel : of. xL 4, g. The other
angel ia appmntcd to a like dnly with
the angel of peace in the Smilitndei,

ilizedbyGoOC^Ic

154 Tke Book of Enoch. [SMt.n.

my spirit returned; £or I had cot been able to endure the
look of this host, and the commotion and the quaking of the
heaven. 5. And Michael said unto me: 'What vision

has Eto disquieted thee ? Until tiiis day lasted the day of
His mercy; for He was mercifol and long-soffering towards
those who dwell on the earth. 6. But when the day, and

the power, and the punishment, and the judgment have
come which the Lord of Spirits haa prepared for those who
serve not the righteous law and for those who deny the

inaert ' and when he had raised me up.' 5. And KlohaeL

So GM. Other MSS. and Dlu. insert ^<A 'the holy Michael.'
For similar insertions of this epithet cf. xl. 9 (twice) and Ix. 4
(twice). For ftX>h ^"T+l tfAjt; HhiwTI: t1Ia»* What vialon
iLBS ao dlaquietad thee P Q reads r'YCx ^S.\ ltlvn>71: iHiD^L
6. Who serve not the Tighteoua law. I have here sup-
posed a loss of the negative before fitnUt. Such an omission
is of constant occurrence: cf. in MS. O alone v. 2; Ixvii. 8;
Ixxzix. 3; xcT. 4; c. II, &c. ; Book of Jubilees Dln.'s text
chs. xii (twice); xv ; xvi. This coi^ectore is further otmfirmed
by IT Ezra vL 3 : ' Behold and see him, (i) whom ye have denied ;
(3) whom ye have not served (so Ethiopic version) ; (3) whose
commands ye have demised.' Here daose (a) corresponds to clause
(i) in Enoch; clause (i) to clause (2) in Enoch; and clause (3)
vaguely to clanse (3) in Enoch. See General Introduction (p. 37),
where we have shown several points of connexion between Third
Vision of iv Ezra and Enoch. Dln.'s text gives ' Those who bow
to the righteous judgment '; but to class these with die sceptics
and peijurers as alike threatened by the coming judgment is
impossible. Eall^vi {^Jinvmal Aiiat. 367-9; 1867) fii^ pointed
out this difficulty and sought the explanation in the translator's
reading PJJ OB?*) "nsi)^ instead of "» "» la^Jfj*. Thus we should
have 'who have transgressed the righteous law.' In this verse
I have followed Hall^vi in translating Iftt first as ' law ' and then

xl. 1, a&d h aotumUy ao named in li. His Deloge « fint world-jadgniflnt
14. S. Ibrolftil and l«ng.niaBr- U bere cU*(g4b«d with featora belong-
ing : ot Ter. 15 ; 1. 3, 5 ; lii. 13. Cf. lug properij (0 Iba MMaiuiio jadg-
1 P«t. iiL 10 ; IT Esa [tj. 47;] tU. 33. niut of the Smilitudaa. Tho Lord
e. SMCrit.Nota: ct ivBn* [t1. a], of Bplrlta: aae xxxviil. i (note).

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

Sect, n.}

Chapter LX. 5-10.

155

rigfateons judgment and for thoee who take Hia name in
vain — that day is prepared, for the elect a covenant, bat for
sinnen an inquisition. 7. And on that day will two

monsters be parted, a female monster named Leviathan,
to dwell in the depths of the ocean over the fountains of
the waters. 8. But the male is called Behemoth, who

occupies with his breast a waste wilderness named D6ndftin,
on the east of the garden where the elect and righteous dwdl,
/'where my g randfather was taken up, the seventh from Adam,
the first man whom the Lord of Spirits created.' ^ 9. And
I beeought that other angel that he should show me the
might of th(»e monsters, how they were parted on one day,
and the one was placed in the depth of the sea and the other
in the mainland of the wilderness, 10. And he spake to

ns 'judgment,' as 09^^ baa both meaninga. For XhP'K Q M read
f.if'K. 8. For AlS^e.! G reads AM^I.

7. Tbk stmtge fancy nbont Behemoth
Mkd Iiertatluii whiiA ue fint nien-
tbnud In Job xl, zli, is fonnd by
Jewish expounder* tHat) ia GeD. i. il ;
^ L 10; Ih. ixviL 1 (Din.)- I'or
later alluHioiui see iv £xr« vi. 49-51;
Apoc. Bar. «ii. 4. Here they are
represented aa hage monsters orented
on the fifth day of Creatioa to be the
food of the righteoiu in Measiania
tim««. This doctrine does not ^)peu
in Enoch. Fnr further infonnation
seeDraniinoDd.iraciaAJfeenai, 35a-
55', Weber, Lehren d. Talmud, 156,
195, 370, 384. The Talmndie view
Hgreea with that of sv Em and Apoc.
Bar. so Bir as to make Behemoth
food for (he rigfalvous. Tomitaiii*
of tb« wmten : of. Gen. vli. 1 1 ; Job
xxiviii. 16; En. linix. 7. 8.

Dendain front IH l**^) 'Q nnknown
locality. On Uie aaat of the sarden,
i.e. the garden of Eden. The locality
of Eden varies in tile different MCtiona:

ui xxxii. », 3 It lies In the Bast: in
lix. 1-4 between the Wart and North :
in Ixxvii. 3 in the Kortb. The ac-
count aa to those who dwell in it
varies also. It is apparently empty
in Enodi's time In xizii. 3-6, and
th« righteous dead are in the West,
xiii : it ii the abode of the righteoiu
and the elect in Enoch's and Noah's
times in bd, la ; li. S, 13 : the abode
of the earliest fathers in Enoch's
time. III. 1-4 : the abode of Enoch
and Elijah in Elijah's time, luxix.
51: BeeUv.i(iiote). This passage and
the USX. are the oldest tsatimonitti
for the tmnslatioit of Enoch nnto
Paradise : later this idea ntade its
waj into the Latin ver^on <^ Ecdus.
xliv. 16 and the Ethli^io vertlon of
Qen. V. 14 : eight others shared this
hononi with Boooh aooording to the
Talmud, Weber, 141. Bevantta from
Adam : of. loiii. 3 ; Jnde 14 ; Book
of Jobilees vii. 9. Tbat other

ilizedbyGoOC^Ic

»56

The Book of Enoch.

[Sect. II.

me : ' Tboa eon of man, thou dost seek hero to know what
is hidden.' Ii. Then spake nnto me the other angel who

went with me and showed me what was hidden, what is first
and last, in the heaven in the height, and beneath the earth in
the depth, and at the ends of the heaven, and on the fonnda-
tion of the heaven, and in the chambers of the winds : 1 3.
And how the spirits are parted, and how the weighing is
done, and how the fountains of the spirits are reckoned
each accoiding to the power of the spirit, and the power of
the li^ts of the moon, and how it is a power of righteous-
ness ; and how the divisions of the stars according to their

II. Spaikaunto m«, O reads ^fUF 'spake unto him.'
theeartlL. So GM OjfAtt; t-OA. Other MSS. and Din. 'od earth.'
Chambers of tlMwinda. G gives a»H7>ftt: OvI^'H'. u. How
tlLO fountalna of the spirits ore reokoned eaab aeoordlng to
the power. Bo OM ^'^•K ftl^Ml tnl^ti OOfM:
DId.'b text runs : ' How the fountains and tJte winds are
reckoned according to the power.' I have taken ^^A^ above

WDgal: BM vv. 4, II. 10. Thou

■on of man. Thia om of tlis pbrwc
after the nuiitier of Ecekiel U found
again in Izii. 14. In botb initancea
it it boTTDWed nice olJier technical
phroiM (of. xizvii. 3 note; It. l,fto.)
itnna the Smilitudea and miBuaed oi
the; are. As Che main conoapUoD of
the Son of Man ia unmiatakeahle in
the Similitudn, ilvi. 1-3 (notei), thii
miBuse of Che plinoe ii due either
Co ignoranix or to a deliberate pei^
venioQ of ita loesiiing. The praience
of this phraoe in the tnterpolatioiia

thaoi7 that all lefereniee to the Sou
of Uon are Christian interpolaClonB.
Sea OeD. iDlroduolion, pp. 15, 16.
11. We ebcrald expecC the amww Co
the qnaation in ver. 9 (o follow here,
but iC ii not g^ven Cilt Ter. 14, and
a long aoconnt (ii.'ij) dealing with
phyaeol Ma«te ioterreiiM. 8u(^

oIonuineM iboald not caiua any lur-
prlie in InterpolatioDi like the preeenC.
The ousel who went with me and
allowed me, Ao. Borrowed from
ilvi. J ; ef. xliii. 3. Ohomben of the
wind* : cf. iviii. 11 zli. 4. 19.

Spirits or ongeU ore appointed to
contnd the various pheaomena of
natara. This ia pecaljor to Cheie
interpolHtioiu, ai in other porta of the
book Che powera of nature ore either
penonitipd w ore regarded a* coQ-
actoua intelligeuoea : of. iviii. 14-16.
The view taken b; the interpolator
ia followed b j the Book of Jnliileeaii,
where wa find ' ongela of the apint
of lit«,' 'angela of ha3,* ' angela of
boor-boat,' 'oi^ll of thnnder,' &c.,
Ber. Tii. 1, i % ijt. iB (angel of Gre)j
zix. 17 (angel of the anti); Jlm. Ia.
i*.i8. How the weigbins ie done;
of. ili. I ; xliii. a ; Job iiTiii. 35.
Light* of the moon. ICa vorion*

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

Sect, ir.] Chapter LX. 11-17. '57

names, aod all the diviBioiu are divided. 13. And the
thuodeni according to the places where thej fall, aod all
the divisiong which are made among the lig'htningB that it
may lighten, and that their liostB may at once obey. 14.

For the thonda' has places of rest : there it most wait till it
may peal; and the thnnder and hghtning are inseparable,
and, although not one and nndivided, they both go together
throogh the spirit and separate not. 15. For when the

lightning lightens, the thnnder utters its voice, and the
spirit enforces a pause during the peal, and divides equally
between themj for the treasury of their peals is inexhaust-
ible (lit. ' hke the sand '), and each one of them as it peals
is held in with a bridle, and tamed back by the power of the
spirit, and pushed forward according to the number of the
quarters of the earth. 16. And the spirit of the sea is
nuuculine and strong, and according to the might of his
strength be draws it back with a rein, and in like manner it
is driven forward and dispersed amid all the mountains of the
earth. 17. And the spirit of the hoar-frost is his own

as UB«d impersonally. AU the divisions an divided. Q reada
H'A'i V^tn ^tl^A- 14. Dln.'a interpretatbn of the text is

here followed, bnt it does not seem ntiafiictory. Hallo's dis-
cnesioQ of this passage (Joum. Atiai. 369-79; 1867) is worth
consolting. He arriTes at the following tranelation : 'For the-
thunder has fixed laws in reference to the duration of its peal
which is assigned to it : the thunder and the lightniug are not
separated in a single instance : they both proceed with one accord
and separate not. For when the lightning lightens, the thnnder
utters its voice, and the spirit during ita peal makes its ammge-
ments, and divides the time equally between them.' ig. Baoh

one of tliem as it peals. Q M omit ' as it peals.' Aoooxdlng

to the nnzaber of tbe qnaitars. For •Olff O reads ^IIM.

phaMS. 18. Cf. Job zzxrii. 1-5. With th« flov of the im u oonnected

M. Sea Crit, Note. 16. Tha ebb iU robtetniMAn mItuim into ths

uid flow of the «e> explained. Dl«- monnluiui to noBruh the iprings. Bd

petMd unid all Qis moimtaina. Din. 17. Ib his own sns*!.

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

1 58 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. II.

angelj aad the spirit of the hail is a good angel. iS. And

the spirit of the snow he has let go, on accoont of his
strength — it has a special spirit, and that which aaoenda from
it is like smoke, and ita name is frost. 19. And the spirit *

of the miet is not united with them in their chambers, but it
has a special chamber ; for its course is in cleameas and in
light, and in darkness, and in winter, and in summer, and ite
chamber is Ught, and it (i.e. the spirit) is its own ang^.
30. And the spirit of the dew has its dwelling at the ends of
the heaven uid is connected with the chambers of the rain,
and its course is in winter and summer ; and its clouds and
the clouds of tjie mist are connected, and the one passes over
into the other (lit. ' gives to the other '). 21. And when the
spirit of the rain goes forth from its chamber, the angels
come and open the chamber and lead it out, and (likewise)
when it is ditEomd over the whole earth, and as often as it
unites with ik»)i water on the earth. aa. For the waters
are for those who dwell on the earth ; for they are nourish-
ment for the earth from the Most High who is in heaven :
therefore there is a measure for the lain and the angels take
it in cha^^. 23. And all these things I saw towards the
garden of the righteous. 14. And the angel of peace who

was with me spake to me : ' These two monsters are pre-

19. Ita oliambsr Is Uglit and It Is Its own ang«L For -flCfli
tooo^j^ O M read OvMtli: 'its ciutmber is an angel.' 31. And
■■ oftan ■■ It imltas. Before these words OM make the following
addition to Dhi.'s text, f^T^^ y*AAi ^U HfO: t-Oft ' it unites

i.«. the liMtriVaet hu % qwdal m^I tlie hMvot ; tU« would agree with

ofitaown. I« ft good ali(eL Tlioagh iiziT-zzzTi and Izxr. 5. 91. As

faail ii often huitfol, tt la not in the rain u of nuh importanoe alike

ckarp of a danon bat of a good Cia the ethloal and material waU-b«JDg

angeL 18. The miit ii (o be db- of niao. Job zzzrii. 11, 13, it* iplrit

Usgidihed frwn the Ibregtring ph»- ii not Indepcndait but labotdbwted

ntmuna ; for it ^ipean in all •eatan* to the angeU : cf. Job xzriiL >6 ;

and by ni^t and daj. SO. The nxriii. 15-38. S8. The (anUn

dew "hai ilt dwelling at the endi of of tb» riilitooaa : Me ver. 8 (Bote).

jdbyGoOC^IC

Sect. 11.] Chapters LX. iZ~LXl. 2.

159

pand to be fed conformably to the greatness of Gxh], that the
ptuuBhineiit of the liord of Spirita may cause lamentation,
and slay the eons with their mothers, and the children with
their fathers. 25. When the ponishment of the Lord of

Spirits shall rest upon them, it will rest in order that the
punishment of the Lord of Spirits may not come in vain
npon them : afterwards the judgment will take place according
to His mercy and His patience.']

LXI. I. And I saw in those days how long cords were
given to those angels, and tiiey took to themselTes wings and
flew, and they went towards the North. 2. And I asked

the angel, saying : ' Why have these angels taken the cords
and gone oB?' And he said ante me : ' They have gone to

with the water on the enrth.' 34. Tbat the punishment of
ths Zrfwd of Spirits. 80 O M. Other MRS. give 'thst the
punishiaent of the Lord.' Kar oause lamentation and sliqr
the sons. This reodering rests on an emendation of O's text
tlfloj «iH»ip¥1H AXTlUi wlMft (sic) Ml: att^^tn At* into
hoB; ov^Vt: AXTHJti aarOA^i ^(Uu lOtttAi JSM>. Dk.
follows B C ia insertiog KfiM, which is wanting in all other M8S.
E hazards Kfi^^K, borrowing from ver. 35. Din. gives ' that the
punishment of the Lord may not be in vain and the sons will be
slain,' &c,

LXI. I. Took to thenxMlves wings. reads l)¥A iuBteed
of hli.. 3. Oords. So O M. Other M8S. and Din. give ' long

54. Ssa Grit. Nuts : eC w. 7 (Dote).

55. Vlien tlie ptmlshttMot . . . shall
rest upon ttaam : of. liii 1 1. After-
wsnii the Judsmenl will t>ke
plaoQ Booordlnc to Hli merey.
Gen. TiiL 31, »»; Zn. Ix. 5 (note).
Qoi'a nwroj wiU be isMuhated aft«r
the &nt jodgDnent, but not till (hm.

LXI. 1. Hsra (In bna tait of tb«
SiiiiUitadei ii lesomed, bat the opan<
ii^ rene* an very difficult. Those
angela. The sagsli hare refemtd to
DU7 bsve bwn dsBnitely luunsd in

aome pr«oedliig pwi now lost. Din.
take* it at menlj s gwienl referenoa
to the angeU tbM hxTe hithsito ap-
peared in the SitnOitadaa. WlnB*.
In the O.T. tlie angeU aia not i^r«-
BODted aa winged, nnlsM in ita lataat
bodra: at. I Ghron. sii.16. Towards
the Vorth, i. e. the North-Weat : ef.
Izz. 3. Faradiae ia the dcaUnatioD
of the u^eli : of. li. 8 (note). S.

The aorii wbioh the atif^ela t»ke
with thsm are fbr meaanring Paia-
diaa. See the referenoa to thia in

ilizedbyGoOC^Ic

1 60 The Book of Enoch. [s«ct, n.

measure.' 3. And the angel who went with me said unto

me : ' These are bringing to the righteoue the measures of the
righteous, and the ropes of the righteouB, that thej may stay
themselves on the name of the Lord of Spirits for ever and ever.

4. The electwill begin to dwell with the elect, and those measures
wiU he givai to faith and will etrengthen righteousness.

5. And these measures will reveal ererything that is bidden
in the depths of the earth, and those who have been destroyed
by the desert, and those who hare been devoured hy the Gsh
of the sea and by the beasts, that they may retain, and stay
themselves on the day of the Elect One ; for no one will be
destroyed before the Lord of Spirits, and none can be destroyed.

6. And all the powers who dwell above in the heaven received

ccrds.' 3. To tho righteous. Bo ON A^L&Jl. Other

M8S. omit 4. Wm Btrengthen rlghteousneu. So OM

■PQIOTi MtS^. Other MSS. 'will strengthen the word of
righteonsnoBS.' 5. Those who havs been devoured "hj the
fish of the sea and by the beavts. GM read JtA: -tOAth
Ju»H7flt: (dXA: tOAIh Xy^"f: OAC 6. So M (rt/"fa
tXHH; XA: OantkOJ^-h tPHf^ tf-Ann^ "^f^x atftH 0: aHuyk
D: him: Xtt. Also O, bat that it inserts before ^fiti and
omits Q before tvf>: DhL with BC f^aiuBt ADEQM inserts
iwHO: flW*" after \/fy; and so we have 'and all who dwell

Ixi. 3. 8-B. The tneaaorei periihed; thsy are alire unto the

of Um iight«otM, ara aooordiiig Lord of Spirits, and will lotuni and

to Din. the meuurei wherawilh itaj thenuslvei on the daj at hii

the inlieiitaiice of the righteoiui i> Elect Ono ; tbsM meaanra an ^t«i

meamrad. But even though then to fiith and Mrengtiien the rightaoni.

m^ht be a itaff whereon tin tight- 4. Sinnen will be driven from off the

eou» might itay themtelve^ how ooold &oe of the earth : et ixzTiii. 1 (not*).

It he (aid of laoh * meuurea ' that S. Onlj (be reoDireetlun of the right-

tbej will reveal eveiything that it eone is hcse ipoken of. In 11. I, 1

hidden, and all that have peridiedt I thereiianacoomttof thsreaiirrsotdan

cannot gite a tatiahofoi; explanation, of all Israel : sea note. After the

In lome way, however, (hoM 'mea- reaniraotion tollowi the Judgment.

auree of the rightaoni ' are an ideal B. All who dvell abova In the

repreem tat ton of the oommnnit; of &aa7an,i.e. theangeli: otvr.io, 11;

the righteoni, living and departed, xlrii. 1. In ix. 3 the; are called ' tbe

and reveal eapedall]' the latter ; for holj ones of the heaven.' The angeli

It msttert not by what death theaa were oommanded to dng fTaliTa. and

itradb, Google

Sect II.] Chapter LX I. %-\o, i6i

a command, and one voice, and one liglit like unto fir& 7.
And that One above all they blessed, and extolled and landed
with wisdom, and showed themselves wise in attenmce and in
the spirit of life. 8. And the JJord of Spirits placed the

Elect One on the throne of glory, and he will jod^ all the
works of the holy in the heaven, and weigh their deeds in the
balance. 9. And when he shall lift his countenance to

judge their secret ways according to the word of the name of
the Lord of Spirits, and their path according to the way of
the T^hteouB judgment of the Lord of Siorits, then will they
all with one voice speak and bless, and glorify and extol and
land the name of the Lord of Spirits. 10, And He will
call on all the host of the heavens and all the holy ones above.

above in the heaven received a command, and one pover and one
voice and one light like unto fire were given onto them.' ' Power,'
' vtuce,' and ' light ' are in the nom. in Dln.'s text. 8. On the

throne of gloir. So U, Din. gives ' on the throne of His glory.'
9. The I.ord of Spirits. So O M. Other MSS. and Dlu. read
'Most EUgh Qod.' 10, 11. And He will oall on all the host of
tha heavana . . . and they will raiaa one voioa. Din. translates
' and all the hoet of heaven will ciy out,' &c. To arrive at this
translation he is obliged to alter tf-Af in his text twice into tt'A',
and to give an intraneitive meaning to %B>^, which it never seems
to have. The reason he gives for euch extreme meaHures is:
' There is no conceivable reason for Qod calling bother the hoet
of heaven, seeing they are already assembled around Him ' (p. 194).

foe tliat purpoce ona power ttiA ono Ditanuoe.' 8. Seo ilv. 3 (note) :

T<»oe ara given to them. 7. That of. Fa. ex. I, The holr In the

One, i.a. the Ueariali : op. ver. 5. 80 luavan, i.e. the ingeli: of. Ixi. 6

Din. Bat thi« is qneationable : the (note). Welsh their deeds : •••

pfononn may jiut w nawnably be xli. i (note). S. Aeooidlnc to

Teferred to the Lord of Spirit! belbre the word of the name of the Iionl

whom nothing can peiiiL, ver. j ; aod of Bpltit*. Thia oIkobo is oTidentl;

it ii veiy doubtAiI, if it Ii poeeible, panUel with the next, 'acoordfag to

to trsnilate maqedma qll, ' before all.' the way of the rigbteoni jadgmeat

We tbonld perlupe tender Ihem <the of the Lord of S[drita.' We might

Bnt or opening worda.' Hence, ■ And tfaaretOTe tranatate nagua ' oom-

tiw opening worda (of the aageli' (ong) mand': 'locordlng lo the oommandi

bleasad Him . . . and were wiie in of the name of the Lord of Spirit!.'

ilizedbyGoOC^Ic

1 63

The Book of Enoch.

[Sectll.

and the host of God, tlie Clierabim, Senphim, and Ophanim,
and all the uigelfl of power, and all tlie angels of principalities,
and tiie Elect One, and the otiier powers on the earth, over
the water, tm. that day; ii. And tfaey will raiae one

voice and bless and glorify in the spirit of &ith, and in
the spirit of wisdom, and of patience, and in the spirit of
mercy, and in tlie spirit of judgment, and of peace, and in the
spirit of goodness, and will all say with one voice, " Blessed is
He and may tlie name of the Lord of Spirits be blessed for
ever and ever." IX And all who sleep not above in heaven
will bless Him : all tlie holy ones who are in heaven will
bless Him, and all the elect who dwell in the garden of life,
and every spirit of light who is able to blem, and glorify, and
extol, and hallow Thy blessed ntune, and all fiesh which will
beyond meaeoie glorify and bless Thy name for ever and ever.

But KoMI doea not metui ' convocare ' here, bat rather ' invitare ad
suscipiendnm aliqaid.' See hia Lexicon, col. 1301. 11. Otorl^.
So QU. Din. adds 'laud and extol.' 13. All the holy ones.
So O M. Din. ' aU His holy ones.' For f jfrM* Q raada ^JtAt.
Blessed nuie. Bo OM. Other MS8. and Din. give 'boly.'

10. Ohambim,B«iapUiii, and Oplu-
Dim: cfilv. II, 18; zz. 7; IzzL 7.
Hib CWuUm uid Scnpliitn iippMtr
is the O.T. but mre oanfukly dls-
tinpiuliad. Saholx, J.TIu!i& TAmL
p. 617, uji that in no iiutuice are
the CheruUm to be regarded aa
angeli, bat ai lymbolio figuiea : thaj
funn Ood'i ohariot, and are the meini
of rereaUag or oonoealmg HIi pre-
■asce. The Senphim are bein^
whan ipecial da^ wai to wtrve in
Qod'* immediate pretence. On the
nature of theaa *ee bIbo DetiUwh on Ii.
vL 1. TheOphaiifm(i.«.wheaI«)are
derived from Eiek. L 15. In the
TiJinnd a« hare the; are oUwed witli
the Cherubim and Ber^ihim, Weber,
^f. 163, 198, 159. On the angelology
of tiM O.T., ■•• Sohnli, A. TlMAe.

2%eoI. (606-611). Aniela of power
and anselj of prinabMUiUM. lleee
are ezaotl; St. Paul's * prindpalitiea
and powen ' : of. Bom. *ilL 38 ; £^
i. )i \ CoL 1. 16. Th« othar powen
on the earth, fto., i.e. the lower
aogel-powon over nature. 11. In
tbe q)liitoffUth,Aa. Theee Tordi
nrpree i the Tirtoee which -"'-■-*» the
augeli who give pralae. Thenrtneeare
■even in nomber ; d. zliz. j. Bleaaad
U He, Ao. ; ef. zxzix. 10. U. All
who Bleep not: tee L 5 (note).
Qarden of lifb : Bee li. S (note).
The LXX. ehronology I« foUowed hcse
•alntheSimilitudeigAiieTallj: atlir.
7 (note). Spirit of \i^%. A phraaa
nabradnggood ayiritSfhtimaii and an-
gelic. Thi«tiiaaght(e£.oTiii. II, 'genera-
tion of light ") ia nun bllr deralopod

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

86ct.ii.] Chapters LXI. w—LXIl, 2. 163

13. For ^reat ia the mercy of the Lord of Spirits, and He is
lon^-Bidfering, and aJl His work and i^l the extent of His
work He has revealed to the righteous imd elect in the name
of the Lord of Spirits.'

LXII. I, And thus the Lord commanded the kings and
the mighty and the exalted, and those who dwell on the
earUi, and said : ' Open yonr eyes tmd lift up your horns
if ye are able to reoognise l^e Elect One.' 2. And the
Lord of Spirits seated him (i. e. the Messiah) on the throne
of His glory and the spirit of righteousness was poured out
apoo him, and the word of his month slew all the sinners,
and all the unrighteous were destroyed before his fa«e.

13. .&U tlM extent of Hla work So M IHh X7°<nh 7-af< an<l
Q, but that it omits the pron. suffix. tf-A* mnst be changed into
U-Ar. Other U88. give, 'All Hie power in all that He has craated.'
LXn. 2. Tlw lATd of SplrltB seated him (L e. the Heaalab)
cm the throne of Hla glory. This translation rests on a ueceBsary
emendation of the text soggested by DIo. — a>JtinC instead ctf
aiHl£, For the following words 'the spirit of righteonBness was
poured out npon him' cannot be referred to Qud but only to the
Messiah (cf. Isaiah xi. 4), and in Terses 3 and 5 the Messiah
is represented as sitting on the throne. DId.'b text gives ' the
Lord of Spirits sat oa the throne,* &c. And all the unright-
eous were destzoTed. So 0, which for Yttt reads l^Avo*; and

In the N.T., 'ohildm of light,* Luke lot of tLe rlgbteoiu U then dwelt
iTi.B. IS. Hemr; •••lz.5 (note). apon in oontrut with the &te of the
LZIL Here we have a lei^faened wicked. 1. Tb« kl&s* and
acoDost of the jodgment, putioiilarly the mishtr: >ee xizriii. 5. Iilft
of th« kiagi aod of the migbtr. Tiiia up j-ooi horn* : cf. Pi. Ixxt. 4.
■QbJMt hai already been haodled Baoosniaa, L e. reeogniee him to be
■twirtly, xlri 4-8 ; xlviiL8-io; liii- what he ia— the Men!^. The word
Ut. 3; but hara the Mctiul Boene ii tranalftted 'recogniie' oould aim ba
portiBjed. The Idiiifi and the might; nmdeied'oomprehsnd,' 'oodentuid.'
will be aUad with uigolih when they 9. Seated bim. See Crit Note : d
behold the Monah, ud will &^ Is. xl 4. The word of Ma montb.
down and wonhip, and pray for He jndgmeut ia foremnn. AU the Kw I-C-m/ C
meny at hit handi. Snt their {naysn sinnarB, and all the unrlghtsoua.
will be of DO avail end they will Thoosb the writer ii chiefly con-
be carried off by the angel* of oerned with the Judgment of the
poniihment. The bUtKdneM of the kings, the ooDdemnation of the dnnera

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

1 64 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. ir.

3. And there will stand up in that day all the kings and the
mighty, and the exalted, and those who hold the earth, and
they will Bee and recognise him how he sits on the throne
of his glory, and righteousness is judged before him and no
lying word is spoken before him. 4. Then shall pain come
upon them as on a woman in travail, who finds it grievous
to bring forth whea her son enters the mouth of the womb
and she has pain in bringing forth. 5. And one portion of
them will look on the other, and they will be terrified, and
their countenance will fall, and pain will seize them when
they see that Son of Man sitting on the throne of his glory.
6. And the kings and the mighty and all who poseese the

for aiXy*7X. reads Xy°7X.. Dln.'s text gives 'and all the un-

righteons and they were destroyed.' M omits the (D bnt otherwise

agrees with Din. 3. XUgbtooiisaeaa Isjadgsd. SoGU. NO

give ' the rigbteouH sre judged.' AB CDEFHIL'the righteous

are judged in righteousness.' g. That 80a of Kan. Bo G : all

later MSB. read ' that Son of the Woman,' -OX/LY instead of -OXA..

Before I had consulted G, I felt convinced that the reading ' Son

of the Woman ' had arisen through the mistake of an Ethiopic scribe

infloenoed unconsciously through Christian doctrine and possibly

^^ '}^\ through the occurrence of the word a few lines before. For tlie

,^ ; I - same corruption see Iiix. 29 (Crit. Note), We should observe alao

, that there is only a difference of one letter between the two words.

The implication underlying the Similitudes is fJiat the Son of Man

-is not of human descent. It is otherwise with the Messiah of the

«wwo \' -"- Dream-vision. 6. And the kings and the mighty. 9o GM.

- ^ , t . I^is is the correct text, as we see by comparing Ixiii. 3,13; Ixvii. 8.

1 Other MSS. and Din. give 'the mighty kings'; but this phrase

' ' ' "^ '■^— does not occnr in Enoch except in Iv. 4, if the text there is right.

bud godlea and DDrighteous ii fre- 4. Cf. I«. liii. S ; xxl. 3 ; zivi. 17, tea.

queotlj reftmd to : of. eutUj. i, i, S. Ons portion of thom will look

3; xli. 1; xlv. a, 4, 5,6; [L 1;] liii. on the othM. This ahowa Uutt Ii.

). 71 IxB. 13; Ixix. 17. 9. The &ot liii. 8 wu in the mind of the writer.

Uut even the righteoui are judged Son of Man. See Crit. Note and

opens up a terrible proepeet for the ilri. 1 (note). 6. The king* are

luitgiuidtbeEaightjiaf. iPetiv. iB. now ready to ackaowledgs and wor-

TSa iTlng word: tee xliz. 4 (note), (hip the Son of Mu, but it it too

,- .iL

itradb, Google

Sect. ii.j Chapter LXII. 3-12. 165

earth will glorify and bless and extol him who rules over all,

who was hidden. 7. For the Son of Man was hidden ^AH

before Him and the Most High preserved him in the presence '

of His might and revealed him to the elect. 8. And the

coDgn^tion of the holy and elect will be sown, and all the

elect will stand before him on that day. 9. And all

the kings and the mighty and the exalted and those who rule

the earth will fall down on their faces before him aod worship

and set their hope upon that Son of Man, and will petition C . ^Z V/'

him and supplicate for mercy at his hands. 10. Neverthe- '

less that Lord of Spirits will (so) press them that they will

hastily go forth from His presence and their faces will be

filled with shame, and darkness will be piled upon their faces.

11, And the angels of punishment will take them in chai^

to execute vengeance on them because they have o^^ressed

His children and His elect. 12. And they will be a

spectacle for the righteoas and for His elect: they will

rejoice over them because the wrath of the Lord of Spirits

resteth upon them, and His sword is drunk with their blood

7. Before Him. So G )L?^J!'tf»". DId, gives ' formerly." 9.
The Idusa and the mlghtr. So G K M. FILO and Din.
give 'the mighty kiogs.' 10. NeTertheleBB that Xiord of

Spirits wiU (so) prase them. So OM. Dlii.'s text inserts Mh
'and accordingly that Lord of Spirits will press them.' 11.

The angels of pnnlshnient wUl take them In oharge. Bo all
MSS. but 0, which gives '^fiVD^ rt0v/)X||^, Oin)^^. 12.

His sword. So QU. FHIL.O and Din. give 'the sword of

ItUe. Bnle* over all : of. Dan. vii. mnnitir thnt ii ' lowii ' Ii oalled the

14. 7, 8. Hidden 1 of. zlviii. 0. 'plant of righteoamen'; of. s. 16

This word oobmIoiu a digrowioD and (note). OonKreKatlon : of. xxzTiii.

an eiptanatdoiL Befi«e he »ppear«d 1 (note). 6, 10. The deaoription

to judge he waa proanrred b; the of Uie jadgment of tbe kiagi re-

Iiord of Spitita and tevealed lo the aumed: they implore mercy, bat in

elaot through the ajdHt of propbacy, -wtin. Bliame and daikneaa : rf.

xlviiL 7. By tbia mcmna the com- ilri. 6; iv Eira vii. 55, 11.

miudt; of the elect -waa founded (lit. Angela of pnnlahment ; «ee xl. 7

'aown*), hat wai not to behold him (note). Cf. IliL 3-liT. 1. 13. Speo-

till tbe final judgment. The com- toole: aee ilvlii. 9 (note). Sword.

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

1 66 The Book of Enoch. [3«ct.ii.

(lit, ' from them '). 1 3, And the righteoofi and elect will be

saved on that da^ and will never again from thenceforth see the

face of the sinners and nnrighteoas. 14. And the Lord of

Spirits wUl abide over them, and with that Son of Man will ^ '1 ^'

they eat and lie down and rise up for ever and ever. 15.

And the righteous and elect will have risen from the earth,

and ceased to be of downcast countenance, and will have

been clothed with garments of glory. 16. And these shall

be your garmentSj garments of life before die Lord of Spirits;

and your garments will not grow old, and yonr glory will

not pass away before the Lord of Spirits.

LXIII. I. In those days will the mighty and the kings

the Lord of Spirits.' 14. WUl tbay eat. BoQM. FHILO
and Din. read 'wiU they abide and eat,' alao N (sec. hand).
15, 16. Clothed with garmenta of glory. And these shall
be 70UT garments, garments of llfb. So Q M, which read A-flfh
tk-aJA: Aflifi^i: a»i>-X'F; ^fi-l: ti-al>tl(n>^ ^■nAi IbS-a^. So aUo
I N, bnt that they omit j^-aniltfV. K reads as Dln.'s text : the
other MSS. vary. The conclnding words of Ixii. 16, 'yonr gar-
ments ttiB net grow old, and your glory will not pass away,' con-
firm the readJDg of OM. The fi»ct that all these variations are
absent from DId.'s MSS. points to their beibg dae to a late
recension.
LXIII. I. The mighty and the Unga. So GM: c£ note on

Uaed flgontivel; here : ct Iziil. 11. 4^ ; Henn. Km. viJi. t. See alio En.

Drunkref.I*. zxTiv.6. IS.Bavedi oviU. 11. Will not btow old : cf.

of. xlviii. 7. 14. Tbe kingdom U Dent. rili. 4 ; izix. 5.

■t iMt eitafaliihed and God Oinuelf LXm. The writer agnin retanu

dwells unoiigit them: of. I1.I1. ig.io; to the king! snd the mighty In radcr

Zeph. in. ts-17 : utd the Menish to deeoribe their bittar and nnavail-

will dwell with them : of. ilv. 4 ; lag repeatanee. The dworiptioii is

zixviiL t. The kingdom lasts for not auamplifioatiDnof liii. 5-11, bnt

aver. IS. Tlus Tone does not refer takes ap the history at a Utcc stage

to (be resanection bui dgnifist that after that (he kings have appealed in

all the hnmiliations of tbe righteous Tun to the Meauh and are already

are at an sod. 16. Gajwtents at in the oustodj of (lie angds of

life : see Cri(. Notes on tt. 15, 16. puniihnient. A* (hdr Sftpeal to the

On tbe garments of the blessed, of. Messiah has fuled, duy Mitreat (he

nCor. T.J, 4; Itev.iii. 4, S, 18; iv. 4; angels of panishmmt, to whom thej

11. 11; Tii.9,13,14; ITBBaii.39, an delirered, (o grant them a raspits

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

Sect-n.] Cfuipt^s LXU.ii—LXIII.Z. 167

vrho possess the earth implore His angels of paniahment to
whom they were delivered to graot th^n a little respite, that
they mig'ht fall down before the Lord of Spirits, and worship,
and confess their rans before Him. 3. And they will bless

and g;lorify tiie Lord of Spirits, and say : 'Blessed is the Lord
of Spirits, the Lord of kings, the Lord of the mighty and the
Lord of the nilers, the Lord, of glory and the Lord of wisdom,
(before whran) every secret is clear. 3. And Thy power is from
generation to generation and Thy glory for ever and ever :
deep aie all Thy secrete and innumerable, and Thy righteous-
ness ie beyond reckoning. 4. We have now learnt t^t we
should glorify and bless the Lord of kings and Him who is
King over all kings.' 5. And they will say : ' Wonld that
we had rest to glorify and thank Him uid confess oar fiuth
before His glory I 6. And now we long for a little rest

but find it not : we are driven away and obtain it not : light
has vanished from b^oie us, and darkness is our dwelling-
place for ever and ever; 7. For we have not believed

before Him nor glorified the name of the Lord of Spirits, nor
glorified our Lord, but our hope was in the sceptre of our
kingdom and in oar glory. 8. And in the day of our

sofEering and tribulation He saves as not, and we find no

IziL 6, F I L and Din, ' the mighty kings.' H K N omit ' the
migh^.' 3. (Befbrs whom] averr sMiTat la olaar. O points
to a different meaning MCV; dSttm "WX. M gives .^-ACtf;
AIHbl •VSektl ^.Mtl. 5. aioruy and tliank Him. So O M.
Other MSS. give, 'Qlorify, and thank, and blesa Him.' His
Slorr. O reads 'Tby gbry.' 7. l^oid of Spirits. So QF:
HILNO give 'Lord of kings': M ' Lord of Lords.' Qlorlfied
our iKird. So a M. Other MSS. ' glorified the Lord for all His

towDidilptheLixdafSpiritiuklaon- pMUga, at Wiadoni v. 3--S. 9.

faM their dm before Him. ^lii in "Yb/Ax oonfawipn aoknowladgee all

bet bmu ui indireot sod 1m( datpdr- tlut tbey thrmari; denied: of. xlvi.

ioKappsklto the LmxI of Spirit*. At 5. 8. Cf. xlix, «. 6. Dark-

tlie Mma time it ii k juitifliMt[on of mew U our dweUlnfl>pUiM : at iItL

God's jutica. ?[>TaaomewlutdmD>r 6. 8. ThtrebmplMaof Mpenu

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

i68

The Book of Enoch.

tSeot.n.

respite wherein to confess onr &!& that our Lord is tnie in
all Hie works and in His jndgmmts and His righteousness,
and His jndgmentA have no respect of persons. 9. And we
shall pass away from before His face on sccoimt of oar
works, and all oar sins are reckoned up in righteousness.'
10. Now they will say to Uiem : ' Oar souls are satisfied with
the mammon of uurighteoosness, but this does not prevent
us from descending into the flame of the pain of Sheol.'

works.' i
judgments.'

. In His JudEmsnta. So OM. Dhi. 'in all His
10. Into the flame. 80 all HKS. but 0, which

HUM wlieti the final judgmeot hH
oome. 10. Bicliei avaO not to

thalr nlralioD : ot. lU. 7; lUi ; Pl
zllz. 7-11. Xammon of nnriclit-
eoiuiMu: cr.LDkeiTi.i), 11; Eooliu.
*. 8. Sheol. Thii word bu bomo
difinnt mouungi kt diffarent perioda
snd aIm diffwent mA^niiigt during
th* ume period, owing to the 00-
estltmoe c^ different lUgei in Uib
deTBlopnunt of thooght. Ai then
diflteent meeningi kre to be bond
in Enoch, a shot hiitorj of the oon-
oaption win be the beet meene of
a^ilaiution. (i) Sbeol in the O.T.
ia the pboe uppointecl (or all llTing,
Job zix. t%: from it> gisBp than ie
nerar utj poaaildlitj of eaoape. Job
vii. 9. It i< dtnated baneatii the
earth. Num. zvi. 30 1 it la the land of
darkneM and confiulon, Job k. 31,
31 : of deetruirtion, (brgetfnlneae, and
ailoioe, Paa. IsutEU. 11; xAr, 17;
czT. 17. NeTarthelen the identity
of tlie individmd Ii in lome meainre
, 1%. ziv. 10; Eiek. ziiii.
I Bkm. zzriii. ij aqq. : but the
> li joflsia and liaa no potut
of oontaot with God or human in-
tereata. Pie. tL 5 ; zzz. g ; Ii. nxviii.
II, iS. In tlie e(*MeptioD of Sheol
there la no moral or religiooa elecoant
invidved: no monJ diitinction* an

obeerred In it : good and liad &re
•like. Bnt the family, national and
aoeial diatinetioni of the world above
are itlll reprodnoed, and men are
gktiiered to tiudr fathen or people.
Gen. zzT. 8, 9 ; zxxv. ig ; E(d(. xizii.
17-31 ; king! are aeated on their
throiLea even there, la. xiv. 9, 10;
Eiek. izziL it. 14. Thui the O.T.
Bheol does not differ eaeentially from
the Honiaric Hadea, Odjn. zi 488,
9. Thii view oF Sheol was the ortho-
dox and premiling one till the woand
century B. 0. ; of. Eoolui. xiv. 16 ; ivii.
31,331 iix. i;; Bar.iM. 11; Tob.Ui.
I o ; zvii. 3 ; Bnooh oii. 11 (I. e. where
Baddnoaaa are introduced aa apeak-
ing). Individual voioea indeed had
been r^ied againat it In Eavonr of
a religioQi conoeption uf Bheol, and
Snallj through thur advooaoy thie
higbn' oonoeptian gradually won ila
way into aooeptance. (>) fliia aecond
and hi^er onneeptiou of Sheol WM the
prodaet of the aame religion! thought
that gave birth to the dootrlne of the
ReauTTtetlon— the thought that iamA
the aniwv to lU difficultiea by carry-
ing the idea of retribntlon into the
lib beyond the grave. The old oon-
oaptloD thua underwent a double
change. Firetly, it became eeaentially
a place where men were treated ae-

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

Sect, n.] Chapters LXIII. g — LX V. i.

169

II. And after th&t tiieir conntenance will be filled with
darkoees before tbat Son of Mao, and they will be banisbed
from bis presence and tlie sword will dwell among tbem
before h!a face. 13. And Hius spake tiie Lord of Spirits :

' Ttiis ie the ordinance and jadgment of tbe migbty and tbe
kings and the exalted and those who pmBese the earth before
the Lord of Spirits.'

LXIV. I. And other forms I saw in that place in secret.
2. I heard the voice of the angel saying: "These an the
angels who descended to the earth, and revealed what was
hidden to tiie children of men and seduced the children of
men into committing sin.'

[LXV. J. And in those days Noah saw the earth that

cording to their denrti vitb a diviiioQ
for ^ righteoo^ and a divuion tor the
wicked. And, uoDndlj, &cMn being
tile mitfidiiig abode of the departed, it
came to ba onlj an iatennediate itate:
cf. En. zzii : U. i ; oii. j (I) ; Lnke
xvi. il(t). (3) 'Die aoDoeption under-
went a farther change, and no longer
dgniSed the intermediate itate of the
right«Ou(Bnd of tbe wicked, bat rame
to be need of the abode of tbe wleked
ouIt, either a* thmr p^Hminarj
abode, ot Bey. i. 16; Ti. 8 ; xz. 13,
14, w M their final ou^ En. Ixiii. 10 \
xaii.ii;oiii.7. lUiwaapnibabljdne
to tlie EMJt that the Itentmotion wai
limited to Uie ri^teoni, and thm the
•oqIi of the wicked simplj remained
in Sheol, which thui practioaDj be-
oame hell or Oehenna : cCi Pn. Sol.
liv. 6 ; XV. II. That thii oonaqttieo
of Bbeol appeared In iaolated eaaea in
tbe Penian period, lee Cheyne, Orti^n

Cf. .

l.y

gives i^iA. II. Sarknaaa. So Q. Din. adds 'and fihame.'
12. For (Dhai>ll G reads hov.

LXIV. 2. Descended to the earth. So GM. Other MBS.
' descended from heaven to the earth.'

LXV. I. For XJHH* O reads AiHrt' with tbe same meaning.

0/ tU PiaUtr, 3S1-
thequeetioD ganerBlly, Oehler, X%eol.
det A. r. i. J53-M; SohnU, A.
TlieJke. Theol. 697-708 ; Sehenkd,
£iba;-Zm.ii.5G£-7i. IntheTalmud
Bheol haa beocme lynonymoaa with
Gehenna, Weber, L. d. T. 316, ;.
U. With dftrkueaa : of. xlvi. 6 ; liil.
la Bword. Used figuratively here :
cf. ku. 13.

IiZIV. A brief digreHDOn on the
fidlen ai^d* whoae judgment hai
already been deacribed in tbe •eoond
dmilitnde, liv. 3 aqq.; Ir. 3, 4.

IiXT-LXIX. 36. llieae chapters
profetHBdlj and in £tet belong to k
Noah Apocaljpie, and have no right
to foim a part of the text of Enoch.
Hie main reaiani ftir thia oondueion
are to be fbimd in the note on liv. 7.
Like tbe other Noachlc interpolation!,
thi« interpolation ii of a fragmentary
natare: It deals munlj with three

ilizedbyGoOglc

I70

The Book of Enoch.

[Sectn.

it was einkiDg down and its destruction wbb nig'h. a. And
t — " he aroBe from thence and went to the ends of the earth, and

rK^

'"^ ''cried aloud fo his gnndfather Enoch ; and Noah said Uiree
times with Tehement utterance, 'Hear me, hear me, hear me.'
3. And I said nnto him : ' Tell me what it is that ia filing
out on the- earth that the earth is so fatigued and shaken ?
May I not perish with it 1 ' 4. And thereupon there was a
great commotion on the earth and a voice was heard from
heaveDj and I fell on my faoe, 5, And Enoch my grand-

father came and stood by me and said onto me : ' Why hast
thon cried to me with a cry so vehement and sorrowful? 6.
A command has gone forth from the presence of the Lord con-
cerning those who dwell on the earth that their end should be
brought about because they know all the secreta of the angels
and all the violence of the Satans and all their hidden power
and all the power of those who piactise sorcery, and the power
of witchcraft, and the power of those who make molten images

3. I said nnto him. So GU MUT. Other MSS. 'he said unto
him.' 6. Tor tb* whola earth. These words are in the geni-

■nbjsoti: (i) Ixv. i~lzrii. 3, the
imponding Flood nod the tielivenuice
of Nnah; (l) Izvii. 4-lziz. t, the
poulahmeiit of the bllen uigsli, wiA
a di^endon on the kingi »nd the
might; ; (3) Ixii. a-15, the bU of
the Kigda and the Mcreta they di«-

LXV. 1. OUene th»t the *Moa
ii Nokh't. Hie TliioD opeiu hare
with k mbaidence of the earth, u In
li. I with a quaking of the heaveni.
S. The enda of the earth. He
eatranoe to heaven {> at the enda of
the earth. Enooh a (tdll inppoeed to
be alive and to be engaged with the
angda: compare tU**eteewitbliviii.
I. Thut it b Che Samaritan ohrondog;
wUoh ii followed hne ; for aaooidlng
to the T.TfTf, and Hebrew Teckonlngi
Eoooh waa tranilated manjt yean

before Noah wae bora, whoroai the Ir^JI r_ -L^
Samaritanmakeathemoonlemporariae (^ (L

for 140 yean. Una thie viaioo mnrt ''''^ i^ ^
be ngwded u Dot later than Oie vJ\ [^
140th year of Noah-, life. In li. 8, Z^A^f.^

33, on the other hand, a later date ia

■uppoaed, the 500th year of Noah'i

life (of. Iz. 1), and Paradlae ia oon-

ditently repnaented ai the abode of

Enooh and the elect, aa this date is

360 yean after Enooh's tnuuliitian Into

Paiadiae, OrandflttheF. In reality

great-grandfather: cf. Iz. 8. A. A

voloe. This is the oonunand in var. ti. |

Tell on mj fkoe. Aa in li. 3. 6. j

ThoM w^u> dwoU on the •arth.

This phnwe is bonowed from the

StmilitDdes: el zxxvili. 5 (note).

Baoanaa ther know all the seareta

of Qia ancela, fto.; of. vii; viii;lxii.

Thepoworof wttohonA: of.vii. t.

ilizedbyGoOC^Ic

B«!tii.] Chapter LXV. 2-11. 171

for the wlude eftith ; 7. And how diver is piodaced from
the dost of theeaith, and how soft metal origiuatee on the
earth. 8. For lead and tia are not produced from the earth
like the first : it is a fountain which producei them, and an
angel standa therein, and that angel is an eminent one.'
9. And after that my grandfather took hold of me with hie
hand and raised me np, and said nnto me ; ' Qo, for I have
asked the Lord of Spirits ae touching' this commotion tm the
earth. 10. And He said onto me: "Because of their

nnrighteonsnesB their judgment has heen finally decided and
will be executed speedily (lit. ' it will no longer he reckoned
before me ') because of the months which they have searched
out, and through which they know that the earth and those
who dwell upon it will be destroyed.^' 11. And for these

tive ; but the context requires this rendering. 7. Xfifr wanting
iu Q. 8. An angel stands therein. So Q M, omitting H
before fitahy. Other MSS. and Din. ' There is an angel which
stands therein.' And that angel Is an eminent one, Hall^vi
{J<mm.Aiiat. 373; 1867) reprodnoes this in Hebrew lipn Kin DTp*l.
He Bupposes t was read by mifitake for T in Qlp". Hence we get
Q^IB^ Hiph. from "V with 3rd pi. maso. su£Gx. Then comparing
Jer. vL 7 he translates, ' the angel who stands therein and makes
them to cool is the chief Bat the Hiph. more likely means 'to
cause to spring up.' Hence 'the angel who. ..cansea them to spring
up is the chief.' 9. With his hand. Bo all MSS. but O, which
gives ' by my hand.' 10. Because of the months wbloh they
have searched out, and through 'whloh the^ knovr that, fro,
Hall^ (Journ. Aiiat. 374-5 ; 1867) objects that liat-£^ signifies
months, and never astrology, and that the knowledge of the future
could hardly be regarded as criminal by the writers of Enoch, and
that the Deloge waa generally regarded ae a secret : cf. x. 2 ;
Ixxxix. I. He thinks that the cormption arose through reading
O'enn (=Borcerie8, Is. iii. 3) as BVin=' months,' and *9 more-
over = ^i or yap. Henee be would translate, ' Because of the sor-
ceries which they have searched out and know; for the earth,' Ac

of tbe wrought tliroagli tlia aagela. 10.

the ootrnptimi See iiiH. Not*. 11. Enoch hen

ilizedbyGoOC^Ic

172 The Book of Enoch. [Sect, II.

there will be no place of refn^ for ever because they h&ve
Bhown them what was hiddeo, and (none) for those who are
condemned; hut as for thee, my son, the Ijord of Spirits
knows that thon art pure and guiltlees of this reproach con-
cerning the secrete. 12. And He has destined thy name to
be among the holy, and will preserve thee from those who
dwell on the earth, and has destined thy seed in righteousness
to kingship and great hononrs, and from thy seed will proceed
» fountain of the rigitteous and holy without number for ever.'

LXVL I. And after that he showed me the angels of
pnniBhment who are prepared to come and let loose all the
powers of the waters which are beneath in the earth in order
to bring judgment and destruction on all who live and dwell
on the earth. a. And the Lord of Spirits gave command-

ment to the angels who went forth, that they should not
raise their hands but should wait; for those angels were
over the powers of the waters. 5. And I went away

from the presence of Enoch.

LXVII. I. And in those days the word of God came unto
me, and He said unto me: 'Noah, thy lot has come up
before Me, a lot without blame, a lot of love and uprightness.
2. And now the angels are making a wooden building, and

II. Tor tltose who. The syntax requires A to be supplied before
XA, as in tUkte in preceding line. Din. wrongly takes XA to be
XA*, and so trsnelates 'they.' Aa fbr thee. So Q. Din.
inserts a negative.

LXVIL I. IToah, U17 lot. So OM. Other M8S. and Din.
' Noah, behold thy lot.' A lot wltbout blame, Wanting in Q.

>ddr«MM Noah. 13. Noah U to a minxKioeptiDm ai tha t^gealm tit (be

be the fonnder of a naw and righteoua Deluge or fint Judgment, and aa

geneiatioD. Fountain : of. Deut. angels ovsr the waton : of. iL 7

nxiii. aS ; Pa. Ixviii. aii. (note) ; liv. 7. 3. Angela ovsr

IiXVI.l. He, Le. Enoch. Aosela ttaepowere of the watwa: cf. Rev.

of pnnlahment We have here an zvi. 5.

ill^timate oae of thii phtaae, Thsae IiXVU. 1. The eharaeter of Noah

angeli hare to do wlely with the har« ia baaed on Gen. vi. 9. 3.

Moood jndgmant in the Similitndn, Thia aoaoant diffen irotn lindx. i,

and are «aaployad kare onlj through trhae it ia aald that Noah Unuelf

ilizedbyGODglC

Sect. 11.] Chapters LXV.\% — LX VII. \. 173

when they huve completed that task, I will place My hand
upon it and preserve it, and there will come forth from it a
seed of life, and the earth will unde^^o a change so that it
will not remain without inhabitant. 3. And I will make

&8t thy seed b^re Me for ever and ever, and I will disperse
those whoJwelLw itfa-ibee over the face of the earth lest they
tempt (thy seed), and (thy seed) will be blessed and will
multiply on the earth in the name of the Lord.' 4. And

t tMk. So O mS:h. U mS^, which should
evidently be read tOSSh^ This is clearly tb« right text as agaioet
DIq.'s (O^A- 'have gone forth to this task.' This latter reading
is out of harmony both with the wordi before and after. For
AO^ G reads 0+0. 3. All the best M88. ACEFOHIEHN
read AAmllC after y^fth or f-Oft. We cannot, therefore,
simply omit it as Dki. As it Btands, it is unmeaning. It is
perhaps best to emend it into hovi Kt^Xk^ 'lest they should
tempt' or 'lead astray,' and render XHCJtfl" 'I will disjieree.'
Thus we should have a reference to the diapeniou of mankind :
cf. Oen. xi, Dln.'s text runs, 'and I will spread abroad those

sukn the aric Oomplated: hs
OriL Note. DIil'i oonnpt irniliiig
obligM him to make the angeli of
ponuhment build tbe tA snd than
go to tet tooaa the waton I It ii en-
detitly K olaw of good aageli we have
here. fl. CC Iit. la. A-ZiXIX.
I. nu nction deali with the pmilih-
ment of the talliii angeti and iti
■ignifieanoe tn regard to (3m king*
and the mighty. It ia very oanfoaed.
Part of (he oonrndon i* owing to lui
original confniioii of thooght on the
part of the writer, and maoh to the
ooTTnptnsu of (he text. The latter
i* laigel; obviated by the Mo<rtun-
ment of a better text: lee CriL If otea
on rr. 6, ii, 13. As for the funiMr,
it hai tieen caiued by the writer
deeeribiDg the Gi>( judgment in fea<
toree characteriiUo of the final, and
in identifying looalitiea Id the Simili-

todat whioh an abeolotaly distinct :
1, e. (he bnniing valley of Oehenoa
li placed among (be metal mountaini,
Izni. 4, though it 1* definKely said to
lie in another direotion, Uv. 1 , in the
Similitudee. It ii obvioni, tiwrefbre,
that no weight ii to be attached to
phrauadenotinglocalityinthieuotion.
4. After treating of (he judgment of
lYimUml throogh the Deluge, the
writer t^Meadi to deamibe (he judg-
ment of the angeli, who were the
nal oaiiie of man's oorraption. In
eontradiotion with z, the fallen angels
•re oait into a burning valley-^really
the Gehenna Tallay of lir. llien ii
a twofold oonforion here. It ii not
nld that the angeli in liv. were
cast into the Talley of Qehenna, bat
into a ' bortkiog fumaoe ' ; and, in
the aeoond plaoe, thia wni the final
plaoe of pnniihment, not the pre-

,tradb,G0()glc

174

The Book of Enoch.

[Sect. II.

He will imprison those angeb who have shown unrighteous-
ness in that burning valley which my grandfather Eooch had
formerly shown to me in the west among the monntains
of gold and silver and iron and soft metal and tin. 5.

And I saw that valley in which there was a great ooovnlsion
and a swelling of the waters. 6. And when all this took

place, tiiere was produced from that fiery molten metal and
from the convulsion wherewith they were convulsed in l^t
place, a smell of snlphar, and it was connected with liiose
waters, and that valley of the angels who had sedoced (man-
kind) bamed continually onder the earth there. 7. And
through the valleys of that land proceed streams of fire, where
those angels are punished who had led astray those who dwell
upon the earth. S. But these waters will in those days
serve for the kings and the mi^ty and the exalted and
those who dwell on the earth for the healing of the body, uid

who dwell with thee over the face of the earth.' 4. He wUl
tmprlaon. 80 FGM. Other MSS. 'tliey will imprison.' g.
For -tViPli G reada 7a>t< (aic) ; M Oo>4l. 6. Tor (DOid^UIB^
MOaktioB* O reads 0<ya>-ho>>' ; U mtv^: PiPtiflv. 8. For
the beaUns of the body. 80 Q : and this reading is obviously

it, agHia, the bnmiDg
vklley i< wd to be unongrt the metal
moantaini in the west. HiU, h ve
btve tfaown above, ii a mlaleading
oomlHiutiaQ of Dtterly die[iwmt« iilcM,
and (honld prore a warning againeC
Uling ioto the error of Hilgenfeld
and Dminmond, and badng oon-
oludoB* on naoh eqnivooal « lather
demoiuttiably grenndlcM ■tatamanti
ai appear fn thli vetM. lathoireM.
Bonowed from lii. i,h other phruoa
from the adjcdning oonteit, and with
jn»t w little real ugnifieanoe. The
phraie ii no real note tA looalitj bat
onlj another meanisglen plagiariHui
of (hie iBtcrpoUtur. For othcm aee
pp.15,16; kJo(nota). Hilgenfeld'i

to VaanTlna in Mardl <tf a
banlng Talle; (■ Ue wetf U a boatl«M
and anoBlled-Ear errand. 8, 6.

Allele Teraea oombine fbatnrca of the
Deluge and of Tolcaolo (lutnrbancei.
The latter are aoonaoted with Uie
pnniihment of the angaU. Bomed
nndar Xb» oartli tliere. Not meralj
the immediate neighbonrhood of the
Gehenna valley ii here deajgnated,
but, a« Bin. pianta out, the adjaoent
cwontiy down to and beyond the Dead
Sea. A Bubtananaan Bre wa> believed
to exin nndei tbe Qidienna valley)
ef. xifli I (note). B. In tbOM

dayi. Thoie of the writer, Thoaa
watera will aerve . . . tor tbe heal'
lug of the body. The hot ifitinge

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

8ect II.]

Chapter LXVII. 5-11.

»75

for the puaishment of the spirit, becanse their spirit is fall of
last, that they may be ponished in their body ; for they have
denied the Lord of Spirits and see their punishment daily,
and yet believe not in His nama 9. And in proportion as

the baming of their bodies becomes severe, a corresponding
change will take place in their spirit for ev^ and ever ; for
before the Lord of Spirits there will be none to utter a lying
word. 10. For the judgment will come upon them, because
they believe in the lust of their body and have denied the
Spirit of the Lord. 1 1 . And those same waters will undergo a
change in those days ; for when those angels are punished in
these waters, these water-springs will change their temperature.

right ; for the office of the eulphnr Bprings is medicinal in thia
world, but punitive in the uezt. Other USS. ' for the healing of
the Bonl and body.' Believe not. Q omits the oegative. 9. A
OOTveeponding dhange will take place. Q reoda hoD; Hpciv^
"twA/n. 1 1. Are pimlahed In tbeoe waters. So G M, read-
ing T-f^. Other M8S. ' in those days.' Tben water-sprlngi
will olLonge tbelr temperature ; lit. ' will be changed aa to their
temperature.' So OM, reading ^^^Am* instead of ^^AT

retoltod from the meeting of the
water vA fin nndei^groand by whioh

UMtMioe of tnoh t. hot sprii^ Din.
mentirau EaUirrhoe to the east of
the Dead Sea, to which Eerod the
Gnat reaorted. Job. A»t. ivii. 6. 5;
BcU. J»i. i. 33. 5. It bM b«en
objected that acoording to the Litter
pMiage theae water* wen aweet and
not BDlphuotlB. So &r aa thia objeo-
tJoB ia Talid, it eaaaot bold agaiort
the hot ipiiiigt of MaebaeniB, 'BM.
Jud, Tii. 6. 3, wbkh were bitter, and
1b the nrigbbourhood rf vhioh there
wen Bolphnr miDea. Holtamaioi
IJaitrh.f. D. T. ilL 391) nlan to the
Knptioiia of Uoimt Epomeo in bchia
in 46 and 35 B. 0. (qooted by Sobodde),
bat, >a we bare Mtn abovc^ there ii

no need to go to the we«t for an
eiplanatloD. 1*01 the pnnlabmsnt
of the eplrlt, i. e. in the flnal judg-
ment. Pnnlahed In their body.
In G«bcona the; will lufier in the
body a* w«ll M in the ^iiit. Beniad
the IiOtd of Splrlta : of. xxxvilL *
(note); liT. 7 (note). Bee thaltpim.
lahment dally. The hot spring! are

of the angeU : a teetimooj likewtae
to the powihment that will baEtll
the kingi and the mighty. 9. The
puoiahment will wocic repentance in
the kings, bat it will ba naavailing.
A lylBC word : of. zlli, 4 (note).

10. DoniMl tbe Spirit of th* Ziord.
Thia MpreMdon b unique in Enoch.

11. Hie nmoval irf the angels to
anothar plaoe of punishment is fbl-

,tradb,G0()glc

176

The Book of Enoch.

[Sect. II,

and wheo the angels aecend, this water of the springs will
change and become cold. \%. And I heard Michael answer-
ing and saying : "This jndgment wherewith the angels are
jndged is a testimony for the kings and the mighty and for
those who possess the earth. 13. Because these waters of

judgment minigter to the healing of tiie body of the longs
and to the lust of their body ; therefore they will not see and
will not beheve that those waters will chuige and become a
fire which bums for ever.'
LXVIII./"!. And after that my grandfather Enoch gave

and VMl^ iuHtead of ATkAVP. Otlier MBS. give 'the tempera-
ture of these water-Bprii^ will chon^.' 13. KiobaeL So OM,
Other MSS. read 'the holy Michael.' 13. Minister to ths
bealing of tbe body of the kdnga and to the luat of tbair body ;
therefbra tliey will not see, fto. So G M, reading tkLO^x
P'^ffao^, AoD/IXb^: atrt-fT^-h P'yVa^, save that I have auh-
stituted the word ' kings ' for ' aagels.* TMa change is absolutely
necessary, as Hall6vi (Jowm. jlrio*. 366-j; 186}) has pointed out;
for it wwld be absurd to suppose that the augels were healed by
the chemical action of tlie watei s. The mistake arose through the
confusion of D*3^pp ' aagels ' with D^?2^ ' kings.' Hallevi thinks
that ' angels ' in verse 1 1 should similarly be changed into ' kings,'
but wrongly. The reading of is evidently the right one ; it is
supported thronghont by 1£, and in the first clause ' to the healing
of the body ' by all MSS. bnt B G : the text of its second clause
' to the luat of their body ' could readily be contipted into the
unintelligible reading of the remaining MSS. ' to the death of their
body,' A+OMl" into rtf*!* through the influence of verses 9 and i o.
Dla.'e ' for the healing of the angels ' haa all MSS. but B C against
it : his readmg ' for the death of the body ' has the support of
F H I K L N. His text (^ves, ' For these waters of jndgment
minister to the healing of the angels and to the death of their
body ; but they will not see,' &c.

luv«d b; ■ cooling of th« wnters. Tens the Similltnilea tXretAj Oiitt aa

IS. See CriC Note. Dln.'s text » im- & oomplete work to tha huida of tlie

intelligible, but the text of 6 u ioterpoUtw. The meuiing of this

fidlowed above a quite olur. chapter ii dif&Dolt to determine. It

XiXVIU. 1. Aooording to thi* hni probablj to do nith the Bataui or

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

s«t.n.] ChapUfs LXVIL 12— LXVIII.^. \tj

the signs of oU the Becieta in % book and the Similitades
which had been given to him, and be put them together for
me in the words c^ the book of the Similitudes. ) 3. And
in those days Michael answered Rufael and said : ' The power
of the spirit transports and provokes me : yet as regards the
rigour of the judgment of the secrets, the judgment over the
angels, who can endure the rigorous judgment which is
passed, before which they melt away "}' 3. And Michael

answered again and spake to Bufael : 'Who is he whose heart
is not softened concerning it, and whose reins are not troubled
by this word of judgment that has been passed upon them —
upon those whom they have thus led out P ' 4. And it

came to pass when he stood before the Lord of Spirits,
Michael spake thus to Bufael : ' I will not take their part
under the eye of the Lord, for the Lord of Spirits ia angry
with them because they do as if they were like the Lord.

LXVIII. 3. XlohoAl. So GH. Din. 'the holy Michael.'
Tlie power of the oplrlt tnmaportB and provokes me. Can tiiis
mean 'the spirit of Qod provokes my wrath againBt the fallen
angels ' } It would perhaps be better to read f^A^ Aiml^t :
the f might have fallen oat before the initial ^ in ^^nflOUL We
should thns have: 'the vehemeuce of my feelings tranaporta
me ... for as regards,' &c. In passed. So Q M. Other MSS.
and Din. add 'and abides.' 3. KlobaeL So OM. Din. 'the
holy Micha«l.' So also in ver. 4 ; Ixix. 14, 15. Heart is not
softened. G M read A.f>£fl<h! Ml-. Word of Judgment. So O
reading M instead of 9^ aa in Din. : ' who is he . . . whose reins
are not tronbled by this word 1 A judgment has been passed

ohteft <i the uigels. 9, The dia- from tils prelimiiuiy to the final place

logne between MIchMl Mid Bobel of paniihmeni It might p^hkps be

ia dengned ta Ht ftsth the wTerity of better to tnoslkte ' jadgfinent whiah

the judgment over the &llen angels, baa been pasnad upon them becaiue of

Jndgment of the eeo w ta. Thia thoee whom they have thui led forth.'

may mean the judgment on account In thii oaw we should bare tbe

of the MOTsta divulged by the augeli. judgmant of the Satani who are

S. Upon thoaa whom they have rigorouily puouhed beeauae they ae-

Ihoa led ont. Din. thjjika thia may dnaed the angsla into afn. The words

msanthoae angela who are conducted 'They do aaiftheywers like the Lord'

Digitized by Google

1 78 The Book of Enoch. [Sect, n,

.5. Therefore all that is hidden will come apon them for erer
and ever ; for neither angel nor man will have his portion (in
it), bat alone they undergo their judgment for ever and ever/
LXIX. I. And after this judgment they will inspire fear
and anger in thean because tiiey have shown this to those who
dwell on the earth. a. And behold the names of those
angels I and these are their names : the first of them is Sem-
J&Z&, the second Areettqtf&, the third Arm^ the fourth
Kokab&^, the fifth TOrel, the sixth Bumj&l, the seventh
D4nel, the ^hth NQq^, the ninth Barftqel, tJie tenth
Az^l, the eleventh Armers, the twelfth Batarj&l, the thir-
temth Basas&el, the fourteenth An&nel, the fifteenth Tflij&l,
the eixteoith Sim&pisiSl, the seventeenth Jetarelj the eighteenth
Tftrnfi^I, the nineteenth Tarill, the twentieth Bfim&el, the
twenty-first IzezeSl. 3. And these are the chiefs of their

angels luad the names of their chief ones over a hundred and
over fifty and over ten. 4. The name of the firstj Jeqftn :

that is the one who led astray all the children of the angels,

npon them.' 5. All that la hidden. So GU. Other U8S.
and Din. ' the judgment that is hidden.'

LXIX. I. Inspire fear and anger. As Din. remarks, there
must be a corruption here. Hall^vi (J^oum. Anat. p. 3S3 ; 1S67)
tiiinka Xy"0O is a translation of the Hiphil Tj'jn which means
(i) to cause to tremble, (3) to irritate. The Qreek translator took .
the latter meaning, which is unsuitable to the context. Hence
trsnslate, 'inspire fear and trembling.' a. Q differs consider-

ably from Dln.'s text in the spelling of the angels' names, bnt
mainly in the matter of vowela 4. The ancels. So F H M.

£ivoiiitI>tiiutsriiretatioii:af.I«.iiT.ll- not m dewnb«d. 4. It u to b*

13. 6. Iq thii rigoroiiB pnoiiiuiieDt in obnrred tliat in (ho ^militndM llw

■tore for them niither u^sl nor nun Sktuig and the fkllen augali are oare-

nffen but llioHSataiu(T] only. Fully dlBtlngoIdied : the latter Gtll ia

IiXIX. 1. See Crit Note. 3. The the daye of Jared acaording to i-

lilt of nanua here la euentially the zxivi and xd-oiv. Id tMa chapter,

■ame u in vl 7, bet that the thirteenth howevt^, the fimctiona of theae two

name ia auperfluoua: aee Din. on yi. 7. nlarmni are oonfbsed. It ia Aiairi In

In Ti. 7 the namet are nid to be i-iiiTi who ia the oauie of all the

thoM of the ohieb, bat here Uisy are coiraption npon earth, and 8«mjaxa

,tradb,G0()glc

Sect, n.] Chapters LX VIII. 5 — LXIX. 12. 179

and bioii^t tbem down to the «artli and ]ed them astray

throQgli the daughters of men. 5. And the second is called

Asbe^l : he imparted to the children of the holy angels the

evil coonsel and led them aatray so that they defiled their

bodies witJi the daughters of men. 6. And the third is

called Gibdre^ : he it is who has taught the children of men

all t^e blows of death, and he led astray Eve, and showed to

the sons of men the weapons of death and the coat of mail,

and the shield, and the sword for battle, and all the weapons

of death to the children of men. 7. And from his hand

they have proceeded over those who dwdl on the earth from

that hour for evermore. S. And the fourth is called

P^em&e: he taught the children of men the bitter and the

sweet, and taught them all die secrets of their wisdom.

9. And he instructed mankind in writing with ink and paper, r.^ ^-^ v--f

and thereby many sinned from eternity to eternity and until '. < ^11 >^ V >' '

this day. 10. For it was not intended when man was ; 1.- .' m" •- ■>

created (lit. ' men are not created to l^e end ') that he should i- ^ 3^ - / . V %

give oonfirmation to his good &ith with pen and ink in suchu ^^^^- \i^ ,1. -

wise. IT. For man was created exactJy like the angda tQ I ,,.n

the intent that he should continoe righteous and pure, and

death which destroys everjrthing ooald not have taken hold of

him, but through this their knowledge they are perishing and

through this power (of knowledge) it (death) is consuming

me. 12. And the fifth is called Kasdej& : he has taught

Other MSS. 'the holy angels.' la. Por ft^T-Wl O reads alb'n,

in tha interpolated puMga tL 3. axBotir Uks Uie aiiiwIb. Man wu

JeqfUi— 'tile indler': Aibeil — 'tb« origiiulJy righteous nnd LmnuHial :

deieiter from Ood.' 6. GidreJl cf. Book of WiwlDia, i. 13, 14; ii 33.

la BTidentlj a SkUn as he led Htn; 34. TMi ia abo the docUine at Ibe

Eire. In viii. I the nuJung of weapons Talmud, Weber, L.d.T, )o8, 314,

of war ia aaoribed to Am^ 8, 339. Man loet hli ajaightneM Mkd

10. niongh the inTcmlion of the art immortalily through the eniy of the

of writing ii ascribed to an evil ipirit, devil, Wiadom il. 34, throu^ the vril

the writer doet not lecm to condemn knowledge introduoed by the Satani

it lave in eo &r ai it il niad ai a oE angeU, Bn. liii. 11, thioof^ hU

■afegnard againrt the bad fiiith of ovn evil aot, icriiL 4, U. Ct.r

men. U. Kan tna ozeated KoeeiimitUer'e Srlofio on Pi. xd. 5, 6.

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

i8o The Book of Enoch. [s«t. ii.

the children of men all the wicked smitings of spirits aod
demoDB, and the smitings of the emhryo and the babe, that it
may.paas away, and the smitings of the sonl, the bites of the
serpent, and the smitinga which befall at noon, the son of the
serpent named Tabfi't. 13. And this is the number of

KeebeSl, who showed the head of the oath to the holy ones
when he dwelt high above in glory, and its name is Blqi.
14. And Uiis (angel) requested Michael to show him the
hidden name, that they might mention it in the oath, bo that
those who revealed all that was hidden to the children of
men might qnake before that name and oath. 15. And

this is the power of that oath, for it is powerful and strong,
and he placed this oath AkfLe in the hand of Michael. 16.

And these ore the secrets of this oath, and the heav^i was
made strong through the oath, and was suspended before
the world wa« created and for ever ; 1 7, And through it

the earth was founded upon the water, and from the secret
recesses of the mountains come beautiful waters from the
creation of the world unto eternity.' iS. And through that

and this I have followed. 13. Tha nombor of Keabe^ Hall^vi
{Joum. Atiat. p. 383 ; 1867) Bi^gests that for "Hit^ there stood
!T1^ which means either 'number' or 'charge.' Hence, 'this
is the charge of Kesbeil,' i. e. to remind the other angela of the
oath by which they were bound. 14. Sbow him tba hidden

name. So OU. Other MSS. give 'show them the hidden name.'
After these worda Dla. and all MSS. but GM insert 'that thus
they might aee that hidden name and.' I have followed Q. M has a
clause pecoliar to itself. 16. Was made atrong. So 3 014^. Din.
reads ftlO" ' they were strong . . . and the heaven was saspended.'
17. BeautUUl vratera. So AEFGHIN and practically M. Din.

which according to aucieut Jewiah Haaven wai inapeaded: eC Job

IntsTpretation treated of demonic dan- xiTi. 7 for a nmilar eipreuion regaid-

got. Tha aarpant nam«d Tabi't. ing (he wrth. 17- Earth wm

I know nothing about thi* name, fonndad uifon the water : of. Pn.

18. Sm Crit Not« ; of. zU. 5. I do iiIt. 1; oxxivi. 6. Prom the aaorBt

not pietend to interpret tbii and raoaaasa af tha mountalna ooma

vany of the following Teraea 16. baantltnl watara : at Pa. dr. 10, 13.

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

Sect. 11.] Chapter LXIX. 13-26. 181

oath the eea was created, and aa its foundation He laid for it
the Band against the time of (its) anger, and it dare not pass
beyond it from the creation of the world unto eteijiity.

19. And throogh that oath are the depths made fast, and
abide and stir not from their place from eternity to eternity.

20. And through that oath the sun and moon complete their
course, and deviate not from the path prescribed to them from
eternity to eternity. zi. And through that oath the stars
complete their coune, and He calls them by their names,
and they answer Him from eternity to eternity. ii. And
in like manner the spirits of the water, and of the winds, and
of all zephyrs, and the paths of all the bands of the spirits.
23. And in it are preserved the voices of the thunder and the
light of the lightnings ; and in it are preserved the chambers
of the hail and of the hoar-frost, and the chambers of the mist
and the chambers of the rain and the dew. 24. And all
these believe and give thanks before tlie Lord of Spirits and
glorify (Him) with all tbeir power, and their food is nothing
save thanksgiving: they thank and glorify and extol the
name of the Lord of Spirits for ever and ever. 25. And
this oath is mighty over them and through it they are pre-
served, and their paths are preserved, and their course ts not
destroyed.] 26. And there was great joy unongst them,
and they blessed and glorified and extolled because the name

gives 'beautiful waters for the living.' ao. To atemlty: wanting
in G. aa. For winds G gives wrongly ' souls,' by a change is one
letter. 23. Tbe voloes of tlLe thimder. So M. Otlier MS8.,
' tbe chambers of the voices of tbe thunder.' 36. And extolled :

18. Ai 111 fouDdatlon Ha Uid for Bimil&r thoagbb. 96-2B. Thew

it tlia BBnd, Ao. : cf. Jer. v. ii ; Job *et««a fcmi the conoliuioD of the

xxvi. 10 ; Pi. civ. 9, &o. 19. The third aimilltnde. Wa hkve *g^ re-

deptha mkda fut : of. Ptot. viii, 18. turned \a the chief thetne of tBe tliird

31. OaUi tb«m by tb»lr iuune> : ef. eimilitnde. It ii not improbftUe tiwt

xliii. I (note). 3S. CI Crit. Nets, the inteipolAtor omitted p*n of thli f"

Chambara of Uie hail, &0.: ot Ix. liniilitadB and replaced It witli bia

II, 19-JI. 34. Cf. xli. 7 fw a own addition*. 36. Beoamethe

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

1 82 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. II.

C-.*] VT of ttie Son of Man was revealed onto them: 27. And

* he sat on the throne of his glory, and the sum of judgment

^ -, (\ W was committed unto him, the Son of Man, and he caused the
< sinnera and those who have led the world astray to pass away

and he destroyed from off the face of the eartlL 28. With
chains shall tliey he bound, and in their assemhli^^place of
destruction shall tiiey be imprisoned, and all their wo^
vuiish from the face of the earth. 39. And from hence-

forth there will be nothing that is corruptible ; for the Son of
I Man has appeared and sits on the throne of bis glory, and all

_ evil will pass away before his face and depart ; bat the word

of the Son of Man will be strong before the Lord of Spirits.
This is the third Similitude of Enoch.

LXX. I. And it came to pass after this that his name was

C r, ^ carried aloft during hb lifetime to the Son of Man and to the

\ Loid of Spirits from amongst those who dwell on the earth.

2. And he was carried aloft on the chariots of the spirit and

Iv' J ',i

wanting in 0. aj. For f«¥ftl; ^VVk O wroi^[ly g^XSi. %%.
Imprisoned. Before ^^06ai< G M insert H. 39. The irord.

For 17*. F a I M and originaUy N read .BWt ; and for M10
reftd (D^ftlO. Far 'OXA. G reads •OlkA.^ 'Son of the Woman.'
LXX. I. And to the Lord. Bo G. Other MSS. omit 'and,'

name of the Bon of H«n wu re- laZZ. Thii ohaptor fbmu the «cin-

Te»led.'*~Thia ii obaonre. Cf. for a duiliiti u uitU Gwiub the introduc-

dtffareftt nw of the phna^ ilnii. 7; tion of the SimilitDdei. Hiere U

Itii. 7. 97. He, i. e. tbs MenUh. certunly aome evkwardnen in the

On the throne of hla glory: mviIt. anthor rnkkiug Enoch deeoribe hi* own

3 (note). Tlie enm of Jndgnumt, i. e. translation ; bat thii la itself fbnni

all jndgment: of. St. John t. 13, 17. no valid reaeon for obalidng the

The tiiUMn. Tloagh the ^militndai chapter, aa in vietj other raipeat it

are directed ohiefly againn the Idngi ii quite in keeping with the tliongfat

and the mighty onea, tbe aathor re- of the SinulltndM. 1. Ela iMine.

tain* repeatedly to the Jndgment of Hie name hwe itanda tor the pwion.

ijnnera in general : (£zxxTtii. !,>> 3; inie actual pie-exinenae of the Son of

zU. 1 ; xIt. a, 5, ti ; [La;] Uii. 1, 7 ; Man U here loppoeed : tX. zlTtii. 1

liu.(,i3. VromofTthalkoeof th« (note). Bon of Kan: c£ slri. a

eaMb : ef. xxxvili. i (note). 96. Cf. (&ote). Those who dwell on tlia

liil-vL as. Thii TMM •unmanai earth : of. xzxrii. g (note). S.

ihortly tttoh a chapter aa sUz. ffliarfota of the apixit : of. * King*

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

a«t. n.] ChapUrs LXIX. 2 7 — LXXI. 1

183

the name viuished amon^ men (lit. ' them '). 3. And from
that day I was no longer Qiimb»«d lunoi^t them, and he set
me hetween the two winds, between the North and the West,
where the angels took the cotds to measore for me the place
for the elect and righteons. 4. And there I saw the first
fathers and the righteous who from the beginning dwell in
that place.

[LXXI. I. And it came to pass after this that my spirit

3. Waa no Icoiger namlierecl amongst tbem. So Q ^thA^lll'
by a Blip for i'diMlK This is obnonsly the right reading, of
which 'fAill>ah'='I was drawn or dragged' (so Din.) is a cor-
ruption, lU giye the same text as Din., bat by a later hand.

ii. 1 1. Hiii ii an xnoimt of Eiuysh'i
tnuuiUtloii : of. Ixxxrii. 3, 4; Ixzzlz. 5 9.
S. Kninbarad : see CMt. Note. B«-
tw«Ml Ui* North mnd th« Vaat.
Aooonliag to xiilL 3-6 Pandiw Uj
In tbe Eut: mooonlliig to liznl. 3 In
the North: we Ix. 8 (note). Tha
OOTda: oC M. 4. PumdJK Ii

■Iready pat^led with hli tighteoni
((DVfMhen. Thii agnee perfBotlj
vith Ixi. II, which gpraka of the eleet
being klreadj in Pkndiie. Tbsa In
the Simflitudoi the ohronology of the
LXX. ti fi:liov»d,whcTeM in the Inter-
poUtiotw it 1* the Samuitan reekon-
Ing that i> adopted. (VUT.7(note^
LXXI. Thii chapter ia moat oer-
talnljr a later addition. It ii alien
alike in thought and phiaaealogy to
the SimiUtade*. Ontwardlj Indeed
thoe ii a raaambUiia* In phnaMlog;
bat It ii not real, lor the tachnioal
tenni of the amilitttdM which are
tnoroparated In thii chapter are
wimgly need in allOMt e*erj in-
Hbuml Thii diapter wai pmbablj
added \ij Um Bame hand that intMS
polaled tlM NoaoUo faignunti. Some
of the groondi for tlks abora oonoln-
don an: — (i) Hi* tianaoendKice dt
Ood, o( wbloh we baT* haidlj kkj

the Similitndia, i«
here portrayed In the serenat manner,
llie diitanoa between Qod wid even
the righteoDi Bnodh in tliii diapter
ia jmnmanraHfi. whareaa in the
Bimilitndoa earth and heaven are
made one eonmnnitj throogh the
Haniah, and God and the Son of
Man dwell with men. (i) Ilie deuiip-
tim of the oryilal palace of Are, Izii.
I, 6, il borrowed from il*. 9-17, bat
in the handi of the Interpdator tbia
aeooont of the theophany beeomee an
idle tiMurormation aoena^ a mere
taUean rirant — Qod atter* not a
woid, it la only an angel that ad-
dieMee Bnoah. (3] There u abw-
liilely no eTidenoe to ihow that the
writer of the Biwilitndea wu «o-
quunled with i-zzzrl, thoo^ Nn.
baa thrown ont thii lappodtioB,
Hemg, £. .B, ziL 3i|i, whereas the
dqwndenoB of the writer of tiiii
duqpter on i-xxxil 1* denunwtrable.
(4) Snoch'i goide ia no longer the
angd cd' peaoe ai tn the Bimilitndea,
bat Mlofaael, bod. 3. (g) The title
' Son of Han ' ia naed in an abulntely
different aenaa in thischapter — exactly
indeed aa It li In the Noachio fing-
mentt: ••• Ix. 10 (note). We may

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

184 The Book of Enoch. [6«t. n.

was hidd^ and it ascended into the heav^e : (there) I saw the
sons of the holy angels stepping on Sames of fire : their
garments were white and their raiment and their faces shone
like snow. 2. And I saw two streams of fire, and the light
of that fire shone like hyacinth, and I fell on my face before
the Lord of Spirit*. 3. And the angel Michael, one of the
archangels, seized me by my right huid and lifted me ap and
introduced me to all the Becret« of mercy and the secrets of
righteousness. 4. And he showed me all the secrets of

the ends of the heaven, and all the chambers of all tLe stars,
and of the luminaries, whence they proceed into the presence
of the holy ones. 5. And the spirit translated Enoch onto

LXXI. I. Sons of ate holy angels. So AEFQHIMN.
Other MSS. and Din. ' bodb of the aogels.' Thalr fiuMs slioiia
lik« snow. C a O and originttlly L 'WF\. Other MSS. and
Din. 'the light of their faces was like snow.' 5. For in>l^;

indeed h>Ta here k delibanite par-
verdon of thii phtMS ■■ it appean
in tile SinuUtudcB: lea zlvi. i, 3
(notaa), »nd tbi« ii ponible for the
following Tsuon. (6) lixi. 14, 'Thou
ait the Sou of Han vfao art Iram onto
righteounian and righteoiunen alnde*
ovei thee,' i* an applioadon to E^iooh
of the words tued of the Son of Man
ill lUi. 3. (7} The writer of the
SimiUtndee niea Daniel'i phiau,
' Bead of Baj*,' meet appodtety in
oonneiioii with the qaiation of jadg-
ment : of. xlvi. i (note). Not M the
Interpolator; he violate* the technical
•enae of the phraae, and intxnporatei
it merelj to give vsriomilitude to hii
additioua. (8) lixj. 17 betrayi the
hand of an interpolator who cdther
did not know or «I>e ignored dw fact
that eternal life was the lot of the
righteoue in the Similitadea 1 aee
zxiTli.4(Dcite}. Thii verw probably
■bowi the writer'i aoqaaintanoe wfth
i. S! <■ >7; "T. 6. (g) Finally, it
ii qnite DuStting Uwt Enoch iboold

hAve liilona raoh >■ are reoonnted in
thli ch^ter after his tranilation into
Faradiie. 1. The note of time

here i* meaningleM witb reganl to
the Similitadea. Bom of the holr
ansali. Thia i> practieallj the same
phnae ae in liix. 5 : of. liix. 4
' diildren of the angela,' and ori. 5
'childi^l of the angeU of heaven.'
The eipreenon ii to be referred to
&'>n'^ 73, where the Elohim are
interpreted aa angeli. S. 8ti«am*
of lire: cf. liv. 19; Dan. vii. 10;
alao ver. 6 of thii chapter. Thate
■treuni really proceed from beneath
the thruns. 8. Beozeta of moroy.
The mercy of Giod ii often referred
to in the addition! : of. 1. 3-5 ;
li. 5, If. 4. We have seen that

it wai neoeawy to regard the vanei
and alu^t«n dealing with nataral
phenoioena, mch aa xU. 3-8, xliii,
xllT, aa introaiona into the text The
refermoe here to pbydoal aecreta 000-
necta the writer of thia ohapternore or
IcM directly witb thoaejnat mentioned.

,tradb,G0()glc

Sect. 11.] Chapter LXXI. 2-14. 185

the heaven of heavena, and I saw there in the midBt of that
light a Btructure built of crystals, and between those crystals
flames of living fiie. 6. And my npirit saw how a fire girt
tiiat house around — on its four sides streams full of living
fite, and how they encircled that house. 7. And round

about were Seraphim, Cherubim, and Ophanim : these are
Uiey who sleep not and guatd the throne of His gloiy. 8.

And I saw angels who could not be counted, a thouBand
thousandB, and ten thooBand times ten thousand (and they)
encircled that house, and Michael and (jabriel and Rufael and
Fauuel and the holy angels who are above in the heavens go
in and out of that house. g. And there came forth from

that'house Michael and Gabriel, Kufael and Fanoel, and many
holy angels without number. 10. And with them the

Head of Days, His head white and pure as wool and His
raiment indescribable. 1 1 . And I fell on my face and my

whole body melted away, but my spirit was transfigured ;
and I cried with a loud voice with the spirit of power and
bleseed and glorified and extolled. 12. And these blessings
which wait forth out of my mouth were well pleasing before
that Head of Days. 13. And that Head of Days came
with Michael and Gabriel, Ru&el and Fauuel, and with
thoasaDdB and ten thousuid tiiousands — angels without
number. 14. And he came to me and greeted me with his
voice, and sud unto me : ' Thou art the son of man who art

Airm O reads ml^iK: aqrm. 14- He. SoGK. Other

M8S. and Din. read 'that angel.' Wbo art bom. Din. wrongly

S, e. Ct liv. 9-17. 7. Chara- two claatM are practioallj word for

bim. Seraphim, And Opluiiini : of. word the ranie u the last two daiuai

111. 10, 13; zxiix. 13; xL 1. S. oflx.3. Spirit w*a trenificured.

A thooMDd. thonaaudi^ Ao. : cf. liv. Digtingntih this from xnii. 14, and

ii; xl. I. Ooinandoat. Thii la at Ak. Is. vii. 15. Spirit of

not BO in ziv. 13. HiohMl, Oatniol, powsr : of. Ixi. ] 1 . 14, And he,

fto.: ueil. 4-7. 10. TheHoad Le. 'Hlohael'j lee Crit. Note. H

of Safs : aee (7) of tb« tntroduotoiy ii not God Himsalf who speaki : of.

uritidim on tUa chapter, ilao ilvl. I ver. 15. Thon art the aon of man 1

(note) ; Daa. tU. 9. 11. The fint Me ($) and (6) of the introdnetorj

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

^^\Vf

1 86 The Book of Enoch,

bom unto righteonanees, and righteoiiBQees abidee orer thee
and the righteoaBnees of the Head of Days fcn-sakes thee not.'
15. And he 8»id onto me : 'His word for thee ia (lit, 'He calls
unto thee ') peace in the name of the world to come ; for from
thence proceeds peace since the creation of the world, and so
will it be with thee for ever and ever and ever. iti. And
all who in the time to come walk in thy ways — tiion whom
righteousness never forsaketh — their dwelling-places will be
with thee and their heritage will be with thee, and they will
not be separated &om thee for ever and ever and ever.
17. And so there will be length of days with that Son of
Man aad the righteous will have peace, and the righteous
his path of uprightness in the name of the Lord of Spirits
for ever and ever/]

' der . . . geboren ist.' And ilj^toouuMM : wanting in O.

critlinBiu on this ohnpter Mid the nis world to oom», L e. ths 01am

raferenon there giTen. Ifi. He bftbba, (he Meiduuo kingdom. 17-

oalli onto thea peaoa. Quoted laaDgth of d&ya. See (B) of the

in Te«t. Dan. 5 6<A* t/A tlp/jrtjr. introductory oritidnn on thii alupter.

Di.itradb, Google

(CHAPTEES LSXll — LXXXII.)
THE BOOK OF CBLESTIAL PHYSICa INTBODUCTION.

A. Jit Critiedl Siruetttra and Object. R. Ift Independence of
i-xzzvL C. Ita Calendar and the knowledge therein implied.

A. Oritieal Stmotare and Object. Cbaptor Ixxii intro-
dnces us to ft scientifia treatise. In this, treatige the writer
attemplB to bring the many atterancee regarding phyBical pheno-
mens into one ByBtem, uid pats this forward as the genuine and
biblical one as opposed to all other Byttems. The parftmonnt,
and indeed the only aim of this book according to Ixzii. i, is
to give the laws of the heavenly bodies, and this olgect; it pnnmes
nndeviatingly from its beginning to Ixxix. i, vhere it is said that
the trefttise is finished and all the laws of the heavenly bodies
set forth. Through all these chsptere there u not a single ethical
reference. The author has no other interest save a soientific
one coloured by Jewish conceptions and beliefs. As a Jew he
upholds the accuracy of the moon as a divider of time, Isxiv. 1 1 :
■ The moon brings in all the years exactly, so that their position
is not prematurely advanced or delayed by a ungle day onto
eternity.' And this order is inflexible : there will be no change
in it till the new creation, Ixzii. i. So far, then, we have to
deal with a complete and purely scientific treatise, in which
there is no breach of uniformity till the new creation. But the
moment we have done with Izxix, we pats into a new atmo^here.
The whole interest is ethieal and nothing elie: there is, indeed,
such a thing as an order of natui-e, but, owing to the sin of men,
this order is more oonspicnons in its breach than in its observance,
Ixxx. 3-8, and even that in&Uible Inminary the moon (Ixxiv. 1 2)
becomes a Use guide and misleader of men, Ixxx. 4.

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

1 88 The Book of Enoch, [Sect. III.

Chapter Ixxz, therefore, is numifestly tui addition, made to give
ua ethical tnrii to a purely scientific treatise, and so furnish it
with some fitness for its present collocation. Before passing on
. to Izxxi, we may remark that not only does the general t«ndency
of Ixxx. 1-6 conflict with the preceding chapters, but the only
exact specification ventured on by the interpolator in Im. 5
is in glaring contradiction with Ixxvi. 13. Yet see notes on

Nor, again, can Izxzi belong to this book. Before entering
on this question, however, let us consider Ixxxii. i-B, which forms,
according to most critics, the close of this treatise, tv. (>-30 being
regarded as a Noachic interpolation, but wrongly : see Ixxxii. 9
(note). These verses Ixxxii. 1-8 manifestly do belong to bczii—
Isxix. The same formula occurs in Ixxxii. i, 'my son Methuselah,
as in Ixxvi. 14 and in Ixxix. 1 (according to some M8S.). The
wisdom dealt with in Izxxii. 1-8 is the same scientific lore as in
Ixxii-lxxix. And the blessing of the author of Ixxzii. 1-8 is for
the man who sins not in calculating the seasons, Ixxxii. 4.

Ixxii-lxxix and Ixxxii constitute the original book of Celestial
Physics. But, whereas the bleadng of the author of Ixzii-lxxix,
Ixxxii is for the man who knows the right reckoning of the years,
the blessiug of Ixxxi. 4 is for the man ' who dies in righteousness,
concerning whom no book of unrighteousness is written.' These
two blessings, in fact, give the keynote of their respective contents
of the book of Celestial Physics and Ixxxi, and disclose the motives
of their respective authors. This chapter did not, any more than
Ixxx, belong to this treatise originally. In fact, we find on
examination that it is of the nature of a mosaic, and came prob-
ably irom the editor of the complete Euoch. The phiase 'Those
three angels,' in Ixxxi. 5, points to some previous statement
apiwrently ; but none such is to be found. The words are evi*
dently drawn from Ixxxvii. 3, where they occur exactly as here,
bvt mth an etplanation. The heavenly tables in Ixxxi. 1, a come
from xciii. 2, cili. 2. The expression ' Lord of the world ' may
be suggested by Ixxxii. }, ' Lord of the whole creation of the
world.' The 'books of judgment' in Ixxxi. 4 are drawn from
Ixxxix. 61, £4, Ac.

Again, we observe that Izxxi, 5, 6 are written with reference
to Ixxxii. I, a and xci. i. This latter verse introduces the section
beginning in tbe preamt form of Enoch with xci. We shall see
later that xci does not really form tbe beginning of the last book

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

Sect. III.] Introduction. 189

of Enoch, but tbat it hae been dislocated from its right position
by tbe author of bixii to serve bis editorial purposes.

Finally, with regard to Ixxxii, it is evident that it does not
stand in its original position. Tbe Book of Celestial Physics
rightly concludes with Ixxlx, which closes thus: 'Tbie is tbe
picture and sketch of every luniinaiy as tbey were shown to me
by their leader, tbe great angel Uriel.' Ixxxii must have preceded
this chapter originaUy, and probably immediately. After the
long disquisition on the stars in Izxxii, the first words of Ixxix
wonid come in most appropriately: 'And now, my son, I have
shown thee everything, and the law of aU Ihs gtara of the heaven
U oon^leled' If Izxxii does not precede, these words have prac-
tically no justification in Ixxii-Uxviii. The final editor of the
whole book was fond of such dislocations. There hag been a like
rearrangement of xd— xciii.

B. Its Independence of i-xxxri. (i) In i. a the revela-
tion of Enoch is not for tbe present, but for remote generations :
in xciii. 10 it is to remain a secret till the seventh week of the
world: in civ. ii it is one d&j to be disclosed. But in Ixxxii. i
the revelations are entmsted to Methuselah to be transmitted
to the generatione of ihe world, (a) In xxxiii. 3 Uriel writes
down everything for Enoch, bat in Ixxii. i, Ixxiv. a, Ixsv. 3,
Ixxix. a-6 Uriel only shows tbe celestial phenomena to Enoch,
and Enoch himself writes them down, IxxxiL i. (3) The descrip-
tion of the winds coming from different quarters in xxxiv-xxxvi
differs from that in Ixxvi. (4) The heavenly bodies are partly
conscious in i-xxxvi: cf. xviii. ta-i6, xxi. 1-6; hat not so
in Ixxii-lxxxii, (5) The portals of the stars in xxxvi. a are
described as tmaU portals aiove the portals of the winds. As in
Ixxii-lxxxii these portals are also those of tbe sun and moon, they
can hardly be called ' small,' being each equal to thirty d^rees in
width. Besides, though described at great length in lxxii~lxxxii,
they are never said to be ' above ' those of tbe winds. (6) The
river of fire in xxiii, in which the luminaries set and recmit their
exhausted fires, has no point of connexion with Ixxii-lxxxii.
(}) In xxxii. a, 3 the Garden of Eden lies in the east : in
Ixxvii. 3 in the north. There is undoubtedly some relationship
between the later chapters of i-xxxvi and Ixxii-lxxxii ; but it is
not that of one and undivided authorship.

C. Its Calendar and the knowledge therein implied.
Tbe chronological system of this book is most perplexing. It

ilizedbyGoOC^Ic ,

I go The Book of Enoch. [Seci. ni.

does not in its prMent form preeeot k conaistCDt whole, and
probably never did. We are not to regard it aa anything more
th«u the attempt of an individual to eetabliah an eosentially
Hebrew c^adar over against the heathen calendars in vogue
aronnd. In itaetf this calendar cannot be aud to have any
value. It is usefijl, however, ae giving us some knowledge of
the chronological systems more or less known to the Falestinean
Jews. For (r) the writer is acquainted with tJie signs of the
zodiac, but carefully reirains &om mentioning them, replacing
them by hiB ayetem of portale. (a) He ie acquainted with the
spring and autumn equinoxes and the summer and winter
solstices. (3) He knows apparently the length of the synodic
months (ct Ixxviii 15, iti), which was not published till the time
of Gamaliel II, 60-1 15 A.S. (4) His attempt to reconcile the
lunar year and his peculiar year of 364 days by intercalations, in
the tMrd, fifth, and eighth years, fdrnishes strong presumption
that he had the Qreek eight-year cycle before him, and the pre-
sumption becomes a certunty when we consider that, whereas
every detul in the Greek cycle is absolutely necessary to the end
desired, in tbe Snochian system, on the other huid, though these
details are more or leas reproduced, they are absolutely idle, as
Enoch's system is really a one-year cycle, and tbe lunar year is
reconciled to bis solar year of 364 days by the addition of ten
days each year: cf. Ixxiv. 13-16. (5) He aUudes to the seventy-
six years' cycle of Calippos, Ixxix. 5 (note).

The writer puts forward a year of 364 days, but this he did
only through sheer incapacity for appreciating anything better;
for he must have been acquainted with the solar year of 365^
days. His acquaintance with tbe Greek cycles shows this. More-
over, in the Slavonic Enoch the year of 365} days is distinctly
taught. It is surprising also that any writer under cloak of
Enoch's name should fix upon a year of 364 days, as Enoch was
early regarded as the teacher of tbe solar year of 365 days, owing
to the significant duration of his life. And our surprise is not
lessened when we consider that all the surrounding nations and
peoples — tbe Egyptians, Persians, Arabs, Cappadoctans, Lyci&ns,
Bithynians, the inhabitants of Gaza and Ascalon— observed a year
of 365 days. But this year was generally a moveable year of
365 days exactly, and consequently one in which New Tear's day
ran through all tbe days of the year in the course of 1461 such
years, and the festivals continually changed their season, Mow

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

Sectm.] Chapter LXXII. i, 2. 191

Uie writ«r of Enoch recommeDdB hia year of 364 d&ys eepBcially
on the ground that the posiUon of the years ii not prematurely
advanced or delayed hy a sin^e day, Ixxiv. n. It was, therefore,
nothing bnt hie natitmal prejndicee, and posBibly his stupidity,
that prevented him, knowing as he did the Greek systems, from
seeing tliat only a year of 365^ days could efiect such a result.
As for Wieseler's theory that the writer held to a year of 364 days
with one intercalary day each year, and one erery fourth year,
there is no evidence for it in the text. The anthor's reckoning
of the year at 364 days may be partly due to his opposition \x>
heathen systems, and partly to the fact that 364 is divisihle by
seven, and amounte to fifty-two weeks exactly.

TBAKSLATIOH.

LXXn. I. The Book of the courses of the luminaries of
the heaven and the relations of each, according to their
classes, their dominion and their seasons, according to their
names and places of origin, and according to their months,
which the holy angel Uriel, who wm with me, who was their
leader, showed me; and he showed me all their laws exactly
as they are, and how it is with regard to all the years of the
world and unto eternity till the new creation is accomplished
which doreth till eternity. 2. And this is the first law of

the luminaries : the luminary tlie San has its rising in the
eastern portals of the heaven, and its setting in the western

IiZXU. L. Ai In the SimillCadai, (Uji Mid nighta tiisreby oocanoDed.

thB inpenciiptlon oF tills book ii hr Fortala. The lubjeot of tha portal*

frDm ■omifttaljdeiaribiiigita ooutant*. hu alrakdy to iodib citaat afipured

Dominion: cf. liiv. 3 ; Izzxii. S-10. Id zziUi-zziTi. But obwrve that,

Nama* ; eL lixiili. i, i. PImms of tboagh pc«Ml* of the winds and

origin. Probablj theii plaoas uf poitaUof thaitanmthendeMnibad,

lisiDg. Tb» new oreattoa : of. ilv. than i« do EOMidoii of portals of the

4: zoi. I J. 16; Is. llT. 17; Ixvi. 11 ; nui and moMi. According to Ixzil-

II Pet«r ili. 13 ; Rev. zii. i. All Ixxiii, the mm, moon, and stan pav

(he lawi of the heavral; bodies given through the sama portals ; can this

in this book are valid tQl the tw« hold tme oF izitii-ziLivi, when the

creation. S. This vena intndnoas portals of the «tan are »id to be

an aeoaont of tha son in its progroM anall and dtuated above the portals

thraogb the rignt of tha zodiac and of the wind 1 Horeover, in IzziL 6

the innrflaao and decrease of tha one ot the aoa's portal* is called

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

192

The Book of Enoch.

[S«ct. ni.

porttils of the heaven. 3. And I saw six portals ont of

which the Bun risesj and six portals in which the sun sets :
the moon also rises and sets through these portals, and the
leadetB of the stars and those led by them : six in the east
and six In the west following each other in accurately cor-
responding order : also many windows to the right and left of
these portals. 4. And first there goes forth the great
luminary, named the sun, and his circumference is like the
circumference of the heaven, and he is quite filled with illu-
minating and heating fire. 5. The chariots on which he
ascends are driven by the wind, and the son disappears from
the heaven as he sets and returns throiigh the north in order
to reach the east, and is so gutded that he comes to the
appropriate (lit. 'that') portal and shines in the &ce of the
heaven. 6. In this way he rises in the first month in
the great portal, and indeed rises through the fourth of those
six portals in the east. 7. And in that fourth portal
through which the sun rises in the first month are twelve
window-openings from "which proceeds a flame when they are
opened in their season. 8. When the sun rises in the

'gremt.' 8. Lesdera of tlie lUn ;
Bee IxxT. I (note). Wlndmra: cC
Ter. 7 ; Ixzt. 7, Bisht and left, i.«.
■oDtli and tiortli, aooording to the
bmilter Hetxew nie. 4. Cf. xU.

5-7, where the oonoeption wenu to
be differant. Hla atroiimflnttiioe.
The Bon u cileuly oiroolar : of, Izzfii
1 ; IxzviiL 3 ; ilio zviiL 4 ; lixvlii. 4.
It [b donbtfal whether he ib oonoeiTed
of ai ■ Bphere or merely u ■ dlso.
I h»ve tnuulated on the Utter tap-
pouliaii, 5. The inn, ■■ alBO the

other heKTenl; bodies, tr»TerMB the
heaven In a chariut, Izxiii. 3, Inr.
3, S, driven bj the wind, ZTiii. 1,
Ixxiii. 1. Thronxb the north : of.
xli. J. Ib golded, Foaubly b; an
angeL In the Slmvooio Enoch isTatTil

ietheii

a hiB

In i-zxxTl the heaTanly bodies have

a BanJ-eonBdinu exutance ; this ib not
■0 in Izzii-lzzxii. 6. In the

fiMt mouth. The writer begins hie
deeorlplian of lh« buu'i ooone with
the &Bt Hebrew month Abib (of.
Ezod. ziii. 4), the time of the qiring
equinox. Tliis month, oallad generallj
after the Captivity Niaan (cf. Nah.
iL l), wai the fint miHitb of the eoale-
■iutfoal year, and oorreaponds to onr
April. The mvil year began with
Tithri, <x October. The sraat
portal. Bo called in contradiBticctlon
from the 'window-opening*' in the
next vene. Yet these portals are
called 'small' in iixTJ. 1. 7.

Twelve window-openinca. There
are twdva nioh at every portal : cf.
Ixxil. 3 ; liiv. 7. The flame is the
■oarce of heat : of. Ixxv. 7. S. The
aatliot'i lystran, whereby he seeks to

itradb, Google

Sect. III.]

Chapter LXXII. 3-

193

heaven, he oomes forth through that fourth portal thirty
momuigs in succession and sets directly opposite in the
fourth portal in the west of the heaven. 9. Aiul during
this period day becomes longer than day and night shorter
than night to the thirtieth morning. 10. And on that day the
day is two parts longer than the night, and ,the day amotmts
exactly to ten parts and the night to ei^t parts. Ii. And

Lxxn. 1

Two parts longer than the night. adds
■: ' two ninth parts longer than the night.' The

rapUoe the hukthea oonoeptiDD of the
lan'i revolutiuD through the aiglu of
the zodiM by ft Kheme foaaded m
he belioTea on the O.T., u m followi.
Iliere *je six portftU in the eut
thmngh which the gun rises in the
oonrae of the year, >nd sii in the
weat in which he «eti. The fint
porUtl fonni the moat •onthern point
of the inn'i jornney, &nd the lizth
portal the mottnortben. During the
fint ui monthj, fnim the ihorteit
day to the longest, (he san advuiaea
ttaa the Bnt portal to the aiith, and
DOBTenely. from the longeet day to
th* ihortnt, be retnnu from the lixth
portal to the fint. In euih portal
tiie lan riaet and lets oike month In
hii jonmey northward*, and likewlee
riH« and >eta for one month is each
portal on hie retnio journey. Thna
arieea the division of the year into
twelve months. Horeover, daring
eaoh month on hji journey north-
wards, the day daily grows longer
and the night daily ihorter, and this
is owing to a dallj change of position
on the part of the sun within eaeh
g*t«. Of these diSerent poaiUoni or
ita^ik* of the sun there are ^64. In
this way the author seeks to dispense
with tha mgm of the sodiao. Jhe
sun's northward jonruej from the

fint to the sixth portal corresponds
with his oonrse through the signs
Caprlcomna, Aqnarius, Fisoes, Aries,
Taurus, and O^nini ; and (he sun's
return joornejr fiiMn tiie sixth to tbe
first portal eorresp<mds with his ooune
tbniugh Canoer, Leo, Virgo, libra,
Soorpio, and SagittMiiui. Though
psrfeotl][ .aoqnunted with a year uf
3651 days, as we shall see later, the
antbor reckoned it as consisting of
3&4 days, partly pnadbly on anti-
heathen grounds, and partly for the
attractive reason that thesum totalis
divisible by sevsn, and thus rei^esents
51 sabbaths of days. The author's
solar year of 364 days is made ap
of eight months of 30 dajrs each, and
four months of 31 dayi eaoh — theee
latter corresponding with tbe spring
and antamn equinoxes and the
Bummer and winter solstioea, or ac-
cording to tbe system of our author
with tha sun's pontion in the Erst,
third, fourth, and siitb portals. Tfaeee
foot Dumtbs have each 31 days 'on
aeoount of the sign,' i.e. tliat of tbe
eqaiooxes or the solstioea : of. Izxii.
13, 19. The author's division of tiie
day into eighteen parts ii possibly
his own devioe, yet it may rest on
tiaditioni derived froni northern Asia
of the latitude of 49°, as Krieger sup-

ilizedbyGoOglt.

194 "^^ Book of Enoch. [Eect.iii.

the euD risee from tliat foarth portal, and sets in the fourth,
and returns to the fifth portal of the eaet thirty momingB in
successioii, and rises from and sets in the fifth portal. 12.

Then the day becomes longer by two parts and amounts
to elev^i parts, and the night becomes shorter and amounts
to seven parts. 13. And the aun retoms to the east and
enters into the sixth portal, and rises and sets in the sixth
portal one and thirty mornings in saccession on accoimt of its
sign. 14. And on that day the day becomes longer than

the night, so that it amounts to double the night, i e. twelve
parts, and the night becomes shorter and amounts to six
parts. 15. And the sun mounts up to make the day

shorter and the night longer, and the sun returns to the east
and enters into the sixth portal, and rises from it and sets
thirty mornings. 16. And when thirty mornings have

elapsed, the day decreases by exactly one part, and amounts
to eleven parts, and the night to seven parts. 17. And the
snn goes forth from that sixth portal in the west, and goes to
the east and rises for thirty mornings in the fifth portal, and
seta in the west again in the fifth western portal. 18. On

that day the day decreases by two parts and amonnts to ten
parte and the night to eight parts. 19. And the sun rises

&om that fifth portal and sets in the fifth portal of the west,
and rises for one and thirty moruings in the fourth portal
on account of its sign and sets in the west. 20. On that
day the day is equalised to the night and becomes of equal
length, and the day amounts to nine parts and the uight to
nine parts. 21. And the sun rises from that portal and

night to eight parts. O adds 'exactly,' T14+. it. Fifth

portaL O repeats these words wrongly at beginning of next
verse. 13. For 0rttA Aft^A G reads fM<h. One and

thiitr- reads 'thirty.' 19. Blsea in the fourth portal on

aooount of its sign. O H read : ' rises in the fourth portal on

poMi, wboe the longgrt day ii twias oar kathor itfttet it ^Z. On ao-

M loDg u the thortaM ni^t, jolt u wnut of IM dgn, L e. tliM of the

Digitized byCoOglc

Swt. III.] Chapter LXXII. 12-30. 195

sets in the west, and retams to the east and rises thirty
mornings in the third portal and sets in the west in the third
portaL 22. And on that day the night becomes longer
than the day, and night becomes longer than night, and day
shorter than day till the thirtieth morning, and the night
amounts exactly to ten parts and the day to eight parts.

23. And the sun rises from that third portal and sets in the
third portaJ in the west and returns to the east, and for thirty
mornings rises in the second portal of the east, and in like
manner seU in the second portal in the west of the heaven.

24. And on that day the night amounts to eleven parts and
the day to seven parts. 25. And the sun rises on that day
from that second portsJ and sets in the west in the second
portal and returns to the east into the first portal for one and
thirty mornings, and sets in the west in the first portal.
it. And on that day the night becomes longer and amonntfi
to double the day: the night amounts exactly to twelve
parts and the day to six. 27. The sun has (therewith)
traversed the divisions of his orbit and turns again on that
his orbit and enters that portal thirty mornings and sets also
in the west opposite to it. 28. And on that day the night
decreases in length by one part, and it amounts to eleven
part£ and the day to seven parts. 39. And the sun returns
and entire into the second portal in the east and returns on
that his orbit for thirty mornings, rising and setting. 50.
And on that day the night decreases in length, and the night

tu'connt of its sign ... in the fourth portal in the east.' 22. And
night bAoomM longar tban night. So G : (DlWL't^ Xy"IM.t^
)1(D^. FHILNO and Din. give 'till the thirtieth mominK.'
TiU the thirtieth mominK. So G itOA. Dlu. ' till the thirtieth
day.' 25. In the wMt In the first portal. reads : ttS^it:
lUrfil:; OA)*! ay"d£4)! A^A M 'in the west in the dxth
portaL' 37. Bnt«n that portaL G Teada: 'enters all the

portals.' aS. On that dt^. F G read : ' on that night.' Br

ilizedbyGoOC^Ic

196 T!u Book of Enoch. [S«ct.iii.

amounts to ten parts and thd day to eight. 31. And on

that day the sun rises from that second portal, and sets in the
west, and returns to the east, and rises in the third portal for
one and thirty moroiDgs, and sets in the west of the heaven.
32. On that day the night decreases and amounte to nine
parts, and the day to nine parts, and the night is equal to the
day, and the year amounts exactly to three hundred and sixty-
four daya 35. And the length of the day and of the
night, and the shortness of the day and of the nights-through
the course of the sun these distinctions arise (lit. ' they are
separated '). 34. On that account its course by day becomes
daily longer, and its course by night nightly shorter. 35.
And this is the law and the course of the sun, and his return
as often as he returns sixty times and rises, i.e. the great
luminary which is named the sun, for ever and ever. 36.
And that which thus rises is the great luminary, being so
named according to its appearance, according to the command
of the Lord. 37. As he rises so he set« and decreases not,
and rests not, but runs day and night, and his light is
sevenfold brighter than that of the moon ; but as r^ards
size they are both equal.

LXXIII. I. And after this law I saw another law dealing
with the smaller luminary, which is called the moon. 2.

on« part reads: ^ttflit: X^ 'HiD-X'P; h¥AlI. 31. Beoond
portaL ' Second ' wanting ia O. 35. Aa often iub he Tetnma
alxty ttmea. 80 0, omitting the ^7-aXi AXTt* of Dhi.'s text—
' As often as he returns : he returns sixty timee.' Tbe arraat
luminary. So Q M. Other MSS. and Din. ' the great eternal
luminary.' 37. Aa he rlaea, fto. Bo QU: nhm; .^oidXi

(Dhavlli Miv4. Nlfht. After this word I omit with QM the
phrase ' in the chariut' (Din.).

Note. 8S. BUtr tlmea. The bdng the extra dajr id the Gnt, tfainl,

■lu ii (ma month Id each parUl on fourUv and dxth portali. 87.

hiinorthwuil jnomey, kodona moDth Serenfold brighter; of. zoL \i;

in each portal on fail niuiliwBrd: Is. xxx. j6. Aa vecarda aiaa . . .

thareiore two nunthi in each portal, equal. So Lnonliui believed,

nie author ditregaida for the tlnia LXXIEL Tbi* and the fUlawing

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

Sect in.] Chapters LXXII. ix—LXXIII. 5. 197

Her circumference ie like the circumference of the heaven,
and her chariot in which ehe rides is driven by the wind and
light is given to her in (definite) measure. 3. Her rising

and setting changes every month ; her days are like the days
of the sun, and when her light is unifonn (i.e. full) it amonnts
to the seventh part of the light of the sun. 4. And thus

she rises. And her first phaee in the east comes forth ou the
thirtieth morning : on that day she becomes visible, and con-
stitutes for you the first phase of the moon on the thirtieth
day together with the snn in the porLal where the sun rises.
5. And the one half of her projects by a seventh part, and

LXXin.
'portal.'

chapter t

. Thirtieth morning. O wrongly gives Vf^
TUrtietb d^. So O M. Other MS8. and Din.

t of the oouna of the
a. H«r rlalns and set-
tlDK, i. e. the place of her nring
uid setting. Berenth. put of
the light of the «ttii: of. Iiiii.
37 ; UxYiii. 4. 4. Her fint

pb«M, lit 'herbaginning.' The moon
on the fiiat daj of her raappearuice
IB here the new moon in the papalar
senile, not the nev mixiii ntnctly bo
called, which ie invieible. Thirtieth
worainK. i. e. of the lolar month.
Together with the nm. The aun
and moon are still in the same portal
on the fint day after oonjnnotion,
M each portal embraces an extent
of 30 d^rees, and the moon advanoea
<mlj 13 degrees dail;. B-8. The

anthor's aocomit of the phas« of the
moon is very hard to follow. His
scheme seems to he an follows. The
Innar month amoonls to 30 days
and ig days altenkately. It is divided
into two parts : daring the first part
the moon waxes from new moon to
fall moon in 1 4 days when the noolh
is 19 days, and in 1 5 when the month
is 30 days. Daring the ssoond part
the moon wanes from fall moon till

■he disappears, always, :
seem, in Ij days. Again, the author
(U*idee the moon into 14 parts, and
explains the waxing of ^e moon by
the saoceasire lighUng Dp of each
one of the 14 parte by the son, and
the waning by the sncoesrive with-
drawal of light from the 14 parto
till it all disappear*. Bat to proceed
more exactly, where there are 15
days from new moon to foil moon,
the aathor supposee an additional
tnenty^Igbtb part ; this part only is
lighted up on the fint day of iiich
a mouth, whereas one foorteenth part
is lighted ap each day of the re-
maining 14 days, till the mocn be-
comes fall. Ths waning which ap.
parently alwnjH takes 15 days is
the reverse of this process. Again,
where there are 14 days from new
moon to full moon, the moon has
at the end of the fint day <Hte four-
teenth part + one twenty-eighth part,
i.e. three twenty-eighths, and taliee
an additional fourteenth part of light
each of the remidning 13 days. Ac-
cording to the text above followed,
VT. j, 6 BQppoee the period from new to

ilizedbyGoOglc

igS The Book of Enoch, [Sect. ill.

her whole circumference is empty, withoat light, with the ex-
ception of one seventh part of her and the foorteenth part of
the half of her light. 6, And when she receives one seventh
part of the half of her light, her light amoonts to one seventh

' thirtieth morning.' 5. With the exoeption of one seventh
part of her and the fourteenth part of the half of her light.
In this translation we have adopted the reading of G with two verj
slight changes, tlie ineertion of the conjimctiou and the tranB-
position of the words m'\L^\ >Ji.. The t«zt of is: HXIAA:
frnWi XAU-: (hPCh MiOt; «»li+; XA -flCyi.. This trans-
poaition is supported by the fact that Dlo.'s M88. give XA
immediately after the words of number and by the true reading
ill the next verse — MHt; X.6; cdI^ 'seventh part of half.'
Thus, 4th of it, i.e. of the half moon = ^th of whole moon, and
^{th of half moon = j^th of whole moon: thus, ^tha of whole
moon are lighted on the first day of new moon, when there are
hut fourteen days to the full moon. Dln.'a translation of his own
text ia, ' bis anf einen Siebentheil von aeinen vierzehn Lioht-
theilen:' i.e. 'one aeventh part of bar fourteen parte of light.'
Din. aays thia ia a olumay expresaion, meaning ' one seventh of
the half moon, which haa seven parta, while the whole moon has
foui-teen parts.' Bnt it ia impossible to get aach a meaning out
of the German veraion, and, though the Ethiopic could also be
rendered ' amongst her fourteen parta that could he lighted there
is no light with the exception of its aeventh part,' even ao the
sense is not good. Din., which ia aupported by F H L 0, ia
appai'ently an emendation of M, % Ji^ X^IainVfi"! •flCTI, which
gives a wrong sense. 6. And when she reoeives one seventh
part of the half of her light, her light amounts to one seventh
part and the half thereof: So G : (oaOAt: )1^X: Ml9i^ X^i

fall moon to be 14 days, whereai tct, (oDrteanth part and one twentj-eigbth,

7 BiippiMet tliii period to b» 1 5 dn^. bat only tbe former 1 it seemt, therv-

5. See Crit. Nate. In tbie Tern Mid fore, that the moon is mppoaed to

th« next the fractions are fraetiotu have tbii one twenty-eigbth to begin

0/ half tA> mom. 6, ObHrre wiOi. It is different in the ease of

when the period from new moon to the i5-daj8' period. Ou the flnt day

foil moon la 14 dayg that it ii nut of inoh a period the moon receiTea

said that the moon receivea one one twenty-eighUi part of light : le*

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

Sect.lii.] Chapters LX XIII. 6—LXXIV. i. 199

part and the lialf thereof. 7. She sets with the Bun, and

when the sun rises the moon rises with him and receives the
half of one part of light, and in that night in the b^^ning
of her morning [in the beginning of her day] seta with die
sun and is invisible that night with the entire fourteen parts
and the half of one of them. 8. And she rises on that

day with exactly a eeventii part and comes forth and recedes
from the rising of the sun, and in her remaining daye ehe
lightens np the (remaining) thirteen parts.

LXXIY. I. And I saw another course, and the law pre-

So also M, bat that it reads at before iinl£+. There are here
fourteen days to full moon. Other USS. and Din. give, ' and when
she receives one seventh port and the half of her light, her light
amounts to one fourteenth part and the half thereof.' It is to be
remarked here that in the first half of this sentence the parte are
fractious of the half moon, whereas in the second half the parts -
are treated as iractiona of the whole moon. But, granting this
poBsible, the sense is idle. If A is B, then A is B, is all it states.
7. In the twginnlng of her day. I have bracketed this as a
gloss. With the entire Csurtean parts. M reads, 'with the
entire thirteen parts.' 8. The (remaining) thlrtattu part*.

So G M N : ftJtftt: mMiVti Wg., but G omits the a). Id the
beginning of this verse it is said that the moon rises with exactly
a seventh part of half of her light : during the remainiag days
of her waxing, she lights up the remaining thirteen parts.
FHILO and Din. give 'the remaining fourteen parts,' hut
this gives a wrong sense.

ver. 7. 7, a. Half of one put of to be Inviaible. On the Mcond d>j

light, i. e. on* twenty-eighth. See ihe reoeiTGa one fonrtMintb pnrt of

prerJODC notea, and obaerve that ia light, and beoomei viuble to that

this Terse the frootjoiu are fraotionB extent. Thui the one twentj-eigfhth

of the whole moon. Theee v«nee part ii Ignored oa being fnctioallj

■Dj^was the cue when there are 15 invUble. During the lematning 13

dajB from new to Ml moon. On the dajB the moon Teoeivea daily one

flnt day the moon reeeiTes one fonrteenth part of light.

tweotyeighth part of light, and has IiXZIT. In this ahapcer the writer

advanced to eome ^ght degree ont deali ihmtly with the waxing and

of eonjnnation, but Itill practically waning of the moon, her monthly

■eta with the swi, aod may be aald ohnnjg'e of poeition with record to the

DiqilizedbyGoOC^Ic

200 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. m.

scribed to her u she performed her monthly rerolation accord-
ing to that law. 2. And Uriel, the holy angel who is the
leader of them all, showed everything to me, and I wrote
down their positions as he showed them to me, and I wrote
down their months (exactly) as they were and the appearance
of their lights till fifteen days are expired. 3. In single
seventh parts she waxes till her light is fall in the east (lit.
' completes her entire light') and wanes in single seventh parts
till she is completely invisible in the west (lit. 'completee her
entire darkness'). 4. And in certain months she alters her
settings, and in certain months she pursues her own peculiar
course. 5, And in two the moon sets with the sun, in those
two middle portals the third and the fourth, 6. (That is)
for seven days she goes forth and turns about and returns again
through the portal where the sun rises; and in that porta]
her light is full and she recedes from the sun and in eight
days enters the sixth portal from which the sun goes forth.
7. And when the sun goes forth from the fourth portal she
goes forth seven days, so that she goes forth from the fifth
and turns back again in seven days into the fourth portal and
her light becomes full, and she recedes and enters into the first

LXXIV. 3. G reads : fl A S frflWl XA f^9:9*i H-«^ -flCyft

(If Cfr; fl^oftMI. Wanea In single ooventh parts till ali«

■igDl ftnd the inn, and tha differsDoe forth u it wuei from the third portil

lietweeii Innmr uid solw ^euv. 3. throngh tha dgni to tha Gnt portkl

Of tbem mil, i. e. the vkriouB phura in wnen daji, tania abiTOt, and re-

of the moon. VUteen dira, i. e. from tnnu to ths portal where the odd

a ODDJanetiaii till Tnll mooa or from risea, 1. a. tha third, in leren or eight

full moon till a oonjonotion. 8. days, and theia beocmiM fall mooD,

Cf. lixiil and Izzviii. 4. Her and prooeeda thanoe thnragfa tha

own prnmliar oonrae, i. e. a conns tanrth and fifill to the alxtb portal,

independent of that of the Ban. 6, where ihe aniTea alter eight daji.

6. Dnriiig two montht tha moon Mta Thence the moon retanu to the third

nitb tile ian u new moon and aa portal in Hren dayt. 7, B. The

faU moon. When the lun ii in Jriaa icbana with ragaid to the fourth

and libn, the new moon and the foil portal and the new moon. Hie

moon are in the tiilid and fooith moon proeeedt to the lizth portal

poTtalt. Id verae 6 the moon goei and letniu to the Ibaith in 14 da;*.

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

Swt. m.]

Chapter LX XIV. 2-12.

portal in eight days. 8. And she retuniB again in seven .

days into the foarth portal from which the sun goes forth.
9. Thus I saw their positions, the smi rieisg and setting
according to the order of their months, 10. And in those

days the sun has an overplos of thirty days in five years
taken together, and all the days which belong to one of those
five fall years amomit to three hundred and sixty-four days.
1 1 . And the overplns of the sun and of the stars amounts to six
days : in five years, six days every year come to thirty days ;
and the moon falls behind the sun and stars to the number of
thirty days. 12. And the moon brings in all the years

exactly, so that their position is not prematurely advanced or
delayed by a single day unto eternity; but (the moons) com-
plete the changing years with perfect justice in three hundred
and sixty-four days. 13. In three years there are one

Is completely Inviaible. Wanting in O M. 9. The mn rlalng
and aetting aooordtng to the order of thalr moatlia. O M read :
attO": fi.V&: hiD-A^. aAHCti: Krti^. 11. In five years,
six d^^ every year. reads: A £ 'iao^^; titt. ia. For

■nd thence to the fiist port&I and
back in if dayi. 10, 11. The

(UBte«n«a betwoen the lonu and the
■alar year. Aoconling to liiviii. 15,
16, in a lanar year there are mx
monthi of 30 dajB, and aii monlha
of 39 dayi each — in all 354 dajm.
In a aolar year there are Ii
monthi of 30 daja each and four
intercalary dayi in the equinoxea and
■olitioea — in all 364 daji (ef. luiv.
10, 13 ; IxzT. 1]. Thai the diSerenoe
between the Inuar and the laUr jear
amonnta to ic dayi. But in ver. lo*
and 1 1 no aoooant ii taken of Uie
intercalary day* In the lolar year, k
that the uUr year ii leokoned at
360 dayi. Thai the difierenca in thii
ease ia di dayi. 13. There ii

manifMly a polemJoal tone in thii
Taraa> Hie wHler aawrtj the ac-

curacy of the moon ag a time-dirider
againit thoea who pnt forward the
■olar year only. TbsBook of Jubilee*
vi. proteati agahut the use of the
lunar year. 18-16. We hate h«re
clearly a reference to the right-year
cycle or DDtaetetis. In thia cycle an
intercalary month of 30 days wae
iossrtiKl in (he third, Sftb, and eighth
yean of the cycle in order to recon-
cile the lunar and aolar yean, which
were reckoned reipectively at 354 and
365I dayi. Ai our author, howeTcr,
does not reckon the loUr year at
365J daya, but at 364, he proceedi
to reconcile this lolar year of 364
dayi with the lonar year of 354.
Thai (rer. 13) In three anch uJar
ysata there are 1091 daya; in five,
i8jo dayi; in eight, igis daya;
whereai (ver. 14, 15) in three lunar

ilizedbyGoOglc

202 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. in.

thousand and ninety-two days, and in five years eighteen
hundred and twenty days, so that in eight years there are two
thousand nine hundred and twelve days. 14. In three

years there accrue to the mocm herself one thousand and
sixty-two days, and in five years she falls fifty days hdind :
i.e. at the close of these an addition is made to the (one
thousand and) sixty-two days. 15. And in five years there
are seventeen hondred and seventy days, so that the days
in eight Innar years amount to two thousuid eight hundred
and tihirty-two. 16. Thus in eight years she &ll8 behind

to the amount of eighty days, and the sum total of the days
she &ll8 behind in eight years is eighty, 17. And the

year is accurately completed in conformity with titeir stations
and the stations of the eon, as they (i. e. the sun and moon)

^J^ff- G gives wrongly ^'<*^ 1 4- Btxt7-two days. Q gives fi.
An addition ia made to the aixty-two days. Q reads 'sixty-
two daja are added,' omitting {(1. 15. Again here gives
unintelligible readings : for ao tbat the d^a amount to two
thouaand eight hundred and thirty-two, O reads A % OWDAi
X(DK0gfa7gaq[(nTOjk.

yean tliare kre 1061 days; in fife, msrel; My over mnd ovei again that

l77odajB; in eight, 1831 daji. Thui the differenoe between 364 and 354

there is a difference of 80 daji be- days ii 10 dayi. 14. In Dts

twe«n sight aolar yean of 364 daji yean ihe fUla flfly daya behind,

and eiijht limar yean. Aa all theae We ihoold, aa Wieader auggeati,

oalcnlatJona merely amount to aaying read hen : ' In thi«e yean she falla

that hia aolar year haa lo day> thirty dayi behind.' 'Diii wonld give

more than the lunar, the wHter had a good lenae to the tbllawing wordi :

obviously the eight-year cyole before 'at the cloae of theae (i.e. three yean)

him \ Ira only (lias ean we explain an addition (of 30 days) i« made to

the external resemblance orhitayitem the (one thousand and) sixty-two

to thsOrerli oyole: ef. Spedal Introd. days.' That ii, the addition of 30

(PP.1S9-9D). Unlasi theaatborhad daya to the snm of three Innar yean

the Qreek dght-yeai eyole before make* them •qnal to Uiree aolar

him and wbhed to give hia own work yean. Dln.'s rendering and eiplana-

■oms lemblanoe of likeneee ther«to, tJon of theae latt wordi are uniatj*-

there was 00 need to go throagh alt factory : ' NiLmlieh mit der Bumme

then perioda of three, Sre, and eight davoD addirt man lu iwei and aeehng

ysut ; tat they da not in Cut oon- Tagen.' 17. With their ataUona,

tribnte a ^le additional ftwt, but i. e. tiie ataUona of the moons.

;dbyGcH)c^[c

Swt.ni.] Chapters LXXIV, 14—LXXV. 4. 203

rise from tibe portals through which it (the eon) rises and sets
thirty days.

LXXY. 1. And the leaders of the heads of the thoosands,
who are placed over the whole creation and over all the Rtars,
hare also to do with the four intercaUry days, which cannot be
separated from their function, according to the reckoning of
the year, and those render Berrice on the four days which are
not reckoned in the reckoning of the year. 3. And owing

to them men go wrong therein, for those luminaries truly
render eerrice on the world-stationfi, one in the first, one in the
third, one in the fourth, and one in the sixth portal, and the
harmony of the coarse of the worid is brought about through
ite separate three hundred and sixty-four world-stations.
3. For the signs and the times and the years and the days
were shown to me by the angel Uriel, whom the eternal
Lord of glory sets over all the luminaries of the heaven,
in the heaven and in the world, that tbey should rule on the
surface of the heaven and be seen on the earth, and be leaden
for the day and the night, i.e. the sun, moon, and stars,
and all the ministering creatures which make their revolu-
tion in all the chariots of the heaven. 4. In like manner

LXXV. I. From their ftmoWon. So M: Xy"!: y^OCflO".
Also Q, but with sinff. suffix. Other MSB. 'from their place.'
Beokonlng. 80 Q M. Other MSS. and Dhi. ' entire reckoning.'

IiXXV. Thii chapter ds*l> with daji: of. lixxii. 5. 3. Hsn do

the intarcaUry dajl, (he itan, and not kuoir of thew hitarotiarj inyt,

the gim. 1. The four intercalar; nnr] w nokoD vroBgly: ef. Izixii.

dayi are nnder the charge of the 4-6. 8. Yat theee Intercakry

highest etai*, the leadar* of the headi daye are a reality ; for Uriel ihowed

of ten thooeanda. Theia are not the them to Enoch : of. Ixdi. i. Sl(lil,

chiliarche, u Din. nippoeei (p. 14S), i.e. of the sidliio: of. iTxii. 13, 19.

but the leaden of the ahilian)li«. Xt«nMl Xiord of glory. HeNonly:

For farther development of thii inb* aealiizlT. 1 (note). Ohariot* of tha

Ject MeUixIi. IT.I). Thee* leaden h»T«u : ef. liiii. 5. 4. The tbi1»-

are not angeli, m might be tnppneed, tion in the uaoaiit of heat given

but (imply ' Imnlnariei ' : of. ver. 2. by the inn 1< eiplained by tmlve

Al« not rookoned In the laokon- opening! in the diik of the aun

tng of tbo year- Apparently the throngb irhich heat i« given forth In

year wai popaUrly reckoned at 360 proportion to the unmber of windowi

ilizedbyGoOglc

204 The Book of Enoch. [Sect. ill.

Uriel showed me in the circumfereDce of the ean's chariot in
ilie heaven twelve door-openings thiongh which the rays of
the sun break forth ; and from them is warmth diffosed over
the earth, when thej are op«ied at appointed aeasons. ,5.

[There are also snch openings for the winds and the spirit
of the dew when they are opened, standing open in the
heavens at the ends (thereof).] 6. Twelve portals I saw in
the heaven, at the ends of the earth, out of which go forth
the sun, moon, and stars, and all the works of heaven in the
east and in the west. 7. And many window-openings are

to the left and right of them, and one window at it« (ap-
pointed) season produces warmth, corresponding (as these do)
to those doors from which the stars come forth according as
He has commanded them, and wherein they set, corresponding
to thfflr numher. 8. And I saw chariots in the heaven,

running in the world, above those portals, in which revolve the
stars that never set. 9. And one is larger than all the

rest and makes its course through the entire world.

LXXVI. ). And at the ends of the earth I saw twelve
portals opened for all the winds, from which the winds

4. tTriei ab*w»d me. Wanting in Q. Through whioh the
rays of the aun break forth and. Wanting in 0. g. When
they are opened, standing open. So Q M N. Other IISS. add
' in their BeaaoiiB.' repeats ' when they are opened ' at the end
of this verse. 8. Above thoee portalik So A K O U I M N. Cf. xiv.
17. Other MSS. and Din. give : ' above and below those portals.'
LXXVI. I. Opened for all the wlnde. HallM thinks that we

opened. D. TUe porteU of the at ft time, uid all difieiing in ilegree of

windl: of. zuiii-Ti; Izivi. Din. hudng power. 9. OneisUrger.

think* thii T«ne k ui interpoliition This may be the Great Bear,

on the ground of it« inappropriateneu IiXXVI. This ohapter givn a

tier^ and of (he phraae, ' spirit of the detulad aceonnt of the twelve portals

dew,* which oimneeta it with li. ao. of the winds and the natore of the

0, 7. A4j<Hning each one of theae windnwlilahiniietherelroin. Theshnrt

twelve portals of ths sun are twelve aoounnt in xziiii-zxivi agrees with

wlDdow-iq«ningi to the left and right it. This disquisition on (be nature

oflhem: cf. liiii. 3, 7. These diffuse of the winds has ta much relation

warmth over (h« earth, one being i^n to realitv as that on the year of 364

ilizedbyGoOC^IC

Sect, ni.] Chapters LXXV. ^—LXXVI. 9. 205

proceed and blow over the earth. 2. Tliree of them are

opened on the face (i.e. the east) of the heavens, and three
in the west, and three on t^e right (i.e. the aonth) of the
heaven, and three on the left (1. e. the north). 3, And the

first three are those towards the east, and three toirards
the north, and after those on the left three towards the
south, and three in the west. 4. Throngh four of these
come winds of blessing and prosperity, and from those eight
come hurtful winds : when they are sent, they bring destruc-
tion on all the earth and on the water upon it, and on all
who dwell thereon, and on everything which is in the water
and on the land. 5. And the first wind from those

portals, called the east wind, comes forth through the first
portal in the east, which inclines towards the south : from it
come forth destruction, drought, beat, and rain. 6. And

through the second portal in the middle comes a favourable
(wind), and from it there come rain and fruitfulness and pros-
perity and dew; and throngh the third portal which lies
toward the north come cold and drought. 7. And after

these come forth the south winds through three port»ls : in
the first place through the first portal of those inclining to
the east comes forth a hot wind. 8. And through the
middle portal lying next to it there come forth fragrant
smells and dew and rain and prosperity and health. 9.
And through the third portal lying to the west come forth dew

should here render ' open to all the quarters,' see Isxvii. i, Crlt. Note.
3. After thoM, &o. So Q : (UiM: Xft-, for which Dln.'a MSS. give
QJMCiXA. IshiBreaderingpwsihle: Zur Linken entgegengesetzt 1
6. Cornea s A.vourable (wind). I have emended C^Oi ADft'X in
. Dln,'s text into C^Hftl ^4Dft'X, as this phrase occurs in Ijtxvi. 1 1 .
We might also translate ' comes in a direct direction,' as in Ixxvi. 1 1.

Jbji. 2. Tliii method of dedgmt- ths middle wind of the three in eftoh

ing the four quuten of the earth qnmrtar : the rMt are hnrtfiiL E.

waa nanal among the Hebrewi : cf. The E.S.K wind. 6. lite E. and

Ixzii. 3. 4. ThTODghfoorofUMW EJ4.G. wind*. 7. The 3.K&.

portaU come beoefidal winda. 1, e. wind. B. The S. wind. 9. The

ilizedbyGoOC^Ii

2o6 The Book of Enoch. [Secu in.

and mn, locaste and destroction. lo. And i^ter these the
north winds : from the seventh portal towards the east come
dew and rain, locusts and destruction. 1 1 . And from the

middle portal come in a direct direction min and dew, and
health and prosperity; and through the third portal towards
the west come clond and hoar-frost, and snow and rain, and dew
and locuBts. 1 2. And after these the west winds : through
the first portal adjoining the north oome forth dew and rain,
and hoar-frost and cold, and snow and frost. 13, And

from the middle portal come forth dew and rain, prosperity
and blessing ; and through the last portal which adjoins the
south come forth drought and destruction, conflagnttion and
death. 14. The twelve portals of the four quarters of the

heaven are (therewith) completed, and all their l&wa and all
thar ph^ee and all their benefactions have I shown to thee,
my son Methuselah.

G I omit thia pbroee. 10. XTorth winds. I have followed Din.
in omitting the words HAcn^ OAC as a gloss. From th«
seventli ]7ortal towards the eaat. Afte